JP2017064409A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine hardly causing a trouble due to an amount of game balls exceeding a prescribed number.SOLUTION: A ball receiving part 467 of a lower displacement member 440 is configured to displace from a second position (a reference position) capable of sending game balls to the inside thereof to a first position in an opposite direction of a direction of a third position for discharging game balls. When an amount of game balls exceeding a prescribed number are sent, the ball receiving part 467 is displaced to the first position so as to send the amount of game balls exceeding the prescribed number to a trajectory area of the ball receiving part 467. The game balls sent to the trajectory area of the ball receiving part 467 are pushed out to a side wall of the ball receiving part 467 by displacing the ball receiving part 467 to the third position and are discharged from an exit opening 471. Consequently, this configuration hardly causes a trouble due to the amount of game balls exceeding the prescribed number.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 33

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

  In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a displacement member formed so as to be displaceable in a first direction from a reference position and formed so as to be able to move a game ball in accordance with the displacement in the first direction, and from outside the track region of the displacement member There is known a gaming machine provided with a restricting means for restricting a game ball from being sent to a track area of a displacement member (Patent Document 1).

JP 2010-166997 A

  However, the above-described gaming machine has a problem in that there is a possibility that a malfunction may be caused by the game balls exceeding the specified number.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can hardly cause a malfunction due to a game ball exceeding a specified number.

  In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 is a displacement member formed so as to be displaceable in a first direction from a reference position and to be able to move a game ball in accordance with the displacement in the first direction. And a restricting means for restricting a game ball from being sent from outside the orbital region of the displacement member to the orbital region of the displacement member, wherein the displacement member is in a direction opposite to the first direction. It is formed to be displaceable from the reference position in two directions.

  The gaming machine according to claim 2 is a gaming machine according to claim 1, further comprising a passage member formed as a passage through which a game ball can pass and communicated downstream with the track region of the displacement member, The passage of the game ball in the passage member is restricted.

  The gaming machine according to claim 3 is the gaming machine according to claim 2, wherein the displacement member is configured to receive and hold a prescribed number of gaming balls sent from the passage member at the reference position, It is formed to be displaceable by a distance exceeding at least the diameter of the game ball in the second direction from the reference position.

  According to the gaming machine of the first aspect, it is possible to make it difficult to cause problems due to the game balls exceeding the specified number.

  According to the gaming machine of the second aspect, in addition to the effect achieved by the gaming machine according to the first aspect, it is possible to reliably send a number of gaming balls exceeding the specified number to the trajectory region of the displacement member.

  According to the gaming machine of the third aspect, in addition to the effect achieved by the gaming machine according to the second aspect, it is possible to separate a prescribed number of gaming balls from a number exceeding the prescribed number.

It is a front view of the pachinko machine in a 1st embodiment. It is a front view of the game board of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a pachinko machine. It is a disassembled perspective front view of an operation unit and a game board. It is a front view of an operation unit. It is a front view of an operation unit. It is a front view of an operation unit. It is a front view of an operation unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. It is a rear view of a lower displacement unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a lower displacement unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a lower displacement unit. It is a front view of the lower displacement unit in a retracted state. It is a front view of the lower displacement unit in the 1st overhanging state. It is a front view of the lower displacement unit in the 2nd overhanging state. It is a rear view of the lower displacement unit in the retracted state. It is a rear view of the lower displacement unit in the 1st overhanging state. It is a rear view of the lower displacement unit in the 2nd overhanging state. (A) is a back view of the first link member and the cam member in the retracted state, (b) in the first extended state, and (c) in the second extended state. It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the lower displacement unit along the line XXIIa-XXIIa in FIG. 18, and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit along the line XXIIb-XXIIb in FIG. (A) is a front view of a lower displacement member, (b) is a rear view of a lower displacement member. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a lower displacement member. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a lower displacement member. (A) And (b) is a front view of a lower displacement member. It is a front view of the lower displacement member in the 1st position. It is a front view of the lower displacement member in the 2nd position. It is a front view of the lower displacement member in the 3rd position. (A)-(c) is the elements on larger scale of a lower displacement member. (A) to (c) is a front view of the lower displacement member. (A) to (c) is a front view of the lower displacement member. (A) to (c) is a front view of the lower displacement member. (A) to (c) is a front view of the lower displacement member. (A) is the elements on larger scale of the lower displacement member in the range XXXVa of FIG.34 (b), (b) is the elements on larger scale of the lower displacement member in the range XXXVb of FIG.34 (a). (A) is a top view of a distribution unit, (b) is a rear view of a distribution unit. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a distribution unit. It is a disassembled back perspective view of a distribution unit. It is sectional drawing of the distribution unit in the XXXIX-XXXIX line | wire of Fig.36 (a). (A) And (b) is the elements on larger scale of the distribution unit in the range XL of FIG. (A) And (b) is the elements on larger scale of a distribution unit. (A) And (b) is the elements on larger scale of a distribution unit. (A) And (b) is the elements on larger scale of a distribution unit. (A) And (b) is the elements on larger scale of a distribution unit. It is a front view of a distribution unit and a lower displacement unit. It is a top view of a distribution unit and a lower displacement unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. It is sectional drawing of a distribution unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. It is sectional drawing of a distribution unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. It is sectional drawing of a distribution unit. It is a front view of a rotation unit. It is a rear view of a rotation unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a rotation unit. It is a disassembled back perspective view of a rotation unit. It is a front view of a decoration unit. (A) is a side view of the decoration unit in the direction of arrow LVIIIa in FIG. 57, and (b) is a side view of the decoration unit in the direction of arrow LVIIIb in FIG. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a decoration unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a decoration unit. 55 is a rotation unit as viewed in the direction of the arrow LVa in FIG. 55, and (b) is a rotation unit in the arrow LVb of FIG. 55 is a rotation unit as viewed in the direction of the arrow LVa in FIG. 55, and (b) is a rotation unit in the arrow LVb of FIG. (A) is a closed state, (b) is an intermediate state, (c) is a side view of a decorative unit and a right transmission member in an open state, respectively. (A) is an open state, (b) is an intermediate state, (c) is a side view of a decorative unit and a right transmission member in a closed state, respectively. (A) is a side view of the decorative unit in the closed state, and FIG. 65 (b) is a side view of the decorative unit in the open state. (A) is a front view of a rotator, (b) is a side view of the rotator as viewed in the direction of arrow LXVIb in FIG. 66 (a), and (c) is an arrow LXVIc in FIG. 66 (a). It is a side view of the rotary body in the direction view. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a rotary body. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a rotary body. (A) is a side view of the rotator when the opening and closing member is closed, and (b) is a side view of the rotator when the opening and closing member is open. (A) And (b) is a side view of a decoration unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit and a rotation unit. FIG. 72 is a top view of the lower displacement unit as viewed in the direction of the arrow LXII in FIG. 71. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit and a rotation unit. (A) is a top view of the ball holder, (b) is a front view of the ball holder, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the ball holder along the line LXXIVc-LXXIVc in FIG. 74 (a). It is. It is a disassembled perspective view of a ball stand. (A) And (b) is sectional drawing of a ball stand. (A) And (b) is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the rotation unit in the LXXVII-LXXVII line of FIG. It is a front view of an upper displacement unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of an upper displacement unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of an upper displacement unit. It is a front view of the upper displacement unit in the state where the upper displacement member is disposed at the retracted position. It is a front view of the upper displacement unit in a state where the upper displacement member is disposed at an intermediate position. It is a front view of the upper displacement unit in the state where the upper displacement member is arranged at the overhang position. (A) is a front view of a variable part, (b) is a rear view of a variable part. It is a disassembled perspective front view of the lower displacement member in 2nd Embodiment. It is a front view of a lower displacement member. It is a front view of the lower displacement member in the 3rd position. (A) is a front view of the lower displacement member in 3rd Embodiment, (b) is a rear view of a lower displacement member. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a lower displacement member. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a lower displacement member. (A) And (b) is a front view of a lower displacement member. (A) is a front view of the lower displacement member in a 1st position, (b) is a front view of the lower displacement member in a 2nd position. (A) is a front view of the lower displacement member in a 3rd position, (b) is a front view of the lower displacement member in a 2nd position. It is a front view of the lower displacement unit in a 4th embodiment. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. (A) is a top view of the distribution unit in 5th Embodiment, FIG.97 (b) is a rear view of a distribution unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a distribution unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a distribution unit. It is sectional drawing of the distribution unit in CC line of Fig.97 (a). (A) And (b) is the elements on larger scale of the distribution unit in the range CI of FIG. It is a front view of the rotation unit in a 6th embodiment. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a rotation unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a distribution unit. (A) to (c) is a side view of the decoration unit as viewed in the direction of arrow CV in FIG. 104. (A) to (c) is a side view of the decoration unit as viewed in the direction of arrow CV in FIG. 104. It is a side surface schematic diagram of the displacement unit in 7th Embodiment. It is a side surface schematic diagram of a displacement unit. It is a side surface schematic diagram of a displacement unit in case a game ball is held by a displacement member. It is a side surface schematic diagram of a displacement unit in case a game ball is held by a displacement member. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in an 8th embodiment. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a rotation operation unit. It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the pachinko machine in the CXIII-CXIII line of FIG. It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of a pachinko machine.

  Embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 77, an embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as “pachinko machine”) 10 will be described as a first embodiment. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of a game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 2 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer shape that is substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 2. And an inner frame 4 supported to be openable and closable. In order to support the inner frame 4, the outer frame 2 is provided with metal hinges 18 at two positions on the left and right of the front view (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinges 18 are provided is used as an opening / closing axis. The frame 4 is supported so as to be openable and closable to the front front side.

  A game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having a large number of nails, winning holes 63, 64, and the like is detachably mounted on the inner frame 4 from the back side. A ball ball game is played when a ball (game ball) flows down the front of the game board 13. The inner frame 4 has a ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4) that launches a ball to the front area of the game board 13 and a launch that guides the ball launched from the ball launch unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. A rail (not shown) or the like is attached.

  On the front side of the inner frame 4, a front door 5 that covers the upper side of the front surface and a lower dish unit 15 that covers the lower side thereof are provided. In order to support the front door 5 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached to two places on the left and right sides of the front view (see FIG. 1), and the front door is provided with the side on which the hinges 19 are provided as an opening / closing axis. 5 and the lower pan unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front front side. The locking of the inner frame 4 and the locking of the front door 5 are respectively released by inserting a dedicated key into the key hole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

  The front door 5 is an assembly of decorative resin parts, electrical parts, and the like, and a window portion 5c that is formed in an approximately elliptical shape is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two sheet glasses 8 is disposed on the back side of the front door 5, and the front surface of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

  On the front door 5, an upper plate 17 that stores balls is formed in a substantially box shape that protrudes forward and has an open upper surface, and prize balls and rental balls are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed to be inclined downward to the right when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the sphere thrown into the upper plate 17 is guided to the ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4). A frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17. The frame button 22 is operated by the player when, for example, changing the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) or changing the contents of the effect of super reach. The

  The front door 5 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the front door (for example, a corner portion). These light-emitting means play a role of enhancing the effect of the game during the game by changing or controlling the light-emitting mode by turning on or flashing according to the change in the gaming state at the time of big hit or predetermined reach. On the periphery of the window portion 5c, there are provided electric decoration portions 29 to 33 incorporating light emitting means such as LEDs. In the pachinko machine 10, these lighting parts 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as jackpot lamps, and the lighting parts 29 to 33 are turned on by lighting or blinking of the built-in LEDs at the time of jackpot or reach effects. Alternatively, it flashes to notify that the jackpot is being hit or that the reach is one step before the jackpot. Further, in the upper left part of the front door 5 as viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), a light-emitting means such as an LED is incorporated, and a display lamp 34 is provided that can display when a prize ball is being paid out and when an error occurs.

  Further, a small window 35 is formed by attaching a transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the front door 5 can be visually recognized on the lower side of the right-side electric decoration part 32, and an adhering space K1 (see FIG. 2) can be visually recognized from the front surface of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, a plated member 36 made of ABS resin that is chrome-plated is attached to an area around the electric decoration parts 29 to 33 in order to bring out more gorgeousness.

  A ball rental operation unit 40 is disposed below the window 5c. The ball lending operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated in a state where a bill or a card is inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, Loans are made. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which the remaining amount information such as a card is displayed, and the built-in LED is lit to display the remaining amount as the remaining amount information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 17 as long as there is a remaining amount on the card or the like. Is done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted into the card unit. In addition, in a pachinko machine in which a ball is lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without using a card unit, a so-called cash machine does not require the ball lending operation unit 40. In this case, the ball lending operation unit 40 It is also possible to add a decorative seal or the like to the installation portion of the parts so that the component configuration is common. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be shared.

  In the lower plate unit 15 located on the lower side of the upper plate 17, a lower plate 50 for storing a ball that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 is formed in a substantially box shape having an open upper surface. Yes. On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 that is operated by a player to drive a ball into the front surface of the game board 13 is disposed.

  Inside the operation handle 51, a touch sensor 51a for permitting driving of the ball launch unit 112a, a launch stop switch 51b for stopping the launch of the ball during the pressing operation, and a rotation of the operation handle 51. A variable resistor (not shown) that detects the amount of movement (rotation position) based on a change in electrical resistance is incorporated. When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the amount of rotation operation. The resistance value of the variable resistor A ball is fired with a strength corresponding to (shooting strength), and the ball is driven into the front surface of the game board 13 with a jump amount corresponding to the player's operation. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the firing stop switch 51b are turned off.

  In the lower part of the front of the lower plate 50, a ball removal lever 52 is provided for operating when the balls stored in the lower plate 50 are discharged downward. The ball removal lever 52 is always urged in the right direction. By sliding the ball release lever 52 in the left direction against the urge, the bottom opening formed in the bottom surface of the lower plate 50 is opened. A ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball removal lever 52 is normally performed in a state where a box (generally referred to as “a thousand box”) for receiving the balls discharged from the lower plate 50 is placed below the lower plate 50. As described above, the operation handle 51 is disposed on the right side of the lower plate 50, and the ashtray 53 is attached on the left side of the lower plate 50.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 13 includes a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails (not shown) for ball guidance, a windmill, rails 76 and 77, and a general prize. The opening 63, the first winning port 64, the second winning port 640, the variable winning device 65, the first through gate 66, the variable display device unit 80 and the like are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). It is attached to the back side. The base plate 60 is made of wood on which thin plate materials are laminated, and is formed so that various structures disposed on the back side of the base plate 60 from the front side cannot be seen by the player. The general winning port 63, the first winning port 64, the second winning port 640, the variable winning device 65, and the variable display device unit 80 are disposed in a through hole formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. It is fixed from the front side with a tapping screw or the like.

  The front center portion of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 4 through the window portion 5c (see FIG. 1) of the front door 5. The configuration of the game board 13 will be described below mainly with reference to FIG.

  An outer rail 77 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front surface of the game board 13, and the strip-shaped metal plate is located at an inner position of the outer rail 77 in the same manner as the outer rail 77. The arc-shaped inner rail 76 formed in the above is planted. The outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 13 is surrounded by the inner rail 76 and the outer rail 77, and the front and rear are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1). A game area in which a game is played is formed by the behavior of. The game area is an area formed on the front surface of the game board 13 and defined by two rails 76 and 77 and a resin outer edge member 73 that connects the rails (a winning opening is provided and fired). Area where the falling sphere flows).

  The two rails 76 and 77 are provided to guide the ball fired from the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 4) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball preventing member 68 is attached to the front end portion of the inner rail 76 (upper left portion in FIG. 2) to prevent the ball once guided to the upper portion of the game board 13 from returning to the ball guide path again. Is done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 77 (upper right part in FIG. 2) at a position corresponding to the maximum flying portion of the sphere, and the ball launched at a predetermined momentum or more hits the return rubber 69 and gains momentum. Is bounced back to the center while being attenuated.

  A first symbol display device 37A, 37B including a plurality of LEDs serving as light emitting means and a 7-segment display is disposed in the lower left portion of the game area when viewed from the front (lower left portion in FIG. 2). The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B display according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4), and mainly display the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. In the present embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37 </ b> A and 37 </ b> B are configured to be selectively used depending on whether the ball has won the first prize opening 64 or the second prize opening 640. Specifically, when the ball wins the first winning opening 64, the first symbol display device 37A operates, while when the ball wins the second winning opening 640, the first symbol display device 37A operates. The symbol display device 37B is configured to operate.

  In addition, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B indicate, by means of LEDs, whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the process of changing the probability, in the short time, or in the normal state by a lighting state, or whether the pachinko machine 10 is changing or not by a lighting state. , Indicating whether the stop symbol is a symbol corresponding to a probable jackpot, a symbol corresponding to a normal jackpot, or a symbol that is out of place by a lighting state, indicating the number of held balls by a lighting state, and a 7-segment display device, Displays numbers and errors. The plurality of LEDs are configured so that each LED has a different emission color (for example, red, green, and blue), and the combination of the emission colors may suggest various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. it can.

  In the present pachinko machine 10, a lottery is performed in response to a winning in either the first winning port 64 or the second winning port 640. In the lottery, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not it is a big hit (big hit lottery), and also determines the big hit type if it is determined to be a big hit. As the jackpot type determined here, 15R probability variation jackpot, 4R probability variation jackpot, and 15R normal jackpot are prepared. The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B not only indicate whether or not the lottery result is a jackpot as a stop symbol after the end of the variation, but if it is a jackpot, a symbol corresponding to the jackpot type is displayed. .

  Here, the “15R probability variation jackpot” is a probability variation jackpot in which the maximum number of rounds shifts to a high probability state after a jackpot of 15 rounds, and “4R probability variation jackpot” is a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of four. It is a probabilistic jackpot that shifts to a high probability state after. In addition, “15R normal jackpot” is a jackpot that shifts to a low probability state after the maximum number of rounds of 15 rounds and hits a short time during a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuations). is there.

  In addition, the “high probability state” means a state in which the jackpot probability thereafter increases as an added value after the jackpot ends, that is, when the probability change is in progress (probability change), in other words, a game that easily shifts to the special game state. It is a state of. The high probability state (during probability change) in the present embodiment includes a game state in which the hit probability of the second symbol, which will be described later, is increased and the ball is likely to win the second winning opening 640. The “low probability state” refers to a time when the probability of jackpot change is not occurring, and a state where the jackpot probability is normal, that is, a state where the jackpot probability is lower than that at the time of probability change. The short time state (short time medium) of the “low probability state” means that the jackpot probability is a normal state, and the jackpot probability remains as it is, and only the hit probability of the second symbol is increased, and the second prize opening 640 is obtained. It means the state of the game where the ball is easy to win. On the other hand, when the pachinko machine 10 is in a normal state is a game state (a state where neither the big hit probability nor the second symbol hit probability is increased) which is neither probabilistic nor short in time.

  During probability change and short time, not only does the probability of winning the second symbol increase, but also the time for opening the first electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is changed, which is longer than normal. Time is set. When the first electric combination 640a is in the opened state (open state), the second prize opening 640 is compared with the case where the first electric combination 640a is in the closed state (closed state). The ball is ready to win. Therefore, during the probability change or the short time, it becomes easy for the ball to win the second winning opening 640, and the number of jackpot lotteries can be increased.

  In addition, during the probability change or during the short time, instead of changing the opening time of the first electric accessory 640a attached to the second prize opening 640, or in addition to changing the opening time, Thus, the number of times the first electric accessory 640a is opened may be changed to be larger than normal. In addition, the probability of winning the second symbol is not changed during the probability change or in the short time, and the first electric accessory is determined at the time when the first electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is opened and once. It is good also as what changes at least one of the frequency | count that 640a opens. In addition, during the probability change and in the short time, the time for opening the first electric combination 640a associated with the second prize opening 640 and the number of times of opening the first electric combination 640a per change are not changed. Only the probability of hitting the second symbol may be changed so as to increase compared to the normal probability.

  The game area is provided with a plurality of general winning ports 63 through which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as winning balls when the balls win. In addition, a variable display device unit 80 is disposed in the central portion of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is synchronized with the variable display on the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, triggered by any one of the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 640 (starting winning) as a trigger. A third symbol display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply abbreviated as “display device”) for displaying the symbols in a variable manner, and an LED for variably displaying the second symbols with the passage of the first through gate 66 as a trigger. The 2nd symbol display apparatus (not shown) comprised by these is provided.

  The variable display device unit 80 is provided with a center frame 86 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81. The third symbol display device 81 is visible through an opening opened in the center of the center frame 86.

  The third symbol display device 81 is constituted by a large 9-inch liquid crystal display, and the display content is controlled by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 4). One symbol row is displayed. Each symbol row is composed of a plurality of symbols (third symbol). These third symbols are horizontally scrolled for each symbol column, and the third symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81. It is like that. In the third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment, the game state is displayed on the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B in accordance with the control of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4). The decorative display according to the display of the symbol display devices 37A and 37B is performed. Instead of the display device, the third symbol display device 81 may be configured using, for example, a reel.

  Each time the sphere passes through the first through gate 66, the second symbol display device alternately displays a symbol “◯” and a symbol “X” as a display symbol (second symbol (not shown)) for a predetermined time. The variable display to light is performed. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed through the first through gate 66, a winning lottery is performed. As a result of the winning lottery, if the winning symbol is a winning symbol, the symbol “◯” is stopped and displayed on the second symbol display device after the variation of the second symbol is displayed. Further, if the winning lottery results, the symbol of “x” is stopped and displayed on the second symbol display device after the variation of the third symbol is displayed.

  In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the second symbol display device stops at a predetermined symbol (in this embodiment, a symbol “◯”), the first electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is displayed. It is configured to be activated (opened) for a predetermined time.

  The time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set to be shorter during the probability change or during the shorter time than when the game state is normal. As a result, during the probability change and during the time reduction, since the variation display of the second symbol is performed in a short time, the winning lottery can be performed more than during normal. Therefore, since the chances for winning in the winning lottery increase, the player can be given many opportunities for the first electric accessory 640a of the second winning opening 640 to be in an open state. Therefore, it is possible to make it easier for the ball to win the second winning opening 640 during the probability change and during the short time.

  In addition, during the probability change or in the short time, the second winning a prize opening during the probability change or in the short time can also be achieved by other methods such as increasing the probability of winning during the time of the change or increasing the number of times the first electric accessory 640a is released per time. When it is in a state where it is easy to win a ball to 640, the time required for the variable display of the second symbol may be constant regardless of the gaming state. On the other hand, when the time required for displaying the variation of the second symbol is set shorter than normal during probability change or short time, the winning probability may be constant regardless of the gaming state, The opening time and the number of opening times of the first electric accessory 640a may be constant regardless of the gaming state.

  The first through gate 66 is assembled to the game board in the area on the right side of the variable display device unit 80. The first through gate 66 is configured to allow passage of a part of the ball that flows down the game board out of the balls fired on the game board. When the ball passes through the first through gate 66, the lottery of the second symbol is performed. After winning the lottery, the 2nd symbol display device displays a variation, and if the winning lottery results, the symbol “○” is displayed as the variable display stop symbol, and the winning lottery result may be off For example, the symbol “x” is displayed as the stop symbol of the variable display.

  The total number of passages of the first through gate 66 of the sphere is reserved up to a total of four times, and the number of retained balls is displayed by the above-described first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and a second symbol hold lamp (not shown). ) Is also lit. Four second symbol holding lamps are provided for the maximum number of holdings, and are arranged symmetrically below the third symbol display device 81.

  In addition, the variable display of the second symbol is performed by switching on and off of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device as in the present embodiment, as well as the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and the third symbol. A part of the symbol display device 81 may be used. Similarly, the second symbol holding lamp may be turned on by a part of the third symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of balls held for passing the ball of the first through gate 66 is not limited to 4 times, and may be set to 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). . Further, the number of through gates to be assembled is not limited to two, and may be three or more. Further, the assembly position of the through gate is not limited to the left and right sides of the variable display device unit 80, and may be, for example, below the variable display device unit 80. In addition, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the second symbol hold lamp may not perform lighting display.

  Below the variable display unit 80, a first winning port 64 through which a ball can win is disposed. When a ball wins the first winning port 64, a first winning port switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused by the first winning port switch being turned on. A jackpot lottery is made (see FIG. 4), and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37A.

  On the other hand, a second winning port 640 through which a ball can win is disposed on the right side of the first winning port 64 in front view. When a ball wins the second winning port 640, a second winning port switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 ( (See FIG. 4), the jackpot lottery is made, and the display corresponding to the lottery result is shown by the first symbol display device 37B.

  In addition, each of the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 640 is also one of the winning ports through which five balls are paid out as winning balls when a ball is won. In the present embodiment, the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins the first prize opening 64 and the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins the second prize slot 640 are configured to be the same. The number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins the first prize opening 64 is different from the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins to the second prize opening 640, for example, the ball to the first prize opening 64 The number of prize balls to be paid out when a prize is won may be three, and the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins the second prize opening 640 may be five.

  Further, on the left side of the first winning port 64 in front view, a third winning port 82 through which a ball can win is disposed. When the ball wins, the third winning port 82 can send the winning ball to the first opening 511 of the sorting unit 500 described later via the pitching unit 600. That is, the third winning opening 82 is disposed in communication with a first opening 511 described later.

  The third winning combination port 82 is accompanied by a third electric accessory 82a. The third electric accessory 82a is configured to be able to open and close by being rotationally displaced with respect to the game board 13. Normally, the third electric accessory 82a is in a closed state (reduced state) and the ball is in the third prize. It is difficult to win a prize in the mouth 82. On the other hand, if there is a jackpot determination triggered by winning of the first winning port 64 or the second winning port 640, the third electric accessory 82a is opened (expanded) before, after, or during the jackpot. State), and the ball is likely to enter the third winning opening 82. In addition, a sensor device SE1 for detecting a passed ball is mounted on the downstream side of the third winning award port 82.

  The opening timing of the third electric accessory 82a does not have to be triggered by the winning of the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 5640, and the first through gate 66 passes the sleeping ball. As a result of the change display of the second symbol that is triggered by the above, when the symbol “◯” is displayed on the second symbol display device, it may be released.

  The first winning combination 640a is attached to the second winning opening 640. The first electric combination 640a is configured to be openable and closable. Normally, the first electric combination 640a is in a closed state (reduced state), and the ball is unlikely to win the second winning opening 640. Yes. On the other hand, when the symbol “◯” is displayed on the second symbol display device as a result of the variation display of the second symbol that is triggered by the passage of the ball to the first through gate 66, the first electric accessory 640 a is The open state (enlarged state) is entered, and the ball is in a state where it is easy to win the second winning opening 640.

  As described above, the probability of hitting the second symbol is higher than that during normal change during the probability change and the short time, and the time required for the variation display of the second symbol is short. "Is easily displayed, and the number of times that the first electric accessory 640a is opened (enlarged) is increased. Furthermore, during the time of probability change or time reduction, the time during which the first electric accessory 640a is opened also becomes longer than during normal time. Therefore, it is possible to make it easier for the ball to win the second winning opening 640 when the probability is changing or when the time is short.

  Here, the probability of winning a big hit is the same in both the low probability state and the high probability state when the ball wins the first winning port 64 and when the ball wins the second winning port 640. However, the probability that the 15R probability variation jackpot is selected as the jackpot type selected when the jackpot is won is higher when the ball wins the second winning slot 640 than when the ball wins the first winning slot 64. Is set. On the other hand, the first winning port 64 does not have the first electric accessory 640a as in the second winning port 640, and the ball is in a state where the ball can always be won.

  Therefore, during normal times, the electric winnings associated with the second winning opening 640 are often in a closed state, and it is difficult to win the second winning opening 640. Then, the ball is fired so that the ball passes to the left of the variable display device unit 80 (so-called “left-handed”), and a lot of opportunities for lottery wins are obtained by winning at the first winning opening 64, resulting in a big hit It is advantageous for the player to aim for this.

  On the other hand, during a certain change or in a short time, passing the ball through the first through gate 66 makes it easy for the first electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 to be in an open state, and wins the second winning opening 640. Since it is in an easy state, the ball is fired toward the second prize opening 640 so that the ball passes the right side of the variable display device unit 80 (so-called “right-handed”), and the first through gate 66 is allowed to pass. Thus, it is advantageous for the player to open the first electric combination 640a and aim for a 15R probability variation big win by winning the second winning opening 640.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment launches a ball to the player in accordance with the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 (whether it is probable, short, or normal). Can be changed between “left-handed” and “right-handed”. Thus, the player can be changed in the way the ball is hit, so that the game can be enjoyed.

  A variable winning device 65 is disposed on the right side of the first winning port 64, and a horizontally-long rectangular specific winning port (large opening) 65a is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, when the jackpot lottery performed due to the winning of either the first winning port 64 or the second winning port 640 is a jackpot, the jackpot is stopped after a predetermined time (variable time) has elapsed. The first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B is turned on so as to be a symbol, and a stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 to indicate the occurrence of a jackpot. Thereafter, the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state (big hit) where the ball is easy to win. In this special gaming state, the special winning opening 65a that is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds have elapsed or ten balls have been won).

  The specific winning opening 65a is closed when a predetermined time elapses, and after the closing, the specific winning opening 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening / closing operation of the specific winning opening 65a can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds), for example. The state in which the opening / closing operation is performed is one form of a special gaming state that is advantageous to the player. Is done.

  Specifically, the variable winning device 65 includes a horizontally long rectangular opening / closing plate that covers the specific winning opening 65a, and a large opening solenoid (not shown) for opening and closing forward with the lower side of the opening / closing plate as an axis. And. The special winning opening 65a is normally closed so that the ball cannot win or is difficult to win. In the case of a big hit, the large opening opening solenoid is driven to tilt the opening / closing plate to the lower front side to temporarily form an open state in which the ball is likely to win the specific winning opening 65a. It operates to repeat the state and the state alternately.

  Note that the special gaming state is not limited to the above-described form. When the game area is provided with a large opening that is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a, and the LED corresponding to the jackpot is turned on in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time, A special game in which a large opening provided separately from the specific winning port 65a is opened for a predetermined time and a predetermined number of times when the ball wins into the specific winning port 65a while the specific winning port 65a is opened. You may make it form as a state. Further, the number of the specific winning opening 65a is not limited to one, and one or a plurality (for example, three) of two or more may be arranged, and the arrangement position is not limited to the right side of the first winning opening 64. The left side of the variable display unit 80 may be used.

  In the lower right corner of the game board 13, there is provided an adhering space K1 for adhering certificate paper, identification labels, and the like. 35 (see FIG. 1).

  The game board 13 is provided with a first out port 71. Balls that flow down the game area and have not won any of the winning openings 63, 64, 65a, 640, 82 are guided to the unillustrated ball discharge path through the first outlet 71. The The first out port 71 is disposed below the first winning port 64.

  A number of nails are planted on the game board 13 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the ball, and various members (acts) such as a windmill are arranged.

  As shown in FIG. 3, control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main control apparatus 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control apparatus 113), and a display control board (display control apparatus 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control apparatus 111), a firing control board (launching control apparatus 112), a power supply board (power supply apparatus 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

  The back pack unit 94 includes a back pack 92 and a dispensing unit 93 that form a protective cover. In addition, each control board is used for MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for communicating with various devices, a random number generator used for various lotteries, time counting and synchronization. A clock pulse generation circuit or the like is mounted as necessary.

  The main control device 110, the sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. . The board boxes 100 to 104 include a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other, and each control device and each board are accommodated.

  In addition, the substrate box 100 (main control device 110) and the substrate box 102 (dispensing control device 111 and launch control device 112) connect the box base and the box cover so that they cannot be opened by a sealing unit (not shown) (caulking structure). Consolidated). In addition, a seal (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover so as to cover the box base and the box cover. This seal seal is made of a brittle material. If the seal is to be peeled off in order to open the substrate boxes 100, 102, or if the substrate boxes 100, 102 are forcibly opened, the box base side and the box cover are removed. Cut to the side. Therefore, it is possible to know whether or not the substrate boxes 100 and 102 have been opened by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal.

  The payout unit 93 includes a tank 130 that is located at the top of the back pack unit 94 and opens upward, a tank rail 131 that is connected to the lower side of the tank 130 and is gently inclined toward the downstream side, and downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 that is vertically connected to the side, and a payout device 133 that is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and that pays out a ball by a predetermined electrical configuration of the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 4). ing. Balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall are sequentially replenished to the tank 130, and a required number of balls are paid out by the payout device 133 as appropriate. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131.

  The payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor operation knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated, for example, to eliminate ball clogging (return to a normal state) when a payout error occurs, such as ball clogging in the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 4). The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

  Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

  The main controller 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a ROM 202 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 201 and fixed value data, and a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 202 is executed. A certain RAM 203 and various other circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are incorporated. In main controller 110, main processing of pachinko machine 10 such as jackpot lottery, setting of display on first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and third symbol display device 81, and lottery of display results on second symbol display device are performed by MPU 201. Execute.

  Various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device by the data transmission / reception circuit in order to instruct the sub control device such as the payout control device 111 and the sound lamp control device 113 to operate. Such a command is transmitted from the main controller 110 to the sub controller only in one direction.

  The RAM 203 stores various areas, counters, flags, a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and a return address of a control program executed by the MPU 201, various flags, counters, I / O, and the like. And a work area (work area) in which values are stored. Note that the RAM 203 is configured so that the backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 and the data can be retained (backed up) even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off, and all data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

  When the power is shut down due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer and the value of each register when the power is shut off (including when the power failure occurs, the same applies hereinafter) are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, at the time of power-on (including power-on due to power failure cancellation, the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before power-off based on information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed when the power is shut off by a main process (not shown), and restoration of each value written to the RAM 203 is executed in a start-up process (not shown) when the power is turned on. Note that the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input to the NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. Is input immediately, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 205 has a payout control device 111, an audio lamp control device 113, first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, a second symbol display device, a second symbol holding lamp, and a lower side of the opening / closing plate of the specific winning opening 65a. A solenoid 209 made up of a large opening solenoid for opening and closing the front side and a solenoid for driving an electric accessory is connected to the MPU 201 via the input / output port 205. Send.

  The input / output port 205 includes a switch group (not shown), various switches 208 including a sensor group including a slide position detection sensor S and a rotation position detection sensor R, and a RAM erase switch circuit 253 described later provided in the power supply device 115. Are connected, and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

  The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to perform payout control of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, includes a ROM 212 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory or the like.

  The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211, the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211, and various flags and counters. And a work area (work area) in which values such as I / O are stored. The RAM 213 is configured to be able to retain (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. As with the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the power failure signal SG1 is also input to the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the payout motor 216, the firing control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected to a prize ball detection switch for detecting a prize ball that has been paid out. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout control device 111 but is not connected to the main control device 110.

  The launch control device 112 controls the ball launch unit 112a so that the launch strength of the ball according to the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51 is obtained when the main control device 110 gives an instruction to launch a ball. . The ball launching unit 112a includes a launching solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the operation is performed on the condition that the launch stop switch 51b for stopping the launch of the ball is off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited corresponding to the amount of rotation (rotation position) of the handle 51, and a ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

  The sound lamp control device 113 outputs sound in a sound output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs lighting and extinguishing in a lamp display device (lighting units 29 to 33, display lamp 34, etc.) 227, and fluctuating effects (fluctuation). Display) and setting of the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 performed by the display control device 114 such as a notice effect. The MPU 221 that is an arithmetic unit includes a ROM 222 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 that is used as a work memory or the like.

  An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the sound lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 including an address bus and a data bus. Main controller 110, display controller 114, audio output device 226, lamp display device 227, other device 228, frame button 22 and the like are connected to input / output port 225, respectively. Other devices 228 include drive motors KM1, KM2, and KM3.

  The sound lamp control device 113 determines the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 based on various commands (variation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from the main control device 110, and uses the determined display mode as a command. The display control device 114 is notified by (display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.). The sound lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the player operates the frame button 22, the stage displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is changed, or the super reach is performed. The display control device 114 is instructed to change the production contents at the time. When the stage is changed, a rear image change command including information about the changed stage is transmitted to the display control device 114 so that the rear image corresponding to the changed stage is displayed on the third symbol display device 81. . Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third symbol, which is a main image displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The display control device 114 displays various images on the third symbol display device 81 according to the command transmitted from the sound lamp control device 113.

  Further, the sound lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) representing the display content of the third symbol display device 81 from the display control device 114. The voice lamp control device 113 outputs the voice corresponding to the display content from the voice output device 226 in accordance with the display content of the third symbol display device 81 based on the display command received from the display control device 114, The lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled in accordance with the display contents.

  The display control device 114 is connected to the sound lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81, and based on a command received from the sound lamp control device 113, the third symbol display device 81 has a variation effect of the third symbol, etc. The display is controlled. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display content of the third symbol display device 81 to the sound lamp control device 113. The voice lamp control device 113 outputs the voice from the voice output device 226 in accordance with the display content indicated by the display command, thereby matching the display of the third symbol display device 81 with the voice output from the voice output device 226. be able to.

  The power supply device 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each unit of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to a power failure, and a RAM deletion switch 122 (see FIG. 3). And an erasing switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies a necessary operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 through a power supply path (not shown). As its outline, the power supply unit 251 takes in the voltage of AC 24 volts supplied from the outside, and drives various switches such as various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, motors, etc. A 5 volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and the 12 volt voltage, the 5 volt voltage, and the backup voltage are supplied to the control devices 110 to 114 as necessary voltages.

  The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the DC stable voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power interruption, power interruption) occurs when this voltage falls below 22 volts. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111. Based on the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. Note that the power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is a drive voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the NMI interrupt processing even after the DC stable voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is maintained at a normal value. Therefore, main controller 110 and payout controller 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown).

  The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3) is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, the main control device 110 clears the backup data, and the payout control device 111 issues a payout initialization command for clearing the backup data. Transmit to device 111.

  Next, a schematic configuration of the operation unit 200 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 5 is an exploded perspective front view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 6 is an exploded perspective front view of the operation unit 200 and the game board 13. 7 to 10 are front views of the operation unit 200. FIG.

  In FIG. 7, the upper displacement member 940 is retracted upward and the lower displacement member 440 is retracted downward. In FIG. 8, the upper displacement member 940 rotates downward from the state shown in FIG. In FIG. 9, the displaced state is the state shown in FIG. 7, and the state in which the lower displacement member 440 is projected to a first projecting position to be described later is shown in FIG. 10. The state displaced to the 2nd overhang position which is a position is each illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, the operation unit 200 includes a rear case 300 formed in a box shape, and an upper displacement unit 900, a lower displacement unit 400, a rotation unit 700, and an inner space of the rear case 300. A distribution unit 500 and a pitching unit 600 attached to the back of the game board 13 are accommodated.

  The back case 300 includes a bottom wall 301 having a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and an outer wall 302 standing from the outer edges of the four sides of the bottom wall 301 toward the front. It is formed in a box shape with one side (front side) open. The bottom wall 301 is formed with an opening 301a having a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) disposed on the back of the bottom wall 301 is visually recognized through the opening 301a. It is possible.

  The upper displacement unit 900 is disposed in the upper part of the opening 301a in the bottom wall portion 301 of the back case 300, and has a rectangular horizontally long base member 910, and is slidably disposed on the base member 910. The upper displacement member 940 is provided, and an effect of rotating and displacing the upper displacement member 940 while sliding is formed on the front side of the opening 301a of the rear case 300 (that is, the third symbol display device 81). A detailed description of the upper displacement unit 900 will be given later.

  The lower displacement unit 400 is disposed in the bottom side of the bottom wall portion 301 of the back case 300 at a lower portion of the opening 301 a and has a horizontally long base member 410 in a front view, and is slidably disposed on the base member 410. The lower displacement member 440 is provided, and an effect of rotating and displacing the lower displacement member 440 while sliding is formed on the front side of the rear case opening 301a (ie, the third symbol display device 81). A detailed description of the lower displacement unit 400 will be described later.

  The rotating unit 700 is disposed on the right side in front view of the lower portion of the opening 301 a in the bottom wall portion 301 of the back case 300, and is disposed in front of the rear base 720. The player can visually recognize the effect of rotationally displacing the rotary body 800 through a transparent plate portion formed on the lower right side of the game board 13 when viewed from the front. The detailed description of the rotating unit 700 will be described later.

  The ball sending unit 600 is attached to the back side of the game board 13 and a game ball sent from the third winning port 82 of the game board 13 to the back side of the game board 13 is input to a first opening 511 of the distribution unit 500 described later. A path for pitching is formed.

  The distribution unit 500 includes a path forming member 510 attached to the back side of the game board 13, a base plate 520 disposed in a state where a predetermined gap is formed opposite the path forming member 510, and the base plate There is provided a sorting member 540 that distributes game balls that are attached to 520 and flow down between the path forming member 510 and the base plate 520 to each pitching path (second pitching path KR2 or third pitching path KR3). The game balls distributed to the distribution member 540 are sent to the lower displacement unit 400. A detailed description of the distribution unit 500 will be described later.

  Next, the detailed configuration of the lower displacement unit 400 will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 35. First, a structure for displacing the lower displacement member 440 will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 14.

  FIG. 11 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400, and FIG. 12 is a rear view of the lower displacement unit 400. 13 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement unit 400, and FIG. 14 is an exploded perspective rear view of the lower displacement unit 400. 11 to B04 show a state in which the lower displacement member 440 is disposed at the retracted position (position disposed at the lowest position with respect to the base member 410).

  As shown in FIGS. 11 to 14, the lower displacement unit 400 includes a base member 410 disposed on the bottom wall portion 301 (see FIG. 6) of the back case 300 and a transmission member disposed on the base member 410. 420, a link member 430 coupled to the base member 410 and displaced in accordance with the displacement of the transmission member 420, one end slidably coupled to the base member 410, and the other end coupled to the link member 430. And a lower displacement member 440 that is displaced by being transmitted with a driving force from the link member 430.

  The base member 410 is formed by combining two horizontally long plate members in the front view in the front-rear direction, and includes a front base 411 disposed on the front side and a back base 412 disposed on the back side. A transmission member 420 and a link member 430 are disposed between the front base 411 and the rear base 412.

  The front base 411 includes two sliding grooves 411a and 411b penetrating in the front-rear direction (the depth direction in FIG. 11), two cylindrical shaft support pins 411c and 411d protruding to the back side, and a shaft support pin 411d. And a curved wall portion 411e projecting in an arc shape with the axis as the axis.

  The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are holes through which the two protrusions 472 and 473 protruding from the back side of the lower displacement member 440 are inserted. The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are formed to extend in the left-right direction. Therefore, the lower displacement member 440 can be slid in the left-right direction by displacing the protrusions 472, 473 inserted through the sliding grooves 411a, 411b along the sliding grooves 411a, 411b.

  Further, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are each curved in an arc shape, and upward (from the top in FIG. 11) from the left (left side in FIG. 11) end to the right (right side in FIG. 11) end of the front base 411. ) Is opened. Furthermore, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are arranged at positions where the respective axes of the arcs are different, and the gap between the opposing portions in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 11) is narrowed from the left end to the right end.

  Since the distance between the protrusions 472 and 473 of the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440 described later does not change, when the lower displacement member 440 is slid along the sliding groove, the lower displacement member 440 is rotated. And can be displaced. That is, by changing the distance between the two sliding grooves 411a and 411b, the lower displacement member 440 can be rotated as it slides without applying a rotational driving force to the lower displacement member 440. The detailed displacement mode of the lower displacement member 440 will be described later.

  The shaft support pin 411c is a protrusion that is inserted into a shaft portion 422a of a cam member 422 of the transmission member 420 described later, and is formed in a columnar shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft portion 422a. The pivot pin 411c is formed of a metal rod-like body and is fitted on the front base 411. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the shaft support pin 411c from being broken (damaged) when a force acts on the cam member 422 from the outer peripheral surface thereof in the axial direction.

  The pivot pin 411d is a protrusion that is inserted into a through hole 431a formed at one end of a first link member 431, which will be described later, and is formed in a columnar shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the through hole 431a. Further, the pivot pin 411d is formed of a metallic rod-like body and is fitted on the front base 411. Therefore, when a force acts on the first link member 431 in the direction of the through hole 431a, it is possible to suppress the shaft support pin 411d from being broken (broken).

  The curved wall portion 411e protrudes from the back side of the front base 411 and is curved around the axis of the pivot pin 411d. The protruding distance of the curved wall portion 411e is set to a distance that comes into contact with the protruding tip surface of a plate-like protrusion 431b of the first link member 431 described later. Therefore, it is suppressed that the 1st link member 431 shifts to the front side. Further, since the curved wall portion 411e is formed to be bent around the axis of the shaft support pin 411d, even when the first link member 431 is rotated around the shaft of the shaft support pin 411d, the first link member 431 is formed. The plate-like protrusion 431b can be brought into contact with the protruding front end surface of the curved wall portion 411e.

  The collection port 411f is an opening through which a ball emitted from the emission opening 471 flows into the collection port 411f and is collected by the movement of a ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 described later. The downstream side of the recovery port 411f is connected to the recovery path of the sphere. The recovery port 411f is a hole formed so as to protrude from the right end of the front base 411. The opening surface of the recovery port 411f faces the lower displacement member 440 in the retracted state and the lower displacement member 440 in the first extended state. The surface is located below the exit opening 471 in the direction of gravity.

  In addition, the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440 in the retracted state is disposed above the recovery port 411f. Therefore, the sphere emitted from the emission opening 471 can be received in the collection port 411f and quickly collected.

  The back base 412 includes groove portions 412a and 412b that are recessed from the front side (the front side in FIG. 12) toward the back surface, and a locking portion 412c that is formed to protrude toward the front side in the vicinity of the groove portion 412b. Formed mainly for the purpose.

  The groove portion 412a is a hole for inserting the tip end side of the shaft support pin 411c of the front base 411 described above, is formed in a circular shape having an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft support pin 411c, and faces the shaft support pin 411c. Recessed in position. Therefore, the cam member 422 is held so as not to be detached from the base member 410 by the front base 411 and the rear base 412 being combined after the shaft support pin 411c is inserted through the shaft portion 422a. Further, since the back surface base 412 can hold the tip end portion of the shaft support pin 411c, when a force is applied to the cam member 422 in the axial direction from the outer peripheral surface thereof, the shaft support pin 411c is connected to the front base 411. It can suppress that it bends and bends from a connection part.

  The groove portion 412b is a hole into which the tip end side of the shaft support pin 411d of the front base 411 described above is inserted. The groove portion 412b is formed in a circular shape having an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft support pin 411d and faces the shaft support pin 411d. Recessed in position. Therefore, the first link member 431 is held from the base member 410 so as not to drop off by combining the front base 411 and the rear base 412 after the shaft support pin 411d is inserted through the through hole 431a. Further, since the back surface base 412 can hold the tip end portion of the shaft support pin 411d, when a force acts on the first link member 431 in the direction of the through hole 431a, the shaft support pin 411d is connected to the front base 411. It can suppress that it bends and breaks from the connection part.

  The locking portion 412c is a plate that locks one end of an urging spring SP1, which will be described later, and is formed outside the urging spring SP1. Thereby, the one end side of urging | biasing spring SP1 can be latched. A detailed description of the urging spring SP1 will be described later.

  The transmission member 420 includes a transmission gear 421 coupled to the shaft of the drive motor KM1 attached to the front side of the front base 411, and a cam that meshes with the transmission gear 421 and rotates as the transmission gear 421 is driven. The member 422 is mainly provided.

  The transmission gear 421 is a gear having an engagement surface over the entire outer peripheral surface, and is externally fitted to the shaft portion of the drive motor KM1. Therefore, when electric power is applied to the drive motor KM1 and the shaft portion is rotated, the transmission gear 421 is similarly rotated.

  The cam member 422 is formed from a plate-like body having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction while being formed in a shape in which one end of two semicircles having different outer shapes in front view is combined. In the semicircular portion having a small outer shape of the cam member 422, a tooth surface 422b that meshes with the transmission gear 421 is formed on the outer peripheral surface, and a shaft portion 422a is formed through the center of the semicircle. A sliding groove 422c is formed in the semicircular portion having a large outer shape of the cam member 422. The sliding groove 422c is recessed on the back side facing a link member 430 described later.

  As described above, the shaft portion 422a is a hole through which the shaft support pin 411c is inserted, and the shaft portion 422a is rotatably supported by the shaft support pin 411c, so that the cam member 422 rotates the shaft of the shaft support pin 411c. It is held rotatably at the center.

  Since the cam member 422 is disposed on the base member 410 with the tooth surface 422b engaged with the transmission gear 421, the cam member 422 rotates about the axis of the shaft portion 422a when the transmission gear 421 rotates. it can.

  The sliding groove 422c is recessed along the outer peripheral portion of the semicircular portion having a large radius of the cam member 422. Accordingly, the distance from the shaft portion 422a is increased from the one end side toward the other end side. Further, the sliding groove 422c has a step portion 422c1 that extends in the direction of the through hole 431a from the sliding projection 431d of the first link member 431 when the lower displacement member 440 is in a retracted state, which will be described later, and a lower displacement. When the member 440 is positioned in a second extended state, which will be described later, a step 422c3 extending from the sliding projection 431d in the direction of the through hole 431a, and the lower displacement member 440 between the retracted state and the second extended state And a step portion 422c2 that extends from the sliding projection 431d in the direction of the through-hole 431a when positioned in the first extended state of the intermediate state.

  The link member 430 is formed of two link members, a first link member 431 and a second link member 432. Further, the link member 430 is formed by rotatably connecting the end portions of the first link member 431 and the second link member 432.

  The first link member 431 is formed in a plate shape having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction while being bent into a generally U-shape when viewed from the front. The first link member 431 is a link that is displaced in accordance with the displacement of the cam member 422. The first link member 431 has a through-hole 431a that penetrates in the front-rear direction on one end side, and a columnar connection protrusion 431c that protrudes on the other side. The plate-like protrusion 431b protruding to the position facing the curved wall 411e and the cylindrical sliding protrusion 431d protruding to the front side of the bent portion are mainly provided.

  The through hole 431a is a through hole into which the pivot pin 411d is inserted as described above. The first link member 431 is rotatably held with respect to the base member 410 by combining the front base 411 and the rear base 412 with the pivot pin 411d inserted in the through hole 431a.

  The plate-like protrusion 431b is a protrusion that suppresses the first link member 431 from being displaced in the front-rear direction and suppresses the first link member 431 from colliding with the cam member 422 disposed in the front. It is formed in a plate-like body protruding in a curved shape with the hole 431a as an axis, and the protruding length is set larger than the thickness of the cam member 422 in the front-rear direction. Thereby, it can suppress that the back surface of the cam member 422 and the front surface of the 1st link member 431 collide.

  The connection protrusion 431c is a shaft portion connected to a second link member 432, which will be described later, and is inserted into a through hole 432a of the second link member 432, and the outer diameter of the head from the back side is larger than that of the through hole 432a. A large screw or the like is fastened. Thereby, the 1st link member 431 and the 2nd link member 432 are connected so that rotation is possible.

  A wall portion 431f protruding to the back side is formed at the edge portion of the through hole 431a. The wall portion 431f is a wall surface for fitting and holding an urging spring SP1 described later on the outer peripheral surface thereof.

  The link side engaging portion 431e is a protrusion that locks the other end side of the urging spring SP1 fitted into the wall portion 431f, and is formed to project in a hook shape on the back side of one end side of the first link member 431. . Therefore, the biasing spring SP1 is in a state where one end side is engaged with the engaging portion 412c of the back surface base 412, and the other end side is engaged with the link side engaging portion 431e of the first link member 431. The Therefore, the urging force of the urging spring SP1 can be applied in a direction in which the other end side of the first link member 431 is rotated upward with respect to the base member 410. As a result, since the urging force of the urging spring SP1 acts when the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced, the energy consumption of the drive motor KM1 can be suppressed.

  The sliding protrusion 431d is formed at a position separated from the through hole 431a by substantially the same distance as the distance from the through hole 431a to the shaft portion 422a of the cam member 422. Further, the sliding protrusion 431d has a tip portion inserted inside the sliding groove 422c. That is, the sliding protrusion 431d is formed such that its outer diameter is smaller than the width dimension between the opposed facings of the sliding groove 422c.

  Since the sliding protrusion 431d is arranged inside the sliding groove 422c, the sliding protrusion 431d is displaced by sliding inside the sliding groove 422c in accordance with the rotational displacement of the cam member 422. That is, when the cam member 422 is displaced, the first link member 431 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the through hole 431a. A detailed description of the displacement of the first link member 431 will be described later.

  Moreover, since the sliding protrusion 431d and the plate-like protrusion 431b are formed at positions close to each other, the forward displacement of the first link member 431 is suppressed by the plate-like protrusion 431b. Therefore, it can suppress that the sliding protrusion 431d pushes the cam member 422 forward. As a result, it is not necessary to increase the recessed depth of the sliding groove 422c provided in the cam member 422, and the rigidity can be ensured without increasing the thickness of the cam member 422 in the front-rear direction.

  The second link member 432 is formed in a plate shape having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction while being formed in a long rectangular front view. The second link member 432 is mainly provided with a through-hole 432a that is formed through one end in the front-rear direction and a through-hole 432b that is formed through the other end in the front-rear direction.

  As described above, the through hole 432a is a hole for being connected to the first link member 431, and the connection protrusion 431c is inserted therein. Accordingly, the second link member 432 is rotatably connected to the first link member 431.

  The through hole 432b is connected to a lower displacement member 440 described later, and can transmit the displacement of the link member 430 to the lower displacement member 440. The through hole 432b is a hole into which a protrusion 482a of a back case 482 described later is inserted, and has an inner diameter larger than an outer diameter of the protrusion 482a. Therefore, the protrusion 482a is inserted into the through hole 432b, and a screw or the like having a head larger than the inner diameter of the through hole 432b is fastened to the tip of the protrusion 482a, so that the lower displacement member 440 becomes the second link member 432. Is held rotatably. Accordingly, the driving of the lower displacement member 440 is transmitted via the link member 430 when the cam member 422 is rotationally displaced.

  Next, the displacement operation of the lower displacement member 440 will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 to 20. 15 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state, FIG. 16 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the first extended state, and FIG. 17 is a lower displacement unit in the second extended state. FIG. 18 is a rear view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state, FIG. 19 is a rear view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the first extended state, and FIG. 20 is a lower displacement unit in the second extended state. FIG. 18 to 20 show a state in which the rear base 412 is viewed transparently.

  The retracted state is a state in which the sliding protrusion 431d disposed inside the sliding groove 422c is disposed between the steps 442c1 and the lower displacement member 440 is disposed on the lower side. The second projecting state is a state in which the sliding protrusion 431d is disposed between the step portions 442c3 and the distal end side of the lower displacement member 440 is disposed at the uppermost position. The first overhanging state is a state in which the sliding protrusion 431d is disposed between the step portions 442c2 and the lower displacement member 440 is disposed in an intermediate state between the retracted state and the second overhanging state.

  As shown in FIGS. 15 and 18, in the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state, the cam member 422 is rotated by the transmission gear 421 so that the other end side (step part 422c3 side) of the sliding groove 422c is connected to the shaft part 422a. It is in a state where it is positioned on the right side in the rear view (right side in FIG. 18). In this case, the sliding protrusion 431d of the first link member 431 is guided along the inner wall of the sliding groove 422c and is in a state of being positioned on the step portion 422c1. Therefore, the first link member 431 is in a state where the other end side (the connecting projection 431c side) is positioned on the right side (right side in FIG. 18) of the through hole 431a on the one end side (rotating around the through hole 431a as the axis) The end side is positioned at the lower end of the rotatable range).

  Since the second link member 432 is connected to the first link member 431, one end side (through hole 432a side) connected to the first link member 431 is positioned on the right side (right side in FIG. 18) when viewed from the back. Accordingly, in the lower displacement member 440 connected to the second link member 432, the protrusions 472 and 473 connected to the front base 411 are positioned on the right side (the right side in FIG. 18) in the rear view of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b. State. As described above, the distance between the vertical facing of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b is larger on the right side in the rear view than on the left side, so that the lower displacement member 440 has the longitudinal direction substantially parallel to the left and right direction. Placed in the state. That is, it is in a state of being arranged in front of the front base 411.

  The displacement from the retracted state shown in FIGS. 15 and 18 to the first extended state shown in FIGS. 14 and 19 is performed by the cam member 422 being displaced.

  In the first extended state, the transmission gear 421 is rotated by the driving force of the drive motor KM1, and the cam member 422 is rotated approximately 90 degrees from the retracted position. As a result, the other end side (step portion 422c3 side) of the cam member 422 is positioned above the shaft portion 422a. Due to this rotational displacement, the sliding projection 431d of the first link member 431 guided by the inner wall of the sliding groove 422c is displaced along with the displacement of the sliding groove 422c. In the first overhanging state, the sliding protrusion 431d is guided between the inner walls of the step portion 422c2 of the sliding groove 422c.

  Accordingly, the first link member 431 is rotated about 30 degrees around the through hole 431a due to the displacement of the sliding protrusion 431d, and the other end side (the connecting protrusion 431c side) is located at the upper left in the rear view (FIG. 19). Displaced to the upper left).

  Due to the rotational displacement of the first link member 431, the second link member 432 connected to the first link member 431 is displaced, and the lower displacement member 440 connected to the second link member 432 is displaced. In this case, since the protrusions 472 and 473 are slidably connected to the sliding grooves 411a and 411b of the front base 411, the lower displacement member 440 is displaced along the shape of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b. As described above, since the distance between the vertical facings of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b is narrowed from the right side in the rear view to the left side, the lower displacement member 440 slides to the right side in the front view (right side in FIG. 16). While being displaced, the tip side is rotationally displaced upward.

  In the first overhanging state, the recovery port 411f is positioned on the lower side in the gravitational direction on the tip side. That is, when the lower displacement member 440 is shifted from the retracted state to the first extended state, the lower displacement member 440 is rotated and displaced while being slid, so that the front end side of the lower displacement member 440 protrudes to the right in the front view of the base member 410. It can be displaced without causing it. As a result, it is possible to easily form a displacement region that is different from the variable region of other displacement actors. Collision with other displacement actors can be suppressed.

  Further, since the recovery port 411f is positioned below one end side of the lower displacement member 440 (the side opposite to the protrusions 472 and 473 connected to the front base 411), a ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 described later is provided. When the launch operation is performed and the sphere falls down from the exit opening 471 as it is, the sphere can be sent to the collection port 411f.

  The displacement from the first projecting state shown in FIGS. 16 and 19 to the second projecting state shown in FIGS. 17 and 20 is performed by further displacing the cam member 422 from the first projecting state.

  In the second extended state, the transmission gear 421 is rotated by the driving force of the drive motor KM1 from the first extended state, and the cam member 422 is rotated approximately 90 degrees from the position of the first extended state. Therefore, the other end side of the cam member 422 (the stepped portion 422c3 side is positioned above the shaft portion 422a. Further, the sliding of the first link member 431 guided to the inner wall of the sliding groove 422c by this rotational displacement. The moving projection 431d is displaced along with the displacement of the sliding groove 422c, and in the second overhanging state, the sliding projection 431d is guided between the inner walls of the step portion 422c1 of the sliding groove 422c.

  Therefore, the first link member 431 is rotated approximately 30 degrees around the through hole 431a due to the displacement of the sliding protrusion 431d, and the other end side (the connecting protrusion 431c side) is substantially in rear view from the position of the first overhanging state. It is displaced to the upper left (upper left in FIG. 20).

  Due to the rotational displacement of the first link member 431, the second link member 432 connected to the first link member 431 is displaced, and the lower displacement member 440 connected to the second link member 432 is displaced. In this case, since the protrusions 472 and 473 are slidably connected to the sliding grooves 411a and 411b of the front base 411, the lower displacement member 440 is displaced along the shape of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b. As described above, since the distance between the vertical facings of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b becomes narrower from the right side as viewed from the rear side to the left side, the lower displacement member 440 slides to the right side as viewed from the front side (right side in FIG. 17). While being displaced, the tip side is rotationally displaced upward.

  Similarly to the first overhanging state, in the second overhanging state, the recovery port 411f is positioned on the lower side in the gravitational direction on the tip side. In other words, when the lower displacement member 440 is shifted from the retracted state to the second extended state, the lower displacement member 440 is rotated and displaced while being slid, so that the distal end side of the lower displacement member 440 protrudes to the right in the front view of the base member 410. It can be displaced without causing it. As a result, it is possible to easily form a displacement area different from the variable area of other displacement actors, and to suppress collision with other displacement actors.

  Next, the positional relationship between the first link member 431 and the cam member 422 in each state will be described with reference to FIG. 21A is a rear view of the first link member 431 and the cam member 422 in the retracted state, FIG. 21B is in the first extended state, and FIG. 21C is the second extended state. is there. In FIG. 21A to FIG. 21C, the portion of the cam member 422 that overlaps the first link member 431 is indicated by a chain line.

  As shown in FIG. 21A, in the retracted state, the sliding protrusion 431d of the first link member 431 is disposed between the inner walls of the step portion 422c1 of the sliding groove 422c. Further, as described above, the sliding protrusion 431d is formed at a position separated from the through hole 431a by substantially the same distance as the distance from the through hole 431a to the shaft portion 422a of the cam member 422. Therefore, when a force that rotates about the axis of the through hole 431a acts on the first link member 431 located in the retracted state, the force is applied to the shaft portion 422a of the cam member 422 from the sliding projection 431d. it can. Therefore, the cam member 422 can be prevented from rotating by the rotational force of the first link member 431. As a result, in the retracted state, the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 connected to the first link member 431 via the second link member 432 can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 21B, in the first projecting state, the sliding projection 431d of the first link member 431 and the inner wall of the step portion 422c2 of the sliding groove 422c are disposed opposite to each other. Therefore, as in the retracted state, when a force rotating around the through hole 431a acts on the first link member 431 located in the first overhanging state, the force is applied from the sliding protrusion 431d to the cam member 422. It can be made to act on the shaft portion 422a. Therefore, the cam member 422 can be prevented from rotating by the rotational force of the first link member 431. As a result, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 connected to the first link member 431 via the second link member 432 in the first projecting state.

  Here, in the first overhang position, the drive motor KM1 needs to be maintained in the stopped state in order to maintain the stopped state because the intermediate position of the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 is maintained. Therefore, there is a problem that energy consumption increases when the lower displacement member 440 is stopped at the first overhang position (intermediate position of displacement).

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, in the first overhanging state, the sliding projection 431d of the first link member 431 is disposed between the inner walls of the step portion 422c2 of the sliding groove 422c. Further, the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed. Therefore, even when the electric power of the drive motor KM1 is stopped when the lower displacement member 440 is stopped at a position in the middle of the displacement, the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed from being displaced. As a result, it is possible to suppress an increase in energy consumption of the drive motor KM1 when the lower displacement member 440 is stopped during the displacement.

  As shown in FIG. 21C, in the second overhanging state, the sliding projection 431d of the first link member 431 and the inner wall of the step portion 422c2 of the sliding groove 422c are disposed opposite to each other. Therefore, as in the retracted state and the first overhang state, when a force rotating around the axis of the through hole 431a acts on the first link member 431 located in the second overhang state, the force is applied to the sliding protrusion. It can be made to act on the shaft part 422a of the cam member 422 from 431d. Therefore, the cam member 422 can be prevented from rotating by the rotational force of the first link member 431. Therefore, the cam member 422 can be prevented from rotating by the rotational force of the first link member 431. As a result, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 connected to the first link member 431 via the second link member 432 in the second projecting state.

  Further, since each step portion 422c1, 422c2, 422c3 extends in a direction connecting the sliding projection 431d and the through hole 431a, the sliding groove 422c in the direction in which the sliding projection 431d of the first link member 431 is displaced. The width dimension can be reduced. Therefore, the clearance between the sliding groove 422c and the sliding protrusion 431d, in which the first link member 431 can be rotationally displaced about the axis of the through hole 431a at the retracted position, the first protruding position, and the second protruding position, is reduced. it can. Therefore, the gap in which the first link member 431 in each state can be rotationally displaced about the axis of the through hole 431a can be reduced. As a result, the width in which the lower displacement member 440 in each state swings due to vibration or inertial force when the displacement is stopped can be reduced, and the player can easily recognize the stopped state.

  Therefore, the transmission member 420 and the link member 430 (driving mechanism) that drive the lower displacement member 440 are configured so that the lower displacement member 440 is displaced in the direction of reflection when the game ball is emitted from the ball receiving portion 467. Since it can regulate, it can control that lower displacement member 440 is displaced to base member 410 with reaction. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed.

  Next, the front-rear direction relationship between the link member 430 and the cam member 422 will be described with reference to FIG. 22A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400 taken along the line XXIIa-XXIIa in FIG. 18, and FIG. 22B is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400 taken along the line XXIIb-XXIIb in FIG. is there. In FIGS. 19 and 20, the back base 412 is shown transparently, but in FIGS. 22A and 22B, a sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400 in a state where it is not transparently shown is shown. .

  As shown in FIG. 22A, the link member 430 of the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state is disposed between the back surface base 412 and the cam member 422. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the lower displacement member 440 from swinging in the front-rear direction. That is, the other end side of the first link member 431 is connected to the lower displacement member 440 configured by combining a plurality of fixtures via the second link member 432, so that it is moved in the front-rear direction by the load of the lower displacement member 440. Since there is a possibility of bending, the cam member 422 is disposed forward, so that the first link member 431 can be prevented from bending forward. As a result, since the first link member 431 can be prevented from moving forward, the lower displacement member 440 can be prevented from swinging in the front-rear direction.

  As shown in FIG. 22B, the link member 430 of the lower displacement unit 400 in the first overhanging state is disposed between the back surface base 412 and the cam member 422 as in the retracted state. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the lower displacement member 440 from swinging in the front-rear direction.

  Further, in the retracted state and the first extended state, the cam member 422 is disposed on the front side of the connection portion between the first link member 431 and the second link member 432 of the link member 430. Therefore, when the link member 430 is formed of two members, it is necessary to make the connecting portion rotatable. Therefore, the link member 430 is less rigid than the other portion and easily bent because of the gap. Since the member 422 is arrange | positioned, it can suppress that the connection part of the link member 430 bends. As a result, it is possible to suppress the lower displacement member 440 from swinging in the front-rear direction.

  Next, the configuration of the lower displacement member 440 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 23 to 26. FIG. 23A is a front view of the lower displacement member 440, and FIG. 23B is a rear view of the lower displacement member 440. 24 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement member 440, and FIG. 25 is an exploded perspective rear view of the lower displacement member 440. FIGS. 26A and 26B are front views of the lower displacement member 440. FIG.

  26A shows a state in which the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 is seen transparently, and in FIG. 26B, the decorative member 450 and the front case 481 of the lower displacement member 440 are seen transparently. The state is shown.

  As shown in FIGS. 23 to 26, the lower displacement member 440 includes a base member 470 connected to the front base 411, a case member 480 that covers the front and rear of the base member 470, and the case member 480 and the base member 470. A transmission mechanism 460 that is displaceably disposed therebetween and a decorative member 450 that is formed so as to cover the front and rear of the case member 480 are mainly provided.

  The base member 470 is a plate member formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and includes protrusions 472 and 473 that protrude to the back side on one end side, and a standing wall 471a that stands on the front side from the edge on the other end side. A protruding wall 477 that protrudes in a U-shape that is upside down from the upper end of the central portion in the left-right direction (FIG. 23 left-right direction), and an upper end of the base member 470 that is cut from the end of the protruding wall 477 to one end side. Rack gear 476 provided, shaft portions 474 and 475 projecting to the front side, rectangular wiring locking portion 478 attached to the back surface on one end side of base member 470, and center portion in the vertical direction of base member 470 And an opening 479 that is recessed from the one end side to the other end side.

  The protrusions 472 and 473 are connecting portions that are inserted into the sliding grooves 411a and 411b of the front base 411 as described above, and connect the lower displacement member 440 and the front base 411. Therefore, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are formed in a columnar shape having an outer diameter smaller than the dimension between the opposing inner walls.

  The standing wall 471a is a wall portion for forming a gap between the front case 481 and the base member 470 when the front case 481 described later is attached to the base member 470, and has a sphere diameter. Is set to a larger standing dimension.

  The shaft portions 474 and 475 are projections that are inserted into the shafts of transmission gears 462 and 463 of the transmission mechanism 460 described later, and rotatably hold the transmission gears 462 and 463, and are larger than the inner diameters of the shaft holes of the transmission gears 462 and 463. It is formed in a cylindrical shape with a small outer diameter.

  The rack gear 476 has a tooth surface that meshes with a transmission gear 465 described later. As a result, a movable rack 464, which will be described later, slides relative to the base member 470, whereby the transmission gear 465 can be rotated.

  The protruding wall 477 causes the ball to fall to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 when a ball sent from the ball feeding unit 600 described later is received in front of the base member 470 through the opening 451a of the decorative member 450. Between the opposing wall portions formed in a substantially U shape is formed larger than the diameter of the sphere.

  The wiring locking portion 478 is a member for locking flexible wiring (not shown) to a control board disposed on the back side of the base member 470, and one end of the flexible wiring between the base member 470. Is attached to the back side of the base member 470. Thereby, even if the lower displacement member 440 is disposed so as to be displaceable with respect to the base member 410, the entanglement of the flexible wiring can be suppressed.

  Moreover, the wiring latching | locking part 478 is equipped with the processus | protrusion 478a which protrudes in a column shape at the back side. The protrusion distance of the protrusion 478a is set to a distance that protrudes to the back surface side from the link member 430 connected to the back surface side, and is set to a distance that can contact the front surface of the back surface base 412. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress the lower displacement member 440 from swinging backward, and to suppress the link member 430 from colliding with the back base 412.

  The opening 469 is an opening that defines a sliding displacement direction of the movable rack 464 disposed on the front side, and a guide plate 464d of the movable rack 464 described later is inserted therein.

  The transmission mechanism 460 is a member disposed in front of the base member 470, and meshes with the transmission gears 4621, 462, 463, the drive motor KM 2 whose shaft portion is coupled to the transmission gear 461, and the transmission gear 463. A movable rack 464 that has a tooth surface and is disposed in front of the base member 470 so as to be slidable, and a transmission gear that is rotatably disposed on the movable rack 464 and meshed with the rack gear 476. 465, a rack 466 having a tooth surface meshed with the transmission gear 465 and disposed so as to be slidable in front of the movable rack 464, and a ball disposed rotatably on one end side of the rack 466 The receiving portion 467 is mainly provided.

  The transmission gear 461 is a gear in which the shaft portion of the drive motor KM2 is fitted in the shaft hole. The drive motor KM2 is attached to the base member 470 in a state where the drive motor KM2 is connected to the base member 470. It is arranged.

  As described above, the transmission gears 462 and 463 are rotatably held by the base member by inserting the shaft portions 474 and 475 of the base member 470 into the shaft hole. The transmission gears 461 to 463 are in meshed gear trains, and the terminal transmission gear 463 is rotated by the transmission gear 461 being rotated by the drive motor KM2.

  The movable rack 464 is formed in a rectangular horizontally long plate shape when viewed from the front, and includes a rack gear 464a engraved on the lower end surface, a shaft portion 464b protruding in a cylindrical shape from the front side, and an upper side protruding from one end side of the upper end surface. The contact plate 464c, a guide plate 464d protruding from one end to the other end at a substantially central position in the vertical direction, a rack guide portion 464e protruding to the front side opposite to the guide plate 464d, and protruding to the other lower end. It is mainly provided with a collision portion 464f.

  The rack gear 464 a is a tooth surface that meshes with the transmission gear 463. Therefore, by disposing the rack gear 464a and the transmission gear 463 in mesh with the base member 470, the movable rack 464 can be displaced by driving the drive motor KM2.

  The shaft portion 464b is a shaft portion in which the transmission gear 465 is rotatably held, and is formed in a cylindrical shape having an outer diameter smaller than that of the shaft hole of the transmission gear 465.

  The abutting plate 464c is an abutting portion that abuts against a sorting member 540 of the sorting unit 500 described later to displace the sorting member 540. That is, the distribution member 540 can be displaced by the displacement of the movable rack 464. A contact mode between the contact plate 464c and the sorting member 540 will be described later.

  As described above, the guide plate 464d is a plate-like body that is inserted into the opening 479 of the base member 470, and can define the displacement direction of the movable rack 464 that is displaced by the drive of the drive motor KM2. That is, the movable rack 464 that is displaced by the drive of the drive motor KM2 can be displaced along the direction in which the opening 479 extends. In the present embodiment, since the opening 479 extends in the left-right direction, the movable rack 464 can be slid in the left-right direction with respect to the base member 470.

  The rack guide portion 464e is a protruding wall for restricting the displacement direction of the rack 466 described later, and protrudes from one end to the other end in the left-right direction.

  The collision portion 464f is a wall portion that contacts a protrusion 492b of a displacement member 492, which will be described later, and displaces the displacement member 492, and is formed to protrude from the lower end of the movable rack 464. Moreover, the collision part 464f is formed in the state which the other end side inclined. Thereby, the protrusion 492b of the displacement member 492 can be displaced by sliding along the inclined surface.

  The rack 466 is formed from a rectangular horizontally long rod-like body when viewed from the front. The rack gear 466a is engraved on the upper end surface, the shaft portion 466b protrudes in a cylindrical shape from the end on the other end side to the back side, and protrudes to the front side. The two sliding plates 466c and the recessed portion 466d that is recessed from one end to the other end on the back side are mainly provided.

  The rack gear 466a is meshed with a transmission gear 465 attached to the movable rack 464. As a result, in a state where the rack 466 is disposed in front of the movable rack 464, the movable rack 464 is slid, so that the transmission gear 465 is rotated along with the slide displacement, and the driving force is transmitted to the rack 466. . Accordingly, the rack 466 can be displaced with respect to the movable rack 464.

  The shaft portion 466b is a protrusion that is inserted into a shaft hole 467b of a ball receiving portion 467, which will be described later, and is formed in a columnar shape having an outer diameter larger than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 467b. Thereby, the ball receiving portion 467 can be held rotatably.

  The sliding plate 466c is a protrusion that is inserted into an opening 481a of the front case 481 described later, and is formed from a plate-like body having a predetermined thickness. Thus, when the driving force is transmitted from the transmission gear 465 to the rack 466 and the rack 466 is displaced with respect to the movable rack 464, the displacement direction of the rack 466 can be defined as the direction in which the opening 481a extends. it can.

  The recessed portion 466d is in a state in which the rack guide portion 464e is disposed on the inner side when the rack 466 is disposed in front of the movable rack 464. Thus, when the driving force is transmitted from the transmission gear 465 to the rack 466 and the rack 466 is displaced with respect to the movable rack 464, the displacement direction of the rack 466 can be defined as the extending direction of the rack guide portion 464e. it can.

  Here, in order to regulate the displacement direction of the rack 466, if the recessed portion 466d and the rack guide portion 464e are formed, the displacement direction of the rack 466 can be defined as the extending direction of the rack guide portion 464e. However, since the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced while being slid in the left-right direction, depending on the displacement state of the lower displacement member 440, the engagement state of the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 changes due to its own weight. There is a risk that the driving force may not be transmitted from the gear 465 to the rack 466 well.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the location which defines the displacement direction of the rack 466 is formed at two locations of the sliding plate 466c and the opening 481a, the recessed portion 466d and the rack guide portion 464e, the lower displacement member 440 is formed. It is possible to prevent the meshing state of the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 from changing when the displacement state is changed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the drive transmission from the transmission gear 465 to the rack 466 from being hindered.

  Further, the sliding plate 466c is formed to project from two places in the left-right direction (FIG. 23 (a) left-right direction) of the rack 466, and the sliding plate 466c on the other end side (the opposite side of the shaft portion 466b) The rack is disposed below the transmission gear 465 (the lower side in FIG. 23) at the displacement end position of the rack (the position where the rack 466 protrudes most with respect to the movable rack 464).

  Here, at the displacement end position, since the ball receiving portion 467 disposed on the shaft portion 466b of the rack 466 performs a firing operation (rotational displacement) as described later, the ball receiving portion disposed on one end side of the rack 466 is performed. The other end side of the rack is easily displaced by the inertial force due to the displacement of the portion 467. Therefore, a load is easily applied to the meshing surfaces of the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466, and the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 may be damaged.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the sliding plate 466c on the other end side (the opposite side of the shaft portion 466b) is the displacement end position of the rack (the position where the rack 466 protrudes most with respect to the movable rack 464). , The rack 466 at a position where the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 mesh with each other when the ball receiving portion 467 performs a firing operation (rotation operation). Can be prevented from being displaced. As a result, it is possible to prevent the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 from being damaged.

  The ball receiving portion 467 is a portion that holds a game ball, is formed in a substantially U shape in front view, and is formed so as to be able to receive a ball in an inner portion of the U shape. That is, the inner side of the U shape of the ball receiving portion 467 is formed to be slightly larger than the outer shape of the sphere. As a result, one ball can be provided in the inner portion of the ball receiving portion 467. The ball receiving portion 467 is mainly formed with a shaft hole 467b penetrating in the front-rear direction at the lower end position of the U-shape, and a leg portion 467a protruding downward from the lower outer peripheral surface.

  As described above, the shaft hole 467b is a shaft hole for holding the ball receiving portion 467 in the rack 466 in a rotatable state, and has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion 466b of the rack 466. Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 can be rotatably held by inserting the shaft portion 466b of the rack 466 into the shaft hole 467b. Further, after inserting the shaft portion 466b into the shaft hole 467b, the urging spring SP2 is disposed around the shaft portion 466b, and a screw having a head larger than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 467b is fastened to the shaft portion 466b. The Thereby, the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed on the rack 466 in a state of being biased clockwise around the front view. A detailed description of the aspect of the ball receiver 467 will be described later.

  The leg portion 467a is a projection that urges the ball receiving portion 467 to be rotated by the urging spring SP2, and the front end of the ball receiving portion 467 has a front end that will be described later with the U-shaped open portion facing upward. The position is set so as to contact the bottom wall portion 481 b of the case 481. Thereby, it can control that ball receiving part 467 rotates.

  The case member 480 is a member that covers the front and back of the base member 470, and mainly includes a front case 481 disposed on the front side of the base member 470 and a back case 482 disposed on the back side.

  The front case 481 is formed in a rectangular horizontally long plate shape when viewed from the front, has an opening 481a extending in the left-right direction at a substantially intermediate position in the gravitational direction, a bottom wall portion 481b formed to protrude from the lower end surface on the back side, and a lower edge portion. A shaft hole 481c penetrating in the front-rear direction is mainly provided and formed.

  The opening 481a is formed to penetrate in the front-rear direction. As described above, when the front case 481 is disposed on the base member 470, the rack sliding plate 466c is inserted therein.

  The bottom wall portion 481b is formed to protrude from the lower end portion of the front case 481 to the back side and extends in the left-right direction. Further, the bottom wall portion 481b is in a state in which the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is in contact with the upper surface of the bottom case portion 481b when the front case 481 is disposed on the base member 470.

  The back case 482 is a plate member for disposing the control board 491 on the back side of the base member 470, and is formed in a rectangular horizontally long shape whose front view is smaller than that of the base member 470. In addition, the back case 482 includes a protrusion 482a that protrudes to the back side.

  As described above, the protrusion 482a is a connecting portion connected to the through hole 432b of the second link member 432, and is formed in a columnar shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the through hole 432b. Therefore, after inserting the projection 482a into the through hole 432b, the back case 482 and the second link member 432 can be rotated by fastening a screw having a head larger than the inner diameter of the through hole 432b to the tip of the projection 482a. Can be connected in a stable state.

  The decorative member 450 is formed in an outer shape imitating a pattern or character, and a picture of the pattern or character is drawn on the surface. The decorative member 450 is mainly formed with a front side decorative portion 451 disposed on the front side of the front case 481 and a back side decorative portion 452 disposed on the back side of the back case 482. In the present embodiment, a shark pattern (character) is drawn on the decorative member 450.

  The front side decorative portion 451 is formed to have an outer diameter larger than the outer shape of the front case 481 in a front view, and is attached to the front case 481. Thereby, the members (case member 480, base member 470, etc.) disposed on the back side of the front side decorative portion can be made invisible to the player.

  The back side decorative portion 452 is disposed behind the upper end of the front side decorative portion 451. Thereby, the member arrange | positioned from the upper side of the back side decoration part 452 to the back side of the front side decoration part 451 can be made invisible to a player.

  Further, a displacement member 492 is disposed on the same plane as the front side decorative portion 451 in the front-rear direction. The displacement member 492 is formed mainly including a shaft portion 492a protruding to the back side and a protrusion 492b.

  The shaft portion 492a is formed in a columnar shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 481c of the front case 481. Therefore, by inserting the shaft portion 492a into the shaft hole 481c, the displacement member 492 can be connected to the front case in a rotatable state. Further, an urging spring SP3 is disposed on the distal end side of the shaft portion 492a into which the shaft hole 481c is inserted. Thereby, the displacement member 492 can be disposed in a biased state. A detailed description of the displacement of the displacement member 492 will be described later.

  The shaft portion 492a can transmit a driving force rotating around the shaft of the shaft portion 492a to the displacement member 492 by colliding with the collision portion 464f of the movable rack 464 described above. That is, the movable rack 464 can rotationally displace the displacement member 492 with the displacement.

  Therefore, the lower displacement member 440 includes a displacement member 492 (arrangement member) that is displaceably disposed on the lower displacement member 440 (base member), and the ball receiving portion 467 (displacement member) can hold a game ball. Further, since the displacement member 492 is formed to be able to be ejected and can be displaced when the game ball is emitted from the ball receiving portion 467, the occurrence of rattling of the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed.

  That is, when a game ball is fired from the ball receiver 467, the center of gravity position of the lower displacement member 440 is changed by the weight of the game ball. In the case of adopting a configuration in which the displacement member 492 is displaced in the direction to move, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of rattling of the lower displacement member 440 accompanying the change in the center of gravity position. Further, when a game ball is fired from the ball receiving portion 467, the lower displacement member 440 is subjected to a reaction as the game ball is fired. For example, the displacement member 492 is moved in a direction to cancel the reaction caused by the game ball being fired. In the case of adopting the displacement configuration, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of rattling of the lower displacement member 440 due to the reaction.

  Further, since the displacement member 492 is displaced by the collision portion 464f colliding with the shaft portion 492a due to the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, it is not necessary to separately provide a driving means for displacing the displacement member 492. . In other words, the drive motor KM2 for displacing the ball receiving portion 467 can also be used as a drive means for displacing the displacement member 492. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the weight of the lower displacement member 440 and easily suppress the rattling.

  Further, since the displacement member 492 can be displaced mechanically in synchronization with the displacement of the ball receiver 467, for example, the position of the ball receiver 467 is detected by the sensor device, and the displacement member 492 is detected according to the detection result. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the product cost and to ensure the reliability of the displacement operation of the displacement member 492 with respect to the ball receiving portion 467.

  Next, transition of the transmission mechanism 460 will be described with reference to FIGS. 27 is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the first position, FIG. 28 is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the second position, and FIG. 29 is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the third position. FIG. FIGS. 30A to 30C are partial enlarged views of the lower displacement member 440. FIG.

  The first position is a position where the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed at a substantially central position with respect to the base member 470 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 27). The second position is a position where the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed on the lower side in the gravity direction of the protruding wall 477 (lower side in FIG. 28). The third position is a position where the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed at the right end of the base member 470 in the left-right direction.

  In addition, in FIGS. 27 to 30, the decorative member 450 and the front case 481 of the lower displacement member 440 are transparently shown, and the outer shape of the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is shown by a chain line. Further, in FIGS. 30A and 30B, the transition state immediately before the displacement to the third position is illustrated in order, and in FIG. 30C, the lower displacement member 440 at the third position is illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 27, the lower displacement member 440 in the first position is such that the movable rack 464 is located at the left end in the left-right direction with respect to the base member 470. At the first position, the rack 466 is disposed in front of the movable rack 464, and the rack 466 and the movable rack 464 are overlapped in the front-rear direction. That is, the rack 466 is positioned at the left end in the left-right direction with respect to the base member 470, similarly to the movable rack 464. Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 connected to the rack 466 is disposed at a substantially central position in the left-right direction with respect to the base member 470.

  At the first position, as described above, the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are collected at the left end of the base member 470 in the left-right direction. Here, since the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced while being slid (displaced from the retracted state to the first and second extended states), the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 440 is disposed in the vicinity of the rotating shaft. It is desirable to be in a state where

  According to the present embodiment, the transmission mechanism 460 for displacing the ball receiving portion 467 is in a state in which the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are overlapped in the front-rear direction (two-stage rack). It can be brought closer to the grooves 411a, 411b side (the rotating shaft side of the lower displacement member 440).

  Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is displaced from the retracted position to the first and second extended positions as described above, the lower displacement member 440 is set to the first position. The driving force when rotating and displacing can be reduced. Therefore, the energy consumption of the drive motor KM1 that displaces the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed.

  The displacement from the first position shown in FIG. 27 to the second position shown in FIG. 28 is performed by driving the drive motor KM2.

  When the drive motor KM2 is driven from the first position, the transmission gear 461 connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM2 is rotated. Thereby, the transmission gear 462 and the transmission gear 463 are rotated. When the transmission gear 463 is rotated, the driving force is transmitted to the movable rack 464 from the rack gear 464 a meshed with the transmission gear 463, and the movable rack 464 is slid to the right with respect to the base member 470.

  When the movable rack 464 is slid, the transmission gear 465 disposed on the movable rack 464 is rotated by the rack gear 476 of the base member 470 along with the sliding displacement. Accordingly, the driving force is transmitted to the rack 466 by the rack gear 466a meshed with the transmission gear 465. As a result, the rack 466 is slid to the right in the left-right direction with respect to the movable rack 464, and the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the second position.

  The displacement from the second position shown in FIG. 28 to the third position shown in FIG. 29 is performed by driving the drive motor KM2, similarly to the displacement from the first position to the second position. Note that the drive transmission from the drive motor KM2 to the rack 466 is the same as the displacement from the first position to the second position, and thus detailed description thereof is omitted.

  29 and 30, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the ball receiving portion 467 is released from the contact state between the leg portion 467a and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481. The shaft hole 467b is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft hole 467b by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP2 disposed in the shaft portion 466b.

  More specifically, in the first and second positions (a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed on the left side in front of the ball receiving portion 467 in the third position), the front ends of the leg portions 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 are in front. The case 481 is in contact with the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b, and the clockwise rotation around the shaft hole 467b by the urging force of the urging spring SP2 is restricted.

  On the other hand, when the distal end portion of the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, it is disposed on the right side in front of the end portion of the bottom wall portion 481b, and the bottom wall portion 481b and the base member 470 stand up. It arrange | positions inside the recessed part 481b1 formed between facing the installation wall 471a. Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 is rotated around the axis of the shaft hole 467b by the urging force of the urging spring SP2. When the ball receiving portion 467 is rotated at the third position, the tip of the leg portion 467a comes into contact with the end surface of the bottom wall portion 481b, and rotation around the shaft hole 467b of the ball receiving portion 467 is restricted. Thereby, the ball receiving portion 467 is stopped at a position rotated approximately 40 degrees around the shaft hole 467b. Hereinafter, the rotational displacement of the ball receiver 467 at the third position will be referred to as a firing operation.

  The ball receiving portion 467 includes a recess 481b1 that is recessed in the track region when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the first position to the third position direction (first direction), and the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced in the first direction. In addition, a leg portion 467a engaged with the recess 481b1 is provided, and the posture can be changed by engaging the leg portion 467a with the recess 481b1, so that the posture of the ball receiving portion 467 can be changed. The structure can be simplified.

  Further, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the second position to the third position, the collision portion 464f is slid to the right when viewed from the front due to the displacement of the movable rack 464, and collides with the protrusion 492b of the displacement member 492. As a result, the displacement member 492 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft portion 492a.

  That is, when the ball receiver 467 is displaced to the third position, the ball receiver 467 is rotationally displaced and the displacement member 492 is rotationally displaced. Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 performs a launch operation, the ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, the lower displacement member 440 becomes lighter, and the lower displacement member 440 swings and the displacement member 492 is rotationally displaced. The inertial force to be applied can be applied in the opposite direction. As a result, it is possible to suppress the lower displacement member 440 from swinging when the ball is discharged from the inside of the lower displacement member 440.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 31, a ball receiving operation to the ball receiving unit 467 will be described. 31A to 31C are front views of the lower displacement member 440. FIG. FIGS. 31A to 31C sequentially illustrate transition states in which a receiving operation for receiving a ball into the ball receiving unit 467 is performed.

  31A to 31C, the decorative member 450 and the front case 481 of the lower displacement member 440 are transparently shown, and the outer shape of the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is shown by a chain line.

  Further, in FIGS. 31A to 31C, the horizontal direction in the retracted state of the lower displacement member 440 is indicated by a two-dot chain line with the phantom line H1, and the lower displacement member 440 has the first tension. The horizontal direction in the extended state is illustrated with the imaginary line H2. In addition, the angle by which the lower displacement member 440 is rotated from the retracted position to the first extended position is indicated by a sign of an angle θ. Note that the imaginary line H1, the imaginary line H2, and the angle θ are also illustrated in the drawings after FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 31A, in the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state (a state in which the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is parallel to the imaginary line H1), the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is moved to the first position. As a result, the game ball T1 is sent from the distribution unit 500, which will be described later, to the opening 451a formed in the front decorative portion 451 of the lower displacement member 440. The game ball T1 sent to the opening 451a is sent to the inside of the projecting wall 477 and sent to the inside of the lower displacement member 440.

  As shown in FIG. 31B, when the game ball T1 is sent to the opening 451a, the lower displacement member 440 is displaced to the second position. Therefore, as described above, in the second position, since the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed below the protruding wall 477, the game ball T1 sent to the inside of the protruding wall 477 is placed inside the ball receiving portion 467. You can send a ball. When the game ball T1 is received by the ball receiver 467, the game ball T1 can be displaced in accordance with the operation of the ball receiver 467.

  As shown in FIG. 31C, when the game ball T1 is sent to the ball receiver, the lower displacement member 440 is displaced to the first position. Thereby, it can be set as the state which has arrange | positioned the ball receiving part 467 in the 1st position in the state which has arrange | positioned the game ball T1 in the ball receiving part 467.

  Here, a gaming machine is known that includes a base member, a base member that is displaceably disposed on one side of the base member, and a displacement member that is displaceably disposed on the base member. According to this gaming machine, in addition to the effect of being displaced between the extended position where the base member is extended to the game area and made visible to the player and the retracted position retracted from the game area, the base member is It is possible to produce an effect of displacing the displacement member in the state of being arranged at the overhang position.

  However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, since one side of the base member is displaceably disposed on the base member, when the displacement member is displaced, the back of the base member with respect to the base member becomes a dead center. There was a problem that stickiness was likely to occur. In particular, when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state, the change in acceleration is maximized, so that the base member is likely to rattle due to the influence of inertial force.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the ball receiver 467 is displaced from the second position and from the first position closer to one side of the lower displacement member 440 (base member) than the first position. In a state where at least the lower displacement member 440 is disposed at a predetermined position with respect to the base member 410 (for example, the lower displacement member 440 protrudes into the game area and is visible to the player). In the first overhanging state), since the displacement is started from the first position, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 of the base member can be suppressed. That is, since the first position is closer to one side of the lower displacement member than the second position, by setting the first position as the displacement start position of the ball receiving portion 467, The weight can be kept close to the dead point when the lower displacement member 440 rattles with respect to the base member 410, and accordingly, the influence of the inertial force when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the stopped state is reduced. It can be made difficult to act on the displacement member 440. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 can be easily suppressed.

  Further, as described above, the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced (displaced from the retracted state to the first and second extended states) while sliding. Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced in a state where the game ball T1 is disposed far from the rotation axis, a centrifugal force is easily generated in the game ball T1, and the game ball T1 moves to move the inner wall of the ball receiving portion 467. There is a problem that a collision sound is generated due to a collision between the ball and the game ball T1, or the ball receiving portion 467 is damaged.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the lower displacement member 440 can be displaced to the first position after the game ball T1 is received by the ball receiving portion 467, the game ball T1 is moved to the rotation axis of the lower displacement member 440. It can be arranged in the vicinity (closer). Accordingly, when the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced (displaced from the retracted state to the first and second extended states) with the game ball T1 received by the lower displacement member 440, centrifugal force is applied to the game ball T1. Occurrence can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent a collision sound from being generated when the game ball T1 and the ball receiving unit 467 collide with each other, or the ball receiving unit 467 from being damaged.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the lower displacement member 440 includes a movable rack 464, a transmission gear 465 (pinion gear), and a rack 466 (rack member), which are configured to move the ball receiving portion 467. Since the portion 467 is disposed, when the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 is started from the first position, not only the weight of the rack 466 but also the weight of the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 is one side of the lower displacement member 440. (The fulcrum when the lower displacement member 440 rattles with respect to the base member 410) can be approached. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the stopped state can be easily suppressed.

  Further, in a state where the game ball T1 is received in the ball receiving portion 467, the load of the lower displacement member 440 is increased by the load of the game ball T1. Therefore, as described above, by setting the lower displacement member 440 in the first position, the position of the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 440 is set to the sliding grooves 411a and 411b side of the front base 411 (the rotation axis of the lower displacement member 440). Side). Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is displaced from the retracted position to the first and second extended positions, the lower displacement member 440 is rotated and displaced by setting the lower displacement member 440 to the first position. The driving force at the time can be reduced. Therefore, the energy consumption of the drive motor KM1 that displaces the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed.

  Next, the ball payout operation will be described with reference to FIG. FIGS. 32A to 32C are front views of the lower displacement member 440. FIG. In FIGS. 32A to 32C, the transition state of the lower displacement member 440 in the ball dispensing operation is illustrated in order. 32A to 32C, the decorative member 450 and the front case 481 of the lower displacement member 440 are transparently shown, and the outer shape of the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is shown by a chain line. Further, the ball paying-out operation is an operation of paying out the game ball T1 received in the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 from the emission opening 471 to the outside of the lower displacement member 440.

  As shown in FIGS. 32 (a) to (c), the payout operation for paying out the sphere received in the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 displaces the lower displacement member 440 from the first position to the third position in order. Is done.

  That is, the game ball T1 is received inside the ball receiving portion 467 by the receiving operation, and the lower displacement member 440 disposed at the first position is displaced to the third position, so that the game ball T1 is moved to the ball receiving portion 467. Along with the displacement, it is transported to the exit opening 471 side. The game ball T1 moved to the exit opening 471 side is given an inertial force to the exit opening 471 side by the slide displacement of the ball receiver 467 and the launching operation of the ball receiver 467 at the third position. It jumps out from the inside of the part 467. Thereby, the ball can be paid out from the inside of the lower displacement member 440.

  Here, since the displacement direction when the ball receiving portion 467 (displacement member) starts to be displaced from the first position is a direction away from the position side of the lower displacement member 440, the ball receiving portion 467 is at the first position. In the arranged state, the rack 466 (rack member) can be brought closer to the base member 410 from one side of the lower displacement member 440. That is, in order for the ball receiving portion 467 (rack 466) to be displaced in a direction away from one side of the lower displacement member 440, the rack 466 is configured such that the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 is started and then the transmission gear 465 ( The portion on the rack gear 466a side where the pinion gear) is engaged is directed to one side of the lower displacement member 440. Therefore, the weight of the rack 466 can be made closer to one side of the lower displacement member 440 (the fulcrum when the lower displacement member 440 rattles against the base member 410), and as a result, the ball receiving portion 467 can be moved. It is possible to easily suppress rattling of the lower displacement member 440 when displaced from the stopped state.

  The ball receiving portion 467 is displaced in the third position direction (first direction), and is formed so that its posture can be changed when reaching the third position. Therefore, up to the third position, the ball receiving portion T1 receives one game ball T1. While it is easy to maintain the state held by the portion 467 and the drop of the game ball T1 from the ball receiving portion 467 can be suppressed, the change in the posture of the ball receiving portion 467 is utilized when the second position is reached. Thus, the game ball T1 can be easily paid out from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467.

  Note that the ball receiving portion 467 shown in FIGS. 32 (a) to 32 (c) is discharged when the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state (the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is disposed horizontally with the virtual line H1). When the operation is performed, the game ball paid out to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 is sent into the collection port 411f.

  On the other hand, when the lower displacement member 440 performs the payout operation of the ball receiving portion 467 at the position where the lower displacement member 440 is in the first extended state (the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is rotated from the imaginary line H1 by the angle θ), The game ball paid out to the outside of 440 is sent to the upper part of the ball receiving base 710 of the rotation unit 700.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 33 and FIG. 34, the discharging operation when two or more balls are sent into the lower displacement member 440 will be described. 33 (a) to 33 (c) and FIGS. 34 (a) to 34 (c) are front views of the lower displacement member 440. FIG.

  In FIGS. 11A to 11C and FIGS. 12A to 12C, the transition state of the discharging operation is illustrated in order. In addition, in FIGS. 11A to 11C and FIGS. 12A to 12C, the decorative member 450 and the front case 481 of the lower displacement member 440 are transparent and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is transparent. Is shown by a two-dot chain line.

  As shown in FIGS. 33 (a) to 33 (c), when two or more balls are continuously sent from the sorting unit 500 described later, the second ball is moved by receiving the lower displacement member 440. The game ball T2 can be dropped on the displacement path of the ball receiver 467.

  That is, the ball receiving unit 467 is displaced from the first position to the second position, and the first game ball T1 can be sent to the inside of the ball receiving unit 467, and the second game ball T2 can be sent to the first ball. It can be made to contact | abut to the game ball T1, and can be set | placed inside the protruding wall 477 (refer FIG.33 (b)). After receiving the first game ball T1 at the second position, the ball receiver 467 is displaced to the first position, so that the ball receiver 467 receives the first game ball T1 at the ball receiver 467. The second game ball T2 can be dropped onto the displacement path of the ball receiver 467 by displacing 467 to the first position.

  Here, in the gaming machine in which the ball received by the ball receiving portion 467 at the second position is displaced to the third position by the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, when a malfunction occurs in the displacement of the sorting member 540 of the sorting unit 500 described later. There is a possibility that more than the specified number of game balls may be sent to the trajectory region of the ball receiving portion 467. In this case, there is a problem that a problem may occur due to the game balls in excess of the specified number. For example, game balls in excess of the specified number enter the transmission mechanism 460 that drives the ball receiver 467 and are bitten by the movable part, which may cause damage. Alternatively, there is a possibility that game balls exceeding the specified number may flow out of the game area (for example, the back side of the game board 13 or the inside of the back case 300).

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the ball receiving portion 467 is formed to be displaceable from the second position to the first position opposite to the ball sending direction. The orbital area can be expanded. Therefore, for example, even when a malfunction occurs in the sorting member 540 and a game ball of a specified number or more is sent, the number of game balls exceeding the specified number is increased by the amount of the track area of the ball receiving unit 467 being expanded. It can be accepted in the orbital area. As a result, the game balls that exceed the specified number can be moved in accordance with the displacement of the ball receiver 467 to the third position. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game balls exceeding the specified number from entering the transmission mechanism 460 that drives the ball receiver 467 and out of the game area. As a result, the games exceeding the specified number are played. It is possible to make it difficult to cause problems due to the ball.

  In addition, the ball receiving unit 467 can receive and hold one game ball T1 sent from the distribution unit 500, which will be described later, at the second position, and can also move from the second position to the first position (second direction). ) At least by a distance exceeding the diameter of the game ball, the ball receiving portion 467 is moved from the second position to the third direction (first direction) after receiving one game ball at the second position. ), The number of game balls exceeding the specified number can be sent to the trajectory region of the ball receiving portion 467 (the region in the first direction relative to the ball receiving portion 467). Therefore, the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be moved in accordance with the displacement of the ball receiver 467 in the third position direction (first direction).

  In this case, the first game ball T1 is held by the ball receiver 467, and the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be sent to the trajectory region of the ball receiver 467, so that the first game ball T1 and 2 The game balls T2 after the ball can be separated. Therefore, for example, by displacing the ball receiving portion 467 in the third position direction (first direction), the game after the second ball is maintained while maintaining the state where the ball receiving member holds the first game ball T1. Only the ball T2 can be discharged from the orbital region.

  Further, in the case where the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the second position and the first ball is received, then the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position and the game ball T1 is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467. The second game ball T2 drops onto the top of the rack 466, the second game ball T2 is sent between the ball receiving portion 467 and the transmission gear 465, and the second game ball T2 is moved to the lower displacement member 440. There is a risk that it will be impossible to discharge outside.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the receiving operation for receiving the ball in the ball receiving portion 467 is the first position opposite to the emission opening 471 after the game ball T1 is received inside the ball receiving portion 467 at the second position. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the second game ball T2 from being discharged out of the lower displacement member 440.

  In other words, in a gaming machine equipped with an accessory that performs a discharging operation for discharging a game ball sent into the accessory, the position of the member that discharges the ball (the ball receiving portion 467 in this embodiment) receives the ball. If the ball is only displaced to the (second position) and the position to discharge the ball (third position), when two or more game balls are sent into the accessory, the ball is discharged to the member that discharges the ball. In the present embodiment, the second game ball T2 may be discharged to the side opposite to the exit (exit opening 471). In this embodiment, after receiving the first game ball T1, the ball receiving portion 467 is connected to the output opening 471. The second game ball T2 can be sent between the ball receiving portion 467 and the emission opening 471 by displacing it to the first position on the opposite side.

  34 (a) to (c), after the second game ball T2 is sent on the displacement path of the ball receiving portion 467, the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position before the launching operation. By doing so, the second game ball T2 can be rolled to the exit opening 471 side in a state where the second game ball T2 is in contact with the ball receiving portion 467. As a result, the second game ball T2 can be discharged from the exit opening 471.

  In this case, the ball receiving portion 467 is located above the center position of the second game ball T2 in which the lower end surface of the U-shaped portion is sent on the displacement path of the ball receiving portion 467 (upper side in FIG. 34 (a)). Placed in. Further, in a state where the leg portion 467a is in contact with the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b, the leg portion 467a is disposed in a state of being inclined by about 45 degrees with respect to the contact surface with the bottom wall portion 481b. Further, since the right side surface (right side in FIG. 34 (a)) of the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed at the same position in the vertical direction as the right end portion of the leg portion 467a, the second game ball The outer surface of T2 can be brought into contact with the leg portion 467a.

  In addition, since the leg portion 467a is inclined by approximately 45 degrees with respect to the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b, the outer surface of the lower hemisphere of the second game ball T2 (the lower hemisphere on the bottom wall portion 481b side) Abutted. Thereby, when rolling the second game ball T2 to the exit opening 471 side, it is possible to generate a force to lift the second game ball T2 upward on the inclined surface of the leg 467a. Therefore, the frictional force between the second game ball T2 and the bottom wall portion 481b when the second game ball T2 rolls on the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to prevent the ball receiving portion 467 from being stopped when the second game ball T2 rolls toward the exit opening 471.

  In other words, the leg portion 467a protrudes from the ball receiving portion 467 in the direction (first direction) from the first position to the third position, and the protruding tip is the track of the ball receiving portion 467. Since it is formed so as to be able to come into contact with the lower half of the game balls (that is, the second and subsequent game balls T2) sent to the area, the ball receiving portion 467 is moved from the first position to the third position direction (first direction). When the ball is displaced, the game ball can be moved while the lower half of the game ball is pushed by the leg portion 467a. As a result, the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be easily discharged from the track area of the ball receiving portion 467.

  Further, a leg portion 467a is provided between the first game ball T1 held by the ball receiving unit 467 and the game ball (the second and subsequent game balls T2) sent to the trajectory region of the ball receiving unit 467. By interposing, the distance between the first game ball T1 and the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be secured by the protruding length of the leg portion 467a. Therefore, it is possible to easily discharge only the second and subsequent game balls T2 from the track area while maintaining the state in which the ball receiving portion 467 holds the first game ball T1.

  Further, the engagement with the recess 481b1 allows the leg portion 467a to have both the role of changing the posture of the ball receiving portion 467 and the role of moving the game ball while pushing the lower half surface thereof. This can reduce product costs.

  Further, since the size of the recess 481b1 from the first position to the third position direction (first direction) is made smaller than the diameter of the game ball, the game ball sent to the track area of the ball receiving unit 467 (that is, When the second and subsequent game balls T2) are moved along with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 in the first direction, the game balls T2) can easily pass through the recess 481b1. As a result, the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be easily discharged from the track area.

  As described above, when the lower displacement unit 400 is disposed in the retracted state, the recovery port 411f is disposed below the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440. Therefore, the game ball T2 that has been discharged in the retracted state is sent to the collection port 411f.

  On the other hand, when the lower displacement unit 400 is disposed in the first overhanging state, the recovery port 411f is in a state positioned below the emission opening 471. The opening of the recovery port 411f is opened on the upper side. Therefore, the game ball T2 that has been discharged is sent to the collection port 411f.

  That is, the recovery port 411f is disposed vertically below the end of the base member 470 on the first direction side (standing wall 471a side) and has an opening in the vertical direction. A game ball that is moved along with the movement in the three-position direction (first direction) and is discharged from the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 (that is, the second and subsequent game balls T2) is received from the opening of the recovery port 411f. Can be recovered.

  Further, the opening of the recovery port 411f is at least perpendicular to the end of the base member 470 on the first direction side (the standing wall 471a side) at each position in the retracted state, the first overhanging state, and the second overhanging state. It is arranged in the lower direction. Thereby, even when the lower displacement unit 400 is displaced to any of the retracted position, the first overhanging state, and the second overhanging state, the game ball discharged from the track region of the ball receiving portion 467 (that is, two balls) The subsequent game balls T2) can be received and collected from the opening of the collection member.

  33 (a) to 33 (c) and FIGS. 34 (a) to 34 (c) at the position of the lower displacement member 440 in the retracted state (a state in which the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is disposed horizontally with the virtual line H1). When the discharging operation of the ball receiving portion 467 is performed, the game ball paid out to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 is sent into the collection port 411f. When the lower displacement member 440 performs the discharging operation of the ball receiving portion 467 at the position where the lower displacement member 440 is in the first overhanging state (the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is rotated from the virtual line H1 by the angle θ), The game ball paid out to the outside of 440 is sent to the collection port 411f as described above.

  Next, a configuration when the second game ball T2 is discharged from the emission opening 471 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 35A is a partially enlarged view of the lower displacement member 440 in the range XXXVa of FIG. 34B, and FIG. 35B is a partially enlarged view of the lower displacement member 440 in the range XXXVb of FIG. FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 35, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position immediately before the launching operation, the game ball T2 is brought into contact with the side surface of the ball receiving portion 467 on the standing wall 471a side, and the exit opening The lower displacement member 440 can be pushed out from 471.

  In this case, when the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is inserted between the bottom wall portion 481b and the standing wall 471a and the ball receiving portion 467 rotates, the game ball T2 and the ball receiving portion 467 come into contact with each other. By doing so, the rotational force of the ball receiving portion 467 can be transmitted to the game ball T2. As a result, the game ball T2 can be easily discharged from the emission opening 471. In addition, the ball receiving portion 467 can be returned to the state before the rotation operation using the repulsive force when the ball receiving portion 467 is brought into contact with the game ball T2. Therefore, when the game ball T2 sent to the trajectory region of the ball receiving unit 467 is discharged, it is possible to prevent the first game ball T1 held by the ball receiving unit 467 from dropping off.

  Further, the lower displacement member 440 is erected at a height lower than the radius of the game ball in the orbital region when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the second position to the third position direction (first direction). 481b1 is provided with a standing wall 471a located on the first direction side, and the second and subsequent game balls sent to the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 are moved along with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 in the first direction. When the ball is moved, the game ball T2 is brought into contact with the standing wall 471a and the ball receiving portion 467 so that the posture change of the ball receiving portion 467 can be regulated. Only the second and subsequent game balls can be easily discharged from the track area while maintaining the state held by the ball receiving portion 467.

  That is, the standing wall 471a is erected at a height from the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b to the standing tip, which is lower than the radius of the game ball, so that the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced in the first direction. Accordingly, when the game ball T2 is moved by being pushed by the leg portion, the lower half surface of the game ball T2 is brought into contact with the standing wall 471a, and the gaming ball can easily get over the standing wall 471a. In this case, the game ball T2 is brought into contact with the ball receiving portion 467 (that is, the game ball T2 is interposed between the ball receiving portion 467 and the standing wall 471a), and a reaction force is applied from the game ball T2 to the ball receiving portion 467. Therefore, it is possible to restrict the change in the attitude of the ball receiver, and to prevent the first game ball held by the ball receiver 467 from dropping off. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge only the second and subsequent game balls T2 from the game area while maintaining the state in which the ball receiving unit 467 holds the first game ball.

  On the other hand, when the second and subsequent game balls T2 are not sent to the trajectory region of the ball receiving portion 467, no game ball is interposed between the standing wall 471a and the ball receiving portion 467. By engaging the portion 467a with the concave portion 481b1, the posture of the ball receiving portion 467 can be changed. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge the first game ball T1 (that is, the game ball held by the ball receiving unit 467) from the ball receiving unit 467 using the change in the posture of the ball receiving unit 467.

  Next, the distribution unit 500 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 36A is a top view of the distribution unit 500, and FIG. 36B is a rear view of the distribution unit 500. 37 is an exploded front perspective view of the distribution unit 500, and FIG. 38 is an exploded rear perspective view of the distribution unit 500.

  As shown in FIGS. 36 to 38, the sorting unit 500 includes a base plate 520 formed in a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and an interval between the base plate 520 and the base plate 520 attached to the front side of the base plate 520. The base plate 520 is attached to the end surface of the base plate 520, the distribution member 540 that is rotatably attached to the back side of the base plate 520, and the base plate 520. And an extended path member 530 that extends a flow path of a sphere formed between the facing part and the path forming member 510.

  The base plate 520 includes a columnar shaft portion 523 that protrudes toward the back surface, a first opening 521 that is formed in a circular arc shape centering on the axis of the shaft portion 523, and a radius that is greater than that of the first opening 521. A second opening 522 penetrating and formed in a large arc shape, a U-shaped cross section with the upper end opened on the side surface of the upper end, and a rolling part 525 extending in the left-right direction, and protruding in a bowl shape on the back side And a locking portion 524 to be formed.

  The shaft portion 523 is a shaft that is inserted into a shaft hole 545 of the distribution member 540, which will be described later, and is attached to the base member in a state where the distribution member 540 is rotatable, and is formed to have an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 545. Is done.

  The first opening 521 and the second opening 522 are openings through which a regulation plate 541 and a storage plate 542 of a distribution member 540 described later are inserted, and are openings having a width larger than the thicknesses of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542. It is formed. Further, since the distribution member 540 is attached to the base plate 520 in a rotatable state, the first opening 521 and the second opening 522 are larger than the circumferential dimension in the front view of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542. A long arc is formed.

  The locking portion 524 is an engagement portion that locks the biasing spring SP4 with the locking portion 544 formed on the sorting member 540, and one end of the biasing spring SP4 is locked.

  The rolling part 525 is a bottom surface on which the sphere rolls, and has a curved shape formed in a U-shape while being inclined downward toward one end of the left side in the rear view (left side in FIG. 36 (b)). It is formed larger than the outer shape of the sphere. Therefore, it can suppress that the ball | bowl rolling on the rolling part 525 stops at a rolling part, and can roll a sphere to the one end side.

  Further, the rolling part 525 includes a plurality of protrusions 525b that protrude from the front and rear side surfaces toward the inside of the U-shape, and an opening 525a that opens to the back side at the end on one end side.

  The protrusions 525b are formed on the front and rear side surfaces at a predetermined interval, and the protrusions 525b formed on the front side and the protrusions 525b formed on the back side are formed at positions that are staggered in front view. Therefore, since the ball rolling on the rolling part 525 can collide with the protrusion 525b, the rolling speed of the ball rolling on the rolling part 525 can be reduced.

  Here, as described above, the ball is sent to the ball receiver 467 of the lower displacement unit 400 in a state where the ball receiver 467 is disposed at the first position (FIGS. 31A and 31B). )reference). Therefore, when the speed at which the game ball that rolls on the rolling portion 525 of the third pitch KR3 is increased, the game ball is sent to the inside of the lower displacement member 440 before the ball receiving portion 467 is moved to the second position. There is a fear.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, a plurality of protrusions 525b protruding from the inner surface of the rolling part 525 of the third pitching path KR3 are formed, and the game ball passing through the rolling part 525 of the third pitching path KR3 is formed. Since resistance can be applied, the speed of the game ball passing through the third pitching path KR3 can be reduced. Therefore, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the switching position (first position) to the receiving position (second position), the required time can be lengthened, so that the game ball can be securely placed in the ball receiving portion 467. Can be received. Further, the output of the displacement speed of the drive motor KM2 can be reduced by the amount that the displacement speed required for the ball receiving portion 467 can be slowed, and the product cost can be reduced.

  The opening 525a is formed open to the back side of one end of the rolling part 525, and the outer shape in the rear view is formed larger than the size of the sphere. Therefore, the ball that rolls the rolling portion 525 to one end side is discharged from the opening 525a.

  The path forming member 510 is formed in a rectangular vertically long plate shape whose lateral width in the left-right direction is smaller than that of the base plate 520, and a plurality of walls larger than the outer diameter of the game ball are formed on the back side. Is formed larger than the outer diameter of the sphere, whereby a plurality of sphere flow paths are formed therein.

  The path forming member 510 includes a first opening 511 that opens to the upper end surface, a first pitching path KR1 that is formed between opposing side walls of the first opening 511, and a second pitching path that is coupled to the first pitching path KR1. KR2 and the third pitching path KR3, the second opening 512 and the third opening 513 that open to the side surface of the path forming member 510 at the end of the second pitching path KR2 and the third pitching path KR3, and penetrating in the front-rear direction. A plurality of openings 514, 515, 516, a fourth pitching path KR4 formed by walls on the back side of the openings 514, 515, 516, and an end of the fourth pitching path KR4 on the side surface of the path forming member 510. A fourth opening 517 that is open is mainly provided.

  The first opening 511 is an opening for allowing a ball sent from a ball sending unit 600 (described later) to flow into the distribution unit. The first opening 511 is formed on the side surface of the upper end of the path forming member 510 and has an outer shape that is larger than that of the ball. Largely formed. In addition, the first opening 511 is connected to the pitching unit 600 and is capable of flowing a ball sent from the pitching unit 600.

  The first ball feeding path KR1 is a path that causes the ball that has flowed in through the first opening 511 to flow down between the base plate 520 and the path forming member 510, and is formed to extend downward. Further, the fourth pitching path KR4 is formed to extend approximately one third of the path forming member 510 in the vertical direction, and the downstream end is connected to the second pitching path KR2 and the third pitching path KR3. Is done. That is, the sphere flowing down the first pitching path KR1 is formed to be able to flow down to the second pitching path KR2 or the third pitching path KR3.

  As described above, the second pitching route KR2 is a route formed by being connected to the first pitching route KR1, and the downstream end is connected to the second opening 512. That is, when the sphere flowing down from the first opening 511 and flowing down the first pitching path KR1 flows down to the second pitching path KR2, it is discharged from the second opening 512 to the outside of the sorting unit 500.

  The second opening 512 is connected to a collection path (not shown) for collecting the sphere. Therefore, the sphere discharged from the second opening is recovered by the recovery path. In addition, a sensor device SE2 that detects the passage of the game ball is arranged inside the second opening 512 (downstream end of the second pitching path KR2). Therefore, the number of game balls passing through the third winning opening 82 is detected by the sensor device SE1, and the number of game balls passing through the second pitch path KR2 is detected by the sensor device SE2, so that the third pitch is sent. The number of game balls passing through the route KR3 can be detected.

  That is, it is possible to detect whether or not a predetermined number (1) of game balls is stored upstream of a restriction plate 541 described later, based on a difference between the sensor device SE1 and the sensor device SE1. For example, when the third electric accessory 82a is opened once, the number of balls passing through the third winning opening 82 (sensor device SE1) is eight, and the ball passing through the second pitching path KR2 (sensor device SE2). When the number is 7, it can be detected that one game ball has flowed down (stored) in the third pitching path KR3.

  As described above, the third pitching path KR3 is a path formed by being coupled to the first pitching path KR1, and the downstream end is coupled to the third opening 513. That is, when a sphere that has flowed down from the first opening 511 and then flows down through the first pitching path KR1 flows down to the third pitching path KR3, it is discharged from the third opening 513.

  The third opening 513 is formed above the other end side (the end side opposite to the opening 525a) of the rolling part 525 of the base plate 520. Therefore, the ball discharged from the third opening 513 is sent to the inside of the rolling part 525. That is, the ball sent to the third pitching route KR3 is sent to the rolling part 525 through the third opening 513.

  The openings 514 to 516 are respectively formed on the back side of the third winning opening 82 formed in the game board 13, and balls that have won the third winning opening 82 are sent. That is, when a ball flowing down the game area on the front side of the game board 13 wins the third winning opening 82, the ball is sent to the inside of the distribution unit 500 through the openings 514 to 516.

  The fourth pitching path KR4 is formed to be connected to the openings 514 to 516, is connected to one path on the downstream side, and is connected to the fourth opening formed on the lower end surface of the path forming member 510. The fourth opening is connected to a collection path (not shown) for collecting the sphere. Therefore, the ball that has won the third winning opening 82 of the game board 13 is sent to the fourth pitching path KR4 of the sorting unit 500, and then discharged from the fourth opening 517 and collected.

  The extension path member 530 is formed in a U-shaped cross section that is open on the lower side, and extends in the left-right direction. Further, the extension path member 530 is formed such that the U-shaped inner diameter is larger than the outer diameter of the sphere. Therefore, by being disposed on the upper part of the rolling part 525 of the base plate 520, the ball sent to the upper part of the rolling part 525 can be sent inside the rolling part 525 and the extension path member 530. The ball rolling on the rolling part can be prevented from falling from the rolling part 525.

  Further, the extension path member 530 has protrusions 531 formed at regular intervals at the same position in the left-right direction as the protrusions 525b formed on the rolling portion 525. Thereby, like the protrusion 525b, the rolling speed of the ball rolling on the rolling part 525 can be reduced.

  The distribution member 540 is formed in a rectangular shape in front view in which one side is formed long, and is formed with a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. The distribution member 540 includes a regulation plate 541 and a storage plate 542 that protrude from the front side with a plate-like body, a shaft hole 545 formed through one end on the upper side, and a locking portion 544 formed in a bowl shape on the back side. And is mainly provided.

  As described above, the shaft hole 545 is a through hole into which the shaft portion 523 of the base plate 520 is inserted, and is formed to penetrate in the front-rear direction. The distribution member 540 is rotatable to the base plate 520 by inserting the shaft portion 523 of the base plate 520 into the shaft hole 545 and fastening a screw having a head larger than the shaft hole from the back side to the shaft portion 523. It is attached in the state.

  The restricting plate 541 is disposed at a connection portion between the first pitching path KR1 and the second pitching path KR2 through the first opening 521, and a ball flowing down the first pitching path KR1 flows into the second pitching path KR2. And is formed so as to protrude to the front side from the front end face of the shaft hole 545, and the protruding distance from the base plate 520 to the front side is set larger than the radius of the sphere.

  Further, the restriction plate 541 is formed to be curved in an arc shape with the axis of the shaft hole 545 as the center. Thereby, when the distribution member 540 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft hole 545, the displacement region of the restriction plate 541 can be minimized.

  The storage plate 542 is a plate member that is disposed on the second pitching path KR2 via the second opening 522, and that stores a sphere flowing down the second pitching path KR2 on the upstream side of the storage plate 542. A protrusion distance from the base plate 520 to the front side is set to be larger than the radius of the sphere.

  The storage plate 542 is formed to be curved in an arc shape with the axis of the shaft hole 545 as the center, and the radius of the arc is larger than the radius of the curved portion of the regulation plate 541. Therefore, the storage plate 542 is formed at a position farther from the shaft hole 545 than the regulation plate 541. As a result, the regulation plate 541 can be protruded from the connecting portion between the first pitching route KR1 and the second pitching route KR2, and the storage plate 542 can be disposed on the second pitching route KR2. Furthermore, the displacement region when the distribution member 540 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft hole 545 can be minimized.

  The projecting portion 543 is a drive transmission member that applies a rotational driving force to the sorting member 540 by colliding with the contact plate 464c of the lower displacement member 440 described above, and projects to the other end side of the sorting member 540. It is formed. That is, a protrusion 543 to which a driving force is transmitted is formed on the side opposite to one end where the shaft hole 545 serving as the rotation shaft of the distribution member 540 is formed. Thereby, the collision force of the contact plate 464c of the lower displacement member 440 can be reduced.

  Accordingly, since the driving force of the driving motor KM3 that displaces the contact plate 464c can be reduced, the energy consumption of the driving motor KM3 can be reduced. In addition, since the energy when the contact plate 464c collides with the protrusion 543 can be reduced during driving, the collision sound can be reduced when the contact plate 464c and the protrusion 543 collide. A detailed mode at the time of collision between the contact plate 464c and the protrusion 543 will be described later.

  Furthermore, a bulging portion 543a that bulges in a circular shape is formed at a position where the protruding end of the protruding portion 543 contacts the contact plate 464c. By bringing the contact plate 464c into contact with the bulging portion 543a, the ground contact area between the contact plate and the sorting member 540 can be reduced. Therefore, when the sorting member 540 is rotationally displaced, the protrusion 543 (the bulging portion 543a), the contact plate 464c, and the frictional resistance can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to suppress an increase in energy consumption of the drive motor KM3.

  The locking portion 544 is a portion that locks the biasing spring SP4 with the locking portion 524 of the base plate 520 as described above. Therefore, since the force at which the other end side of the sorting member 540 always rotates toward the locking portion 524 can be applied, the shaking of the sorting member 540 due to vibration of the pachinko machine 10 or the like can be suppressed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 39, the flow path of the balls of the sorting unit 500 will be described in detail. FIG. 39 is a cross-sectional view of the distribution unit 500 taken along line XXXIX-XXXIX in FIG. In FIG. 39, the sorting member 540 is illustrated by a chain line. In addition, FIG. 39 illustrates a state in which the distribution member 540 is disposed at the storage position.

  Here, the state in which the distribution member 540 is disposed at the storage position is a state in which the distribution member 540 is rotated by the urging force of the urging spring SP4 and the storage plate 542 is disposed on the second pitching path KR2. .

  As shown in FIG. 39, the first pitching path KR1 has its lower end side tilted toward the central portion of the base plate 520 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 39) and its tilted part is gentle. It is curved in an S shape. Further, the tip portion curved in an S shape is connected to the third pitching path KR3, and the second pitching path KR2 tilts in the direction opposite to the direction in which the first pitching path KR1 tilts at the end of the first pitching path KR1. It is connected in the state.

  As a result, by causing the sphere flowing down the first pitching path KR1 to collide with the lower surface of the tilted portion, the direction of the sphere can be directed from the direction of gravity to the direction of tilting the first pitching path KR1. Therefore, the ball can flow down toward the entrance of the third pitching path KR3 (the connecting portion between the first pitching path KR1 and the third pitching path KR3). Therefore, in a state where the sorting member 540 is not disposed, a ball flowing down the first pitching path KR1 can be sent to the third pitching path KR3.

  Here, the flow path through which the game ball flows down, the first branch path and the second branch path branched from the flow path, and the game ball flowing down the flow path to one of the first branch path and the second branch path There is a known game machine to distribute.

  However, since the conventional gaming machine has a structure in which the game balls that have flowed down the flow-down passage are alternately distributed to the first branch passage and the second branch passage one by one, the game balls that flow down the flow-down passage are the first branch The passages and the second branch passages are equally distributed (that is, half each). That is, there is a problem that the number of game balls distributed to the first branch passage cannot be changed.

  In contrast, in the present embodiment, a ball receiving portion 467 that is formed so as to be displaceable and receives a game ball from the third ball sending path KR3 is provided, and a contact plate 464c interlocked with the ball receiving portion 467 is in contact with the sorting member 540. Since the sorting member 540 is displaced by being displaced in contact, the number of game balls to be sorted to the third pitching path KR3 or the second pitching path can be changed according to the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467. That is, it is possible to change the number of game balls distributed to the third pitching route KR3.

  In addition, since the distribution member 540 can be displaced by using the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, a driving means and a transmission mechanism for displacing the distribution member 540 are additionally provided. It can be unnecessary. Therefore, the number of parts can be reduced correspondingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

  Further, for example, in a structure in which the displacement of the distribution member 540 is controlled using position detection by a sensor device or driving by a driving unit, the reliability of the distribution operation of the distribution member is reduced due to malfunction due to detection failure or control failure. However, according to the present embodiment, the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 can be switched in mechanical synchronization with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, so that the reliability of the distribution operation can be improved.

  In particular, since the ball receiving portion 467 is a member that receives a game ball from the rolling portion 525 of the third pitching path KR3, the distribution destination of the sorting member 540 is synchronized with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467. By switching to, it is possible to cause the displacement member to reliably receive the game balls distributed to the third pitching route KR3.

  Furthermore, in the conventional gaming machine, the game ball flowing down the flow path is only distributed to one of the first branch path and the second branch path, and therefore it has been insufficient to give the player interest.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, in the state where the distribution destination by the regulation plate 541 (distribution means) is the third pitching path KR3 (first branch path), the third game ball is regulated to flow down. In the state where the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is the second pitching path KR2 (second branch path), a storage plate 542 (flowing state changing means) that allows the gaming ball to flow down in the third pitching path KR3 is provided. , Can give the player interest.

  That is, when the distribution destination by the restriction plate 541 is the third pitching path, the flow of the gaming balls distributed to the third pitching path KR3 is restricted, and the game balls are stored in the third pitching path KR3 and the restriction plate is stored. When the distribution destination by 541 is the second pitching route KR2, the flow of game balls in the third pitching route KR3 is allowed, and the gaming balls stored in the third pitching route KR3 are allowed to flow down (release). it can. Thereby, in addition to the operation of distributing the game balls flowing down the first pitching path KR1 (downflow path) to one of the third pitching path KR3 or the second pitching path KR2, the gaming balls allocated to the third pitching path KR3 An action to flow down (open) can be formed. Further, these storage and release operations can be alternately formed in conjunction with the distribution operation. As a result, interest can be given to the player.

  In addition, since the regulation plate 541 (distribution means) and the storage plate 542 (flowing state changing means) are provided with a distribution member 540 (integral member), the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 are operated. Simplification of the structure and improvement of operation reliability can be achieved, that is, when the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 are formed separately, the two components are operated. The structure to be made becomes complicated and the reliability of the operation is lowered.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 can be formed as one component, the structure can be simplified correspondingly, and the product cost can be reduced and the operation reliability can be improved. be able to.

  Furthermore, the distribution member 540 is formed so as to be displaceable between a storage position (first state position) and a restriction position (second state position), and in a state where the distribution member 540 is displaced to the storage position, the restriction plate 541 is the first one. The three-throwing path KR3 (first branch path) is arranged at a position where the distribution destination is assigned, and the storage plate 542 is arranged at a position for restricting the flow of the game ball on the third-throwing path KR3, and the sorting member 540 is displaced to the restricted position. In this state, the regulating plate 541 is arranged at a position where the second ball sending path KR2 is assigned, and the storage plate 542 is arranged at a position allowing the game ball to flow down on the third ball feeding path, so that the sorting member 540 is arranged. Is moved in two positions (storage position and restriction position), and the game ball flowing down the first pitching path KR1 (downflow path) is swung to one of the third pitching path KR3 or the second pitching path. In addition to the operation of stopping, the operation of stopping (reserving) the flow of the game balls distributed to the third pitching path KR3, and the operation of causing the stopped (stored) game balls to flow down (open). These can be formed, and the storage and release operations can be alternately formed in conjunction with the sorting operation. That is, the structure can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced and the operation reliability can be improved.

  The distribution member 540 (integral member) is formed to be rotatable, and the storage plate 542 (flowing state changing means) is formed to be able to protrude and retract with respect to the third pitching path KR3 (first branch path). By projecting to KR3, the flow of the game ball is regulated, and the arc is bent in an arc shape centering on the rotation axis of the distributing member 540. Therefore, the third pitching path KR3 is used for the regulation plate 541 to appear and disappear. The area of the hole (recess 519) opened in the inner wall can be reduced.

  Since the storage plate 542 (flowing state changing means) is arranged in a posture in which the side facing the upstream side of the third pitching path KR3 (first branch path) is concave, the storage plate 542 to the third pitching path KR3 protrudes. In the initial state (that is, the state where only the front end side of the flow-down state changing means protrudes into the passage), the shape of the front end side of the storage plate 542 can be arranged in an orientation that easily regulates the flow of the game ball, It is possible to easily regulate the flow of the game balls distributed to the third pitching route KR3.

  In addition, in a state where the storage plate 542 protrudes to the third pitching path to the maximum and restricts the flow of the game ball, the game ball can be stably held by the recess of the storage plate 542, so that the game ball can be prevented from rampage.

  The allocating unit 500 applies an urging force to the allocating member 540 (integral member), and urges the regulating plate 541 in a direction in which the restricting plate 541 protrudes to the third pitching path (first branch path) (biasing means). ), And the distance from the restricting plate 541 to the rotating shaft of the distributing member 540 is made larger than the distance from the restricting plate 541 to the rotating shaft of the distributing member 540, so that the biasing force of the biasing spring SP4 is used. The distribution member 540 can be easily maintained in a posture in which the storage plate 542 protrudes to the third emergency path (that is, the storage position).

  In this case, since the distance from the storage plate 542 to the rotating shaft of the distributing member 540 is made larger than the distance from the regulating plate 541 to the rotating shaft of the distributing member 540, when the game ball flowing down collides, the rotating shaft Even when the same impact force is applied due to the greater distance from the storage plate 542, the urging direction of the urging spring SP4 is the direction in which the urging spring SP4 protrudes into the third pitching path KR3, even when the same impact force is applied. By this, it can suppress that the storage plate 542 is immersed in the recessed part 519 by the part of the energizing force.

  Moreover, since the distribution member 540 (integral member) is rotated in the direction in which the storage plate 542 (flowing state changing means) protrudes to the third pitching path (first branch path) by its own weight, the weight is utilized. The distribution member 540 can be easily maintained in a posture (that is, a storage position) in which the storage plate 542 protrudes to the third pitching path KR3. Therefore, when a game ball collides, it can suppress that the storage plate 542 is immersed in the recessed part 519 by the part of its own weight.

  Even when the urging spring SP4 (the urging means) falls off, the distributing member 540 is maintained in a posture in which the regulating plate 541 protrudes to the third pitching path KR3 by its own weight, and a game is played to the third pitching path. The sphere can be prevented from flowing down.

  Furthermore, an urging spring SP4 is provided to apply an urging force to the allocating member 540 so that the allocating destination by the allocating member 540 is maintained in one of the third pitching path KR3 or the second pitching path KR2, and the ball receiving portion 467 is allocated to the allocating member. By displacing 540 in a direction against the direction of the urging spring SP4, the distribution destination by the allocating member 540 is switched to the other of the third pitching path KR3 or the second pitching path KR2, and by the biasing force of the biasing spring The distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is returned to one of the third pitching path KR3 and the second pitching path KR2.

  Therefore, it is possible to prevent the assignment destination by the assignment member 540 from being inadvertently switched. In this case, after the distribution member 540 is displaced in accordance with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 and the distribution destination is switched, the return to the distribution destination before the switching can be performed by the urging force of the urging spring SP4. Therefore, it is not necessary that the contact plate 464c interlocked with the ball receiving portion 467 is in contact with the sorting member 540. That is, the abutting plate 464 c interlocked with the ball receiving portion 467 can be separated from the sorting member 540. Therefore, the freedom degree of design of the movable range of the ball receiving portion 467 can be increased.

  Next, the displacement of the sorting member 540 will be described with reference to FIG. 40A and 40B are partially enlarged views of the distribution unit 500 in the range XL of FIG. 40A shows a state where the sorting member 540 is located at the storage position, and FIG. 40B shows a state where the sorting member 540 is located at the restricting position. Further, the state in which the distribution member 540 is disposed at the restriction position means that the contact plate 464c of the lower displacement member 440 collides with the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540, and the distribution member 540 is centered on the axis of the shaft hole 545. This is a state in which the restricting plate 541 is arranged at the connecting portion between the first pitching path KR1 and the third pitching path KR3 by being rotated.

  As shown in FIG. 40 (a), in a state where the sorting member 540 is disposed at the storage position, the storage plate 542 is disposed on the third pitching path KR3, and the regulation plate 541 is on the back side of the path forming member 510. It is arrange | positioned inside the recessed part 518 formed in the wall.

  In this case, the distance dimension L1 between the end portion of the storage plate 542 that protrudes inward of the third pitching path KR3 and the inner wall of the third pitching path KR3 that faces the leading end is made smaller than the diameter of the sphere. Therefore, the balls sent from the upstream of the third pitching path KR3 (first pitching path KR1) are stopped upstream of the storage plate 542.

  Further, the distance dimension L2 from the inside of the curved portion of the storage plate 542 to the connecting portion between the first pitching path KR1 and the first pitching path KR1 is set larger than the radius of the sphere, and is larger than the diameter of the sphere. Set small. Thereby, the number of the spheres stopped on the upstream side of the storage plate 542 can be one. Hereinafter, the state of the sorting unit 500 in which one ball is stopped upstream of the storage plate 542 is referred to as a storage state.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 40 (b), in the state in which the sorting member 540 is disposed at the restriction position, the restriction plate 541 is disposed at the connection portion between the first pitching path KR1 and the third pitching path KR3. The storage plate 542 is disposed inside a recess 519 formed in the wall portion on the back side of the path forming member 510.

  In this case, the distance L3 between the end of the front end of the restricting plate 541 protruding inside the first pitching path KR1 and the inner wall of the entrance of the third pitching path KR3 is made smaller than the diameter of the sphere. Therefore, the ball flowing down the first pitching route KR1 collides with the regulation plate 541 and is sent to the second pitching route KR2.

  That is, by switching the sorting member 540 between the restriction position and the storage position, a ball that is sent through the first pitching path KR1 is sent to the third pitching path KR3 and is stopped on the third pitching path KR3; It is possible to form a state where a sphere flowing down the first pitching route KR1 cannot flow into the third pitching route KR3 and is sent to the second pitching route KR2.

  Therefore, by displacing one sorting member 540, the sphere's flow path can be reliably switched to either one when the flow path is divided from 1 flow path to 2 flow paths.

  Further, the biasing spring SP4 applies a biasing force to the sorting member 540 and maintains the sorting destination by the sorting member 540 in the second pitching path KR2, so that the ball receiving unit 467 cannot receive the game ball. It is possible to suppress switching of the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 to the third pitching path.

  Further, the restricting plate 541 (distribution means) is formed so as to be capable of appearing and retracting with respect to the first pitching path KR1 (downflow path) or the third pitching path KR3 (first branch path), and the protruding position is defined as Since the inner wall is on the extension line in the flow-down direction at the downstream end of the first pitch path KR1, the regulation plate 541 can be projected at a position close to the game ball flowing down from the lower end side of the first pitch path KR1. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the time required from the start of projecting the restricting plate 541 to the flow-down passage or the third pitching path KR3 (first branch passage) until the game balls can be distributed. As a result, it is possible to reliably switch the distribution destination by the restriction plate 541.

  Further, the restricting plate 541 (distribution means) protrudes into the third pitching path KR3 (first branch path), thereby allowing the game balls flowing down the first pitching path KR1 (downflow path) to pass through the second pitching path ( Since the projecting direction of the restricting plate 541 is set to the direction toward the upstream end of the second pitching path KR2, the game ball flowing down the first pitching path KR1 is projected. When it comes into contact with the regulation plate in the middle of the game, the game ball can be pushed into the second pitching path KR along with the protruding operation of the regulation plate. As a result, the distribution to the second pitching route KR2 can be performed more reliably.

  In this embodiment, the restriction plate 541 of the distribution member 540 is disposed at a position closer to the shaft hole 545 than the storage plate 542, but the position where the restriction plate 541 is farther from the shaft hole 545 than the restriction plate 541. May be arranged. That is, the shaft hole 545 of the distribution member 540 may be arranged at the position of the point P on the back surface on the downstream side of the third pitching path KR3 shown in FIGS. 40 (a) and 40 (b). . In this case, the arrangement positions of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 formed on the distribution member 540 are formed at the same positions as in this embodiment.

  In a state where the shaft hole 545 is arranged at the point P, the displacement speed of the regulating plate 541 when the sorting member 540 is rotationally displaced can be made faster than the storage plate 542. Therefore, as described later, when the sorting member 540 is displaced from the storage position to the restricting position, the restricting plate 541 can be quickly projected on the flow path. As a result, it is possible to suppress the gaming balls flowing down the first pitching path KR1 from flowing into the third pitching path KR3 at the timing when the distribution member 540 is switched from the regulation position to the storage position.

  Further, in this case, the shape of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 in a front view is formed in an arc shape with the point P as the center. Thereby, when the distribution member 540 is displaced from the restriction position to the storage position (or opposite), the displacement region of the restriction plate 541 and the storage plate 542 can be minimized. Further, the recesses 518 and 519 that receive the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 on the outside of the third pitching path KR3 have a concave shape along the displacement trajectory of the regulation plate 541 and the regulation plate 541.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 41 and 42, a description will be given of a case where two or more balls are sent from the pitching path when the sorting member 540 is arranged at the storage position. 41A and 41B are partially enlarged views of the sorting unit 500. FIG. 42A and 42B are partially enlarged views of the distribution unit 500. FIG.

  44 (a) and 44 (b) correspond to a partially enlarged view of the distribution unit 500 in FIG. 40 (a). Moreover, from FIG. 41 (a) to FIG.42 (b), the transition state of the sphere at the time of the sphere inflow is illustrated in order. Further, FIGS. 41A to 42B show a state in which the sorting member 540 is disposed at the storage position.

  As shown in FIGS. 41 (a) and (b), when the first game ball T1 is sent to the first pitching route KR1 in a state where the sorting member 540 is disposed at the storage position, as described above. The game ball T1 is sent to the third pitching route KR3 and stopped above the storage plate 542.

  In this case, the storage plate 542 is located at a position downstream from the upper end of the third pitching path KR3 by a distance between the radius and the diameter of the sphere, so that a part of the sphere stopped at the upper part of the storage plate 542 Is projected to the first pitching path KR1 side (see FIG. 41).

  Therefore, as described above, the third pitching path KR3 (first branch path) is formed so as to be inclined downward toward the downstream side, and is formed so that the game ball can roll on the inner wall on the gravity direction side, Since the storage plate 542 (flowing state changing means) is formed so as to be able to protrude into and out of the third pitching path KR3 from the inner wall on the lower side in the gravity direction, the game ball is started after the storage plate 542 starts to protrude into the third pitching path KR3. It is possible to shorten the time required until it becomes possible to regulate the flow of water. As a result, the distribution destination of the restriction plate 541 is switched from the second pitching path KR2 (second branch path) to the third pitching path KR3, and when the gaming balls are allocated to the third pitching path KR3, It is possible to easily keep the protrusion of the storage plate 542 in time for the flow regulation.

  In addition, the restricting plate 541 is formed so as to be able to appear and retract with respect to the third pitching path KR3, and in a state where the regulation plate 541 protrudes to the maximum at the third pitching path KR3, a force component in the protruding direction is applied from the game ball to the storage plate 542. Therefore, when restricting the flow of the game balls distributed to the third pitching route KR3, it is possible to suppress the storage plate 542 from entering the recess 519 due to an impact when the game balls collide. Therefore, it is possible to easily regulate the flow of the game ball.

  Next, as shown in FIGS. 42A and 42B, when the second game ball T2 is sent to the first pitch route KR1 when the distribution unit 500 is in the storage state, the game ball T2 is A ball is sent in the direction from the first pitching route KR1 to the upper end of the third pitching route KR3. Since the game ball T1 is stopped at the upper end of the third pitch path KR3, the game ball T2 collides with the game ball T1 and is sent to the second pitch path KR2.

  In this case, as described above, the game ball T1 is projected to the first pitching path KR1 side, so that the game ball T2 is moved to the second pitching path KR2 without being pitched inside the third pitching path KR3. Since the guidance can be performed, the game ball T2 can be sent to the second pitching route KR2 without staying inside the third pitching route KR3. Therefore, the pitching of the first pitching route KR1 and the second pitching route KR2 can be stabilized.

  That is, the inner wall on the side where the second pitching path KR2 (second branch path) in the first pitching path KR1 (downflow path) is desired passes the game ball flowing down the first pitching path KR1 to the third pitching path KR3 (first phase). Of the specified number (1 ball) of game balls stored in the branch passage), the last game ball is formed so as to be guided to the side surface of the third pitch route KR3, so that the game balls flowing down the first pitch route KR1 Can be made to flow down to the second pitching path KR2 after colliding with the last game ball of the prescribed number of game balls.

  Of the specified number of game balls, the last game ball means a game ball located on the upstream side (the side opposite to the restriction plate 541). In the present embodiment, the specified number is set to one sphere. In this case, the last game ball means the game ball itself stored in the third pitching route KR3.

  In addition, as described above, the first pitching path KR1 (downflow path) is tilted at the lower end side of the downflow path toward the central portion of the base plate 520 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 39). The portion is formed in a curved S-shape. That is, the flow direction at the downstream end of the first pitch path KR1 (flow path) is formed in the flow direction at the upstream end of the third pitch path KR3, so that the game balls flowing down the first pitch path KR1 The direction of the repulsive force applied to the last game ball when it collides with the last game ball of the specified number of game balls stored in the ball delivery path is different from the flow direction at the upstream end of the third ball delivery path KR3. Can be made. As a result, it is possible to suppress the last game ball from jumping out of the upstream end of the third pitching path KR3 and flowing into the second pitching path KR2 by the repulsive force at the time of collision.

  Furthermore, since the upper end portion of the third pitching route KR3 is formed to be inclined in the tilt direction of the lower end portion of the first pitching route KR1, the position at which the gaming ball T2 collides with the gaming ball T1 is set at the upper hemisphere of the gaming ball T1. And the second pitching route KR2 side. Therefore, the rebound direction of the game ball T2 that has collided with the game ball T1 can be the entrance (upper end) side of the second pitching path KR2. Therefore, the game ball T2 colliding with the game ball T1 can be easily sent to the second pitching path KR2. As a result, it is possible to suppress the stagnation of the ball in the first pitching route KR1 and the second pitching route KR2.

  Further, the distribution destination by the restriction plate 541 is set to the third pitching path KR3 (first branch path), and the flow of game balls in the third pitching path KR3 is regulated by the storage plate 542 (flowing state changing means). In a state where a specified number (one ball) of game balls is stored in the three-throw route KR3, the game balls flowing down the first throw-in route KR1 (downflow passage) can flow down into the second-throw route KR2 (second branch passage). Therefore, when more than the specified number of game balls flow down the flow path, it is possible to prevent the game balls exceeding the specified number (the second and subsequent game balls T2) from staying in the first pitch route KR1. it can. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the restricting plate 541 (the operation of setting the distribution destination as the second pitching path KR2) to be inhibited by the game balls that have stagnated in the first pitching path KR1.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 43, a description will be given of a case where a ball is sent to the pitching path when the sorting member 540 is arranged at the restriction position. 43A and 43B are partially enlarged views of the distribution unit 500. FIG.

  43 (a) and 43 (b) correspond to a partially enlarged view of the distribution unit 500 in FIG. 40 (a). FIGS. 43A and 43B show the transition state of the sphere when the sphere is introduced. Further, FIGS. 43A and 43B show a state in which the sorting member 540 is disposed at the restriction position.

  As shown in FIGS. 43A and 43B, when a ball is sent to the first pitching path KR1 in a state where the sorting member 540 is disposed at the restricting position, the sent game ball T1 is the first pitched ball. It collides with the restriction plate 541 at the lower end of the path KR1. Thereby, the game ball T1 is guided to the second pitching route KR2, and flows down the second pitching route KR2.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 44, the operation when the sphere is caused to flow down to the downstream side of the third pitching path KR3 will be described. 44A and 44B are partially enlarged views of the distribution unit 500. FIG.

  44 (a) and 44 (b) correspond to a partially enlarged view of the distribution unit 500 in FIG. 40 (a). 44 (a) and 44 (b) show the transition state of the sphere when the sphere is introduced. Further, FIG. 44A illustrates a state in which the distribution member 540 is disposed at the storage position, and FIG. 44B illustrates a state in which the distribution member 540 is disposed at the restriction position.

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (a) and 44 (b), when the distribution unit 500 is placed in the storage state (the state shown in FIG. 44 (a)), the distribution member 540 is displaced and placed at the restriction position. The game ball T1 stagnated above the storage plate 542 flows down to the downstream side of the third pitching path KR3.

  That is, the spheres flow down to the third pitching path KR3 are only spheres that are stagnant above the storage plate 542. Further, as described above, since the number of spheres stagnating above the storage plate 542 is 1, the spheres can flow down to the third pitching path KR3 one by one. Therefore, since the number of spheres flowing down to the downstream side of the third pitching path KR3 can be stabilized, it is possible to suppress the unintentional number of spheres from flowing down to the third pitching path KR3.

  Therefore, the distribution member 540 (distribution means) includes a regulating plate 541 (first in / out portion) formed so as to be able to protrude and retract with respect to the third pitching path (first branch passage) with the displacement of the distribution member 540, and The regulation plate 541 includes a storage plate (second in / out part), and the restricting plate 541 protrudes to the third pitching path, thereby allowing the game ball flowing down the first pitching path KR1 (downflow path) to pass through the second pitching path KR2 (second branch). The storage plate 542 is positioned on the downstream side of the third pitching path KR3 with respect to the regulation plate 541 and protrudes into the third pitching path KR3 so as to be allocated to the third pitching path KR3. The regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 are formed so as to be able to regulate the flow of the game balls, and when one of them protrudes into the passage of the third pitching path KR3, the other is outside the third pitching path KR3 (recessed portion). 518,519 Therefore, only a specified number (1 ball) of game balls are distributed to the third pitching path KR3 by displacing the distribution member 540 in accordance with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 (displacement member). It can be received by the receiving portion 467.

  That is, when the regulation plate 541 protrudes, the first state in which the game balls flowing down the first pitching path KR1 are distributed to the second pitching path, and the regulation plate 541 retracts to flow down the first pitching path KR1. The second state in which the game balls to be distributed to the third pitching path and the second intrusion portion project to restrict the flow of the game balls allocated to the third pitching path KR3 (store the game balls). And the fourth state in which the game balls stored in the third pitching path are allowed to flow down and received by the ball receiving unit by retreating the second in / out part. By combining these, only a prescribed number (1 ball) of game balls can be distributed to the third pitching path KR3 and received by the ball receiving unit 467.

  Further, since the distribution member 540 includes the restriction plates 541 and 542, that is, is formed as one component, the structure of the distribution member 540 (in order to operate the restriction plate 541 and the storage plate 542 and exert their functions) Can be simplified. Further, when one of the regulating plate 541 and the storage plate 542 protrudes into the passage of the third pitching path KR3, the other is retracted out of the path of the third pitching path KR3. Depending on the position (the first position and the second position), it is sufficient that the distribution member 540 is formed to be displaceable at two positions. That is, the first to fourth states described above can be formed by displacing the sorting member 540 at two positions. Therefore, the structure of the distributing member 540 and the structure of displacing the distributing member 540 with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 can be simplified, and the reliability of the game ball distributing operation can be improved accordingly.

  Next, the distribution unit 500 and the lower displacement unit 400 will be described with reference to FIGS. 45 to 46. FIG. 45 is a front view of the sorting unit 500 and the lower displacement unit 400. 46 is a top view of the distribution unit 500 and the lower displacement unit 400. FIG. In addition, the state where the lower displacement unit 400 is disposed at the retracted position is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 45 and 46, the sorting unit 500 is disposed on the front side (lower side in FIG. 46) of the lower displacement unit 400. In this case, the opening 525a formed in the rolling portion 525 of the distribution unit 500 and the opening 451a formed in the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 are arranged at positions overlapping in the front-rear direction. Therefore, the ball rolled on the rolling part 525 is sent to the inside of the lower displacement member 440 through the opening 525a and the opening 451a.

  In other words, the ball is sent to the lower displacement member 440 from the third winning opening 82 formed in the game board 13 through the game area in front of the game board 13 through the ball delivery unit 600 and the distribution unit 500. Done.

  Therefore, the distribution unit 500 includes a rolling portion 525 that communicates with the track region of the ball receiving portion 467, and the distribution member 540 regulates the passage of game balls in the rolling portion 525. Even when a malfunction occurs and the second and subsequent game balls T2 are sent, the second and subsequent game balls T2 are reliably sent to the trajectory region of the sorting member 540 via the rolling portion 525. Can do. As a result, problems due to the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be made difficult to occur.

  Next, the relationship between the sorting member 540 and the lower displacement member 440 will be described with reference to FIGS. 47 to 52. 47, 49, and 51 are front views of the lower displacement unit 400, and FIGS. 48, 50, and 52 are cross-sectional views of the distribution unit 500. FIG. 47, 49, and 51, the decoration member 450 of the displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are transparently shown, and only the distribution member 540 of the distribution unit 500 disposed on the front side is illustrated. 48, 50, and 52, the distributing member 540 is illustrated by a chain line, and the contact plate 464c of the lower displacement member 440 disposed on the back side is illustrated by a chain line.

  47 and 48 show a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is disposed at the first position and the distribution member 540 is disposed at the restriction position, and the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state. The position is illustrated. 49 and 50, a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is disposed at the second position and the distribution member 540 is disposed at the storage position is illustrated, and the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state. The state is illustrated. 51 and 52, a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is disposed at the first position and the distribution member 540 is disposed at the storage position is illustrated, and the lower displacement member 440 is in the first overhanging state. The state located in FIG.

  47 and 48, in the state where the lower displacement member 440 is disposed in the retracted state and the state where the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is disposed in the first position, as described above, the ball receiving portion A rack 466 for driving 467 is disposed on the other end side of the lower displacement member 440 (left side in front view of the lower displacement member 440), and the movable rack 464 is disposed on the rear surface side so as to overlap in the front-rear direction.

  That is, the movable rack 464 is arranged on the other end side of the lower displacement member 440 (left side of the lower displacement member 440 as viewed from the front), similarly to the rack 466. Therefore, the contact plate 464 c formed on the movable rack 464 is positioned on the other end side of the lower displacement member 440. In this case, the side surface on the other end side of the contact plate 464c (the surface on the left side in front view) is in contact with the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540. As a result, the sorting member 540 is displaced to a position where the restricting plate 541 protrudes into the first ball feeding path KR1 (restricted position) by the rotational driving force acting around the axis of the shaft hole 545.

  Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed at the first position, the ball that is sent to the first pitching path KR1 of the sorting unit 500 is the third pitching path KR3. The ball is sent to the second pitch route KR2. Further, as described above, the game is moved to the downstream side of the third pitching path KR3 (downstream side of the storage plate 542) by displacing the sorting member 540 from the storage state in which the ball is stored above the storage plate 542 to the restriction position. You can send a ball. At this time, a game ball can be sent to the inside of the ball receiving portion 467 by causing the ball receiving portion 467 to perform a ball receiving operation.

  Note that the opening operation of the third electric accessory 82a for making the game ball stored in the sorting unit 500 is performed before the ball receiver 467 is displaced to the first position, and the ball receiver 467 is in the first position. When displaced to the position, the third electric accessory 82a is closed. Thereby, when the sorting member 540 is displaced from the storage position to the restriction position, the flow of the game balls passing through the first pitching path KR1 is not restricted by the restriction plate 541 and the storage plate 542, and an unintended game ball becomes the first one. It is possible to suppress the pitching to the downstream side of the three pitching path KR3.

  Further, since the sorting member 540 is formed so as to be operable in conjunction with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, the sending of the game ball to the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 is regulated according to the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467. Or acceptable. That is, the restriction or allowance of the game ball delivery can be switched mechanically in synchronization with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467. For example, according to the detection result of the sensor that detects the position of the distribution member 540, the distribution member According to the detection result of 540, it is not necessary to control the driving means or the respective means for driving the sorting member 540, and accordingly, the product cost can be reduced and the operation reliability can be improved. Can be planned.

  Further, the sorting member 540 sends the game ball T2 to the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 in conjunction with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 from the second position to the first position direction (second direction). Therefore, the game ball can be reliably sent to the trajectory region of the ball receiving portion 467 and to the region on the first direction side of the ball receiving portion 467.

  The ball receiver 467 is formed to be displaceable at a switching position for switching the sorting member 540 and a receiving position (second position) set at a position different from the switching position (first position). In a state where the portion 467 is displaced to the switching position, the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is switched to the third pitching route KR3, and in a state where the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the receiving position, the ball receiving portion from the third pitching route. 467 can receive a game ball, and the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is switched to the second pitching route KR2, so that a specified number (one ball in this embodiment) that the ball receiving unit 467 can receive a ball is obtained. It is possible to prevent the game balls that have been exceeded from being distributed to the third pitching route KR3.

  That is, when the switching position and the receiving position are set to the same position, the ball receiving unit 467 receives the game ball while the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is switched to the third pitching path. There is a possibility that the game balls are distributed to the third pitching path KR3 exceeding the specified number that can be received by the ball receiving unit 467. In the case where a means for restricting the inflow of game balls to the third pitching path KR3 is separately provided, the structure becomes complicated and the reliability is lowered, and the product cost is increased.

  On the other hand, in the embodiment, the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the switching position, and after the specified number (1 ball in the present embodiment) of game balls is distributed to the third pitching path KR3, the distribution member 540 receives the reception position. Since the distribution destination is switched to the second pitching route KR2, the game ball exceeding one ball can be prevented from flowing down to the third pitching route. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the ball receiving unit 467 from distributing the game balls that exceed the receivable specified number (one ball) to the third pitching route KR3. In addition, since it is not necessary to separately provide the above-described means (means for restricting the inflow of game balls to the third pitching path KR3), it is possible to improve reliability and reduce product cost.

  Further, the pachinko machine 10 starts from a position where each operation unit is turned off (turned off) when the power is turned on (turned on). Furthermore, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, only the control may be reset. In that case, if the distribution member 540 is provided with a driving means, when the power is turned on, the distribution unit 500 in the storage state operates during the initial operation to flow the game ball down to the third pitching path KR3, There is a possibility that the game ball is sent to the retreat side (first position side) of the ball receiving portion 467 arranged at the third position.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, the displacement of the sorting member 540 and the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 are synchronized, so even if the power is turned off while the pachinko machine 10 is not located at the predetermined reference position, When the power of the machine 10 is turned on, an unintended game ball can be prevented from being sent to the trajectory region of the ball receiver 467. As a result, the game ball can be prevented from being clogged inside the lower displacement member 440.

  Further, when the power is turned off with the game ball remaining in the track area of the lower displacement member 440, the ball receiver 467 is left in the track area of the ball receiver 467 by performing the discharging operation described above. The game balls thus obtained can be discharged out of the lower displacement member 440 and recovered from the recovery port 411f.

  Next, description will be made with reference to FIGS. 49 and 50. 49 and 50, the state in which the lower displacement member 440 is disposed in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is disposed in the second position or the third position (position other than the first position). In this state, as described above, the rack 466 that drives the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed at a substantially central position in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 49) of the lower displacement member 440, and the movable rack 464 is moved to the lower displacement member 440. It is arrange | positioned in the position which moved to the one end side from the edge part of the other end side (left-right direction of FIG. 49).

  Therefore, the contact plate 464c formed on the movable rack 464 is disposed at a position spaced from the end on the other end side of the lower displacement member 4440 to the one end side. In this case, the surface on the other end side of the contact plate 464c (the surface on the left side when viewed from the front) is in a state of being separated from the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540. Thereby, the distribution member 540 is rotated around the axis of the shaft hole 545 by the urging force of the urging spring SP4 interposed between the allocating member 540 and the base plate 520, and the storage plate 542 is moved to the third ball. It is displaced to a position (storage position) projected on the path KR3.

  Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed at the second position or the third position (position other than the first position), the first ball feeding path of the distribution unit 500 The ball sent to KR1 is stopped above the storage plate 542. Further, as described above, when the distribution unit 500 is in the storage state, the ball that is sent to the first pitching path KR1 collides with the ball that has stopped above the storage plate 542 and is sent to the second pitching path KR2. .

  Next, a description will be given with reference to FIGS. 51 and 52. As shown in FIGS. 51 and 52, when the lower displacement member 440 is disposed in the first or second extended state, the lower displacement member 440 slides relative to the front base 411 as described above. It is displaced and rotationally displaced. Therefore, the contact plate 464c formed on the movable rack 464 is displaced in accordance with the displacement of the lower displacement member 440, and is in a state of being separated from the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540. Thereby, the distribution member 540 is rotated around the axis of the shaft hole 545 by the urging force of the urging spring SP4 interposed between the allocating member 540 and the base plate 520, and the storage plate 542 is moved to the third ball. It is displaced to a position (storage position) projected on the path KR3.

  Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is in the first overhanging state or the second overhanging state, the ball sent to the first ball sending path KR1 of the sorting unit 500 is stopped above the storage plate 542. Is done. Further, as described above, when the distribution unit 500 is in the storage state, the ball that is sent to the first pitching path KR1 collides with the ball that has stopped above the storage plate 542 and is sent to the second pitching path KR2. .

  That is, when the lower displacement member 440 is in the first overhang state and the second overhang state (a state other than the retracted state), the opening 451a of the decorative member 450 is moved along with the displacement of the lower displacement member 440. Since the position is displaced, the sphere communication state between the opening 451a and the opening 525a of the distribution unit 500 is released. Therefore, when the ball flows down to the third pitching path KR3, the ball may be discharged from the opening 451a into the back case 300. In the present embodiment, the third pitching is performed by setting the sorting member 540 as the storage position. The sphere can be prevented from flowing down to the downstream side of the path KR3. As a result, the sphere of the back case 300 can be prevented from being discharged inside.

  In other words, the lower displacement member 440 of the lower displacement unit 400 is formed to be displaceable in the retracted state, the first extended state, and the second extended state, and when the displaced member 440 in the retracted state is positioned, Since the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed on the lower displacement member 440, a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced while the lower displacement member 440 is disposed in the retracted state, and a state where the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed in the first or second overhanging state. Thus, the ball receiving portion 467 can be displaced. Therefore, the production effect can be enhanced accordingly.

  In this case, in a state where the lower displacement member 440 is disposed in the first or second extended state, the ball receiving portion 467 cannot receive a game ball from the rolling portion 525 of the third pitching route KR3 (third pitching route KR3). In this state, the rolling plate 525 and the opening 451a of the lower displacement member 440 are not in communication), and the contact plate 464c interlocked with the ball receiving portion 467 cannot be contacted with the distribution member 540. Therefore, in a state where the ball receiving unit 467 cannot receive a game ball (a state where the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the first extended state or the second extended state), the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is the third pitching path. Switching to KR3 can be suppressed.

  Further, since the distribution member 540 is disposed on the base plate 520 of the distribution unit 500 formed as a separate member from the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440, the size of the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440 is increased accordingly. Can be suppressed.

  Here, since the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 from the first extended state to the retracted state is not only rotationally displaced in the left-right direction but also rotationally displaced, the contact plate 464c in the tilted state is subjected to rotational displacement. There is a possibility that the projection 543 of the distribution member 540 contacts the upper surface of the contact plate 464c and the distribution member 540 cannot be rotationally displaced.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the lower displacement unit 400 is displaced from the first extended position shown in FIG. 51 to the retracted state, the ball receiving portion 467 is moved to a location other than the first position. It is set as the state displaced to (2nd position or 3rd position). Thereby, it can suppress that the contact plate 464c of the displacement member 440 displaced to the retracted state collides with the projection part 543. As a result, it can be suppressed that the projection 543 of the distribution member 540 contacts the upper surface of the contact plate 464c and the distribution member 540 cannot be rotationally displaced.

  Further, since the swelled portion 543a is formed in the sorting member 540 as described above, when the lower displacement unit 400 is displaced from the first overhanging state to the retracted state due to poor control or the like, the contact plate 464c Even when the projection 543 of the distribution member 540 comes into contact with the upper surface, the distribution member 540 can be rotationally displaced.

  That is, since the contact area with the contact plate 464c can be reduced by the bulge portion 543a, the bulge portion 543a can be easily slid along the surface when the contact plate 464c comes into contact. Therefore, the distribution member 540 can be easily rotated and displaced. As a result, it can be suppressed that the projection 543 of the distribution member 540 contacts the upper surface of the contact plate 464c and the distribution member 540 cannot be rotationally displaced.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 53 to 56, the configuration of the drive transmission portion of the rotation unit 700 will be described. 53 is a front view of the rotating unit 700, FIG. 54 is a rear view of the rotating unit 700, FIG. 55 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotating unit 700, and FIG. 56 is an exploded view of the rotating unit 700. It is a rear perspective view.

  As shown in FIGS. 53 to 56, the rotation unit 700 includes a decoration unit 750 composed of a plurality of displacement members, a ball holder 710 disposed on the upper side of the decoration unit 750 in the gravity direction, and the ball holder. 710 and the back base 720 disposed on the back side of the decoration unit 750, the left transmission member 730 disposed on the left side of the decoration unit 750 when viewed from the front, and the right transmission member disposed on the right side of the decoration unit 750 when viewed from the front. 740.

  The ball cradle 710 is a member that drops the game ball emitted from the emission opening 471 on one side of the lower displacement member 440 of the lower displacement unit 400 described above. Thereby, the ball sent to the inside of the lower displacement member 440 can be sent to the rotation unit 700. The detailed configuration of the ball receiving base 710 will be described later.

  The decoration unit 750 is a substantially D-shaped block body in which a curved portion is arranged upward in a side view, and is decorated with a character or a pattern on the front side. In addition, the decoration unit 750 includes a plurality of members, and is configured to be displaceable by transmission of driving that will be described later. The configuration of the decoration unit 750 will be described later.

  The back surface base 720 is a plate member that connects the back surface side of the ball receiving base 710 and the back surface side of the decoration unit 750, and is formed in a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front. As described above, the decoration unit 750 is composed of a plurality of movable members, and therefore, the fastening portion is limited. However, the decoration unit 750 and the ball rest 710 are located on the back side where the player cannot see the decoration unit 750. , And the decorative unit 750 and the ball pedestal 710 can be assembled as one unit while securing the movable range of the decorative unit 750.

  The left transmission member 730 is attached to the drive motor KM4 disposed on the left side surface (left side in FIG. 53) of the decoration unit 750, the transmission member 730 that transmits the driving force of the drive motor KM4, and the drive motor KM4. The motor base 732, a gear cover 733 that covers the transmission member 730, and a ball path cover 734 that is attached to the gear cover 733 and that forms a predetermined gap between the gear cover 733 and the motor base 732 are formed. The

  The drive motor KM4 is a drive source for moving each member of the decoration unit 750 described later. The drive of the drive motor KM4 is transmitted by a transmission member 730 described later.

  The transmission member 730 includes a transmission gear 731a attached to the shaft of the drive motor KM4, a transmission gear 731b meshed with the transmission gear 731a, a transmission gear 731c meshed with the transmission gear 731b, and a transmission gear 731c. And a transmission gear 731d arranged coaxially by a shaft 735 and a load gear 731e meshed with the transmission gear 731d.

  The transmission gear 731a is attached to the drive motor KM4 as described above, and rotates when the drive motor KM4 is rotationally driven.

  The transmission gear 731b has a one-way clutch OW1 disposed therein, and an inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is coupled to a shaft portion JB1 that transmits a driving force of rotation to the right transmission member 740 on the right side.

  The one-way clutch OW1 includes an inner ring that is disposed on the inner side and has a cam surface formed on the outer peripheral surface, an outer ring that is disposed on the outer side of the inner ring, and a plurality of springs and rollers between the inner ring and the outer ring. When the outer ring tries to rotate in one direction with respect to the inner ring, the contact surface pressure between the cam surface and the roller increases, and resistance is transmitted to the inner ring, and the outer ring moves in the other direction with respect to the inner ring. When this is rotated, the contact surface pressure between the cam surface and the roller becomes low, and this is a cam type clutch that slides and cuts power transmission.

  Therefore, the transmission gear 731b can transmit the rotational driving force to the shaft portion JB1 when the driving force in one direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4, and can transmit the driving force in the other direction from the driving motor KM4. The outer ring slides with respect to the inner ring, and the transmission of the driving force to the shaft portion JB1 is interrupted.

  As with the transmission gear 731b, the transmission gear 731c has a one-way clutch OW1 disposed therein. A shaft 735 is disposed inside the one-way clutch OW1 of the transmission gear 731c.

  Therefore, the transmission gear 731c can transmit the rotational driving force to the shaft 735 when a driving force in one direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4, and the inner ring when the driving force in the other direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4. On the other hand, the outer ring slips and the transmission of the driving force to the shaft 735 is interrupted. Moreover, the transmission gear 731c is meshed with the transmission gear 731b, and the rotation directions of the transmission gear 731c are opposite to each other. Therefore, when the transmission gear 731b is rotated in one direction, the transmission gear 731c is rotated in the other direction. On the other hand, when the transmission gear 731b is rotated in the other direction, the transmission gear 731b is rotated in one direction. That is, by switching the rotation direction of the drive motor KM4, the mode is switched to the mode in which the shaft portion JB1 rotates or the mode in which the shaft 735 rotates.

  The transmission gear 731d is attached to the shaft 735. As described above, the shaft 735 is rotated only when the transmission gear 731c is rotated in one direction. Therefore, the transmission gear 731c rotates in one direction only when the transmission gear 731c is rotated in one direction, and is not rotated in the other direction.

  The load gear 731e is coupled to the shaft portion 791a of the resistance member 791 whose shaft hole is attached to the box member 760. The resistance member 791 is formed to include a shaft portion 791 a that can rotate with respect to a base portion fastened to the box member 760. The resistance member 791 is formed such that a predetermined amount of resistance acts when the shaft portion 791a rotates with respect to the base portion. That is, since a predetermined amount of force is required to rotate the shaft portion 791a, the force for rotating the load gear 731e connected to the shaft portion 791a is also required to be a predetermined amount or more.

  Thereby, when the rotating body 800 meshed with the transmission gear 731d is rotated and stopped by the rotation of the transmission gear 731d, it can be suppressed from rotating by the inertial force. That is, the resistance when the shaft portion 791a rotates with respect to the base portion is set to be larger than the inertial force that acts around the axis of the rotating body 800 when the rotation of the rotating body 800 stops.

  The load gear 731e is connected to a transmission gear 731d that is disposed coaxially with the transmission gear 731c. Therefore, the resistance of the load gear 731e applied to the drive motor KM4 can be only one-way rotation that rotates the transmission gear 731d. That is, when the transmission gear 731c is rotated in the other direction, the transmission of the drive between the transmission gear 731c and the transmission gear 731d is interrupted, so that the resistance of the load gear 731e can be suppressed from acting. As a result, when the transmission gear 731b is rotated in one direction, the resistance of the load gear 731e can be suppressed from acting.

  The motor base 732 is formed in a box-like body that opens on the decoration unit 750 side, and the drive motor KM4 is disposed outside the bottom portion of the box (left side in FIG. 53) with the shaft inserted through the box. As a result, the transmission gear 731 a coupled to the shaft of the drive motor KM 4 can be disposed inside the motor base 732. That is, the depth dimension of the box of the motor base 732 is set larger than the width dimension of the transmission gear 731a. As a result, the motor base 732 can be disposed in the decoration unit 750 with the drive motor KM4 and the transmission gear 731a attached thereto, and the transmission gear 731a can be prevented from colliding with the decoration unit 750.

  The gear cover 733 is formed in a vertically long rectangle when viewed from the back, and is fastened to the decoration unit 750 with the left transmission member 730 disposed therebetween. In addition, a through hole 733a is formed through the decoration unit 750 at a position facing a shaft hole of the rotating body 800 described later. Thereby, the ball | bowl rolling inside the rotary body 800 can be discharged | emitted outside through the through-hole 733a. A description of the sphere sent to the rotating body 800 will be given later.

  The ball path cover 734 is a member disposed on the outer side (left side in FIG. 53) of the gear cover 733, and is formed of a plate-like body and has a wall portion protruding from the edge portion toward the gear cover 733. Thereby, a gap can be formed between the gear cover 733 and the ball path cover 734 facing each other, and the sphere inserted through the through hole 733a of the gear cover 733 is inserted through the gap and discharged to the outside of the rotating unit 700. Can do. The sphere discharged from the gap between the gear cover 733 and the ball path cover is sent to a collection path (not shown) and collected.

  The right transmission member 740 covers the rotating member 741 connected to the other end of the shaft portion JB1, the arm member 742 having one end connected to the rotating member 741, and the rotating member 741 and the arm member 742. The crank cover 743 disposed in the decorative unit 750 is mainly provided.

  The rotating member 741 includes a main body portion 741b formed in a disk-like plate shape, a one-way clutch OW1 fitted to the shaft of the main body portion 741b, and a columnar shape protruding to the opposite side (right side in FIG. 53) of the decoration unit 750. The projection 741a is mainly provided.

  In the one-way clutch OW1 attached to the rotating member 741, the shaft hole of the inner ring is inserted into the other end side of the shaft portion JB. The one-way clutch OW1 is arranged so that the inner ring and the outer ring are not transmitted when rotation opposite to the rotation direction of the shaft portion JB1 is input to the inner ring.

  As a result, when a driving force having a rotational speed faster than the rotational speed transmitted from the shaft portion JB1 to the rotating member 741 is input to the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1, only the outer ring is rotated and the rotating member 741 is driven by the drive motor KM4. It can be rotated by a driving force other than driving. As a result, the rotating member 741 can be rotated at two or more different speeds.

  The arm member 742 has a shape obtained by combining a C shape and an I shape in a side view, and is formed by connecting one end of the C shape to the other end of the I shape. In addition, the arm member 742 includes a shaft hole 742a that is formed so as to penetrate the connecting portion between the C-shaped portion and the I-shaped portion, an elliptical first sliding groove 742b that is formed so as to penetrate one end of the I-shaped portion, It is mainly provided with an elliptical second sliding groove 742c formed through the other end of the character portion.

  The shaft hole 742a is a hole into which a shaft portion 764a formed in a right side plate 764 of the box member 760 described later is inserted, and has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion 764a. Therefore, the arm member 742 is disposed in the decoration unit 750 with the shaft portion 764a inserted into the shaft hole 742a, and thus can be rotated with respect to the decoration unit 750.

  The first sliding groove 742b is a hole into which the protrusion 741a of the rotating member 741 is inserted, and the width dimension in the short direction formed in an ellipse is set larger than the outer diameter of the protrusion 741a. Therefore, the protrusion 741a can be inserted inside the first sliding groove 742b, and the arm member 742 can be rotationally displaced by the rotation of the rotating member 741.

  The rotating member 741 is formed so that the outer diameter is smaller than the longitudinal dimension of the I-shaped portion of the arm member 742, and the shaft is a distance half the longitudinal dimension of the I-shaped portion from the shaft hole 742a of the arm member 742. It is arranged at a position farther away. Thus, by rotating the rotating member 741, the arm member 742 can be reciprocated around the axis of the shaft hole 742a.

  The second sliding groove 742c is a hole into which a projection 773a of the right lid portion 773 described later is inserted, and the width dimension in the short direction formed in an ellipse is set larger than the outer diameter of the projection 773a. Therefore, the protrusion 773a can be inserted inside the second sliding groove 742c. Further, the right lid portion 773 is formed so as to be capable of rotational displacement with respect to the box member 760. Therefore, as described above, the rotation member 741 is rotated, and the arm member 742 reciprocates so that the right lid portion 773 connected to the other end of the arm member 742 is rotated with respect to the box member 760. be able to.

  The crank cover 743 is mainly provided with an oval part 743a formed in an ellipse in the back view and a ball feeding part 743b formed in a row on the back side of the oval part 743a.

  The oval portion 743a is a cover that covers the arm member 742. The outer shape in a side view is formed to be larger than the displacement region of the arm member 742 and the arm member 742, and the arm member 742 extends from the edge toward the decoration unit 750. A wall portion protruding larger than the thickness is formed. Thus, when the crank cover 743 is disposed on the decoration unit 750, the arm member 742 can be disposed between the crank cover 743 and the decoration unit 750 facing each other.

  The ball feeding part 743b is a path member for sending a ball to the collection path when a ball flowing down the flow area in front of the game board 13 is collected from a predetermined collection port, and has a predetermined size inside. It is formed in a rod shape with a space. Further, the ball feeding part 743b is opened at the upper end side and connected to the recovery port of the game board 13, and the lower end side is connected to the opening formed in the decoration unit 750. As a result, the balls collected by the game board 13 can be guided to the collection path (not shown) through the interior of the decoration unit 750 via the ball delivery unit 743b.

  Next, the decoration unit 750 will be described with reference to FIGS. 57 to 61. FIG. 57 is a front view of the decoration unit 750. 58A is a side view of the decoration unit 750 as viewed in the direction of the arrow LVIIIa in FIG. 57, and FIG. 58B is a side view of the decoration unit 750 as viewed in the direction of the arrow LVIIIb in FIG. 59 is an exploded perspective front view of the decoration unit 750, and FIG. 60 is an exploded perspective rear view of the decoration unit 750. 57 (b) and 57 (c), the right side plate 764 and the left side plate 765 of the box member 760 are transparently illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 57 to 60, the decoration unit 750 includes a box member 760 serving as a decoration part outside the decoration unit 750 and a lid disposed on the upper side in the gravity direction of the box member 760 (upper side in FIG. 57 (a)). The member 770 is mainly provided with a rotating member 800 disposed inside the box member 760 and the lid member 770.

  The box member 760 includes a base member 762 disposed below the rotating body 800, a front plate 761 disposed in front of the base member 762, a lower plate 763 disposed on the bottom surface of the base member 762, The base member 762 is mainly provided with a right side plate 764 disposed on the right side in front view and a left side plate 765 disposed on the left side in front view of the base member 762.

  The base member 762 is formed in a rectangular horizontally longer shape than the rotating body 800 in a top view, and is formed with a thickness larger than the outer diameter of the sphere in the direction of gravity. The base member 762 is formed with a curved surface whose upper surface is coaxial with the axis of the rotating body 800. Thereby, when the base member 762 is arrange | positioned in the vicinity of the rotary body 800, the collision of the base member 762 and the rotary body 800 can be suppressed.

  The base member 762 is mainly provided with a concave portion 762a that is recessed downward on the top surface in the left-right direction and a ball feeding portion 762b that is recessed substantially L-shaped on the bottom surface.

  The concave portion 762a is a groove in which the above-described shaft portion JB1 is disposed on the inner side, and is recessed on the shaft of the transmission gear 731b disposed on the side surface of the decoration unit 750. Thereby, the driving force of the drive motor KM4 can be transmitted through the shaft portion JB1.

  The ball feeding part 762b is bent and formed in an L shape on the bottom surface, one end side is connected to the opening 764b of the right side plate 764, and the other end side is the back side of the winning hole 761a of the front plate 761. Connected to Further, the recessed width of the ball feeding portion 762b is formed larger than the diameter of the sphere. Accordingly, the lower surface plate 763 is disposed on the lower side, so that a ball can be sent into the box member 760.

  The front plate 761 is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and has a predetermined thickness on the back side. Further, the front plate 761 is formed with a winning opening 761a of a size that allows a sphere to be inserted on the front side. As described above, the winning opening 761a is connected to the ball feeding portion 762b of the base member 762 disposed on the back side. Therefore, the ball sent to the inside of the winning opening 761a is sent to the ball sending portion 762b of the base member 762.

  The right side plate 764 is formed in a D shape whose outer shape in a side view is curved upward. Further, the right side plate 764 is curved with a shaft portion 764a projecting to the outside of the decoration unit 750, a bearing portion 764c formed penetrating below the shaft portion 764a, and the same shaft as the rotation shaft of the rotating body 800. A curved opening 764d formed in the opening, an opening 764b opened at a position opposite to the lower end of the ball feeding portion 762b of the crank cover 743, and a semicircular shape penetratingly formed on the axis of the rotating shaft of the rotating body 800. The engagement portion 764e is mainly provided.

  The opening 764b is a hole for enabling the ball sent from the ball feeding portion of the crank cover 743 to be sent to the base member 762, and is formed larger than the outer diameter of the ball. Thereby, the ball sent to the crank cover 743 can be sent to the base member 762.

  The bearing portion 764c is a hole into which the above-described shaft portion JB1 is inserted, and is formed with an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion JB1. Thereby, a driving force can be transmitted to the right transmission member 740 described above.

  The curved opening 764d is an opening through which the protrusion 773a protruding from the right lid 773 is inserted. Further, the curved opening 764d is formed in an arc shape coaxial with the rotation axis of the lid member 770 because the lid member 770 is rotationally displaced. Thereby, when the cover member 770 is rotationally displaced, it can suppress that the protrusion 773a and the curved opening 764d collide.

  The engaging portion 764e is a member that engages with an end portion on the right side of the base plate 810 disposed inside the rotating body 800 and holds the base plate 810 in a non-rotatable manner. That is, the distal end portion 811a of the right end portion 811 of the base plate 810 is inserted into the engaging portion 764e. Thereby, the base plate 810 cannot be rotated.

  The left side plate 765 has an outer shape substantially the same as the right side plate 764 in a side view. The left side plate 765 has a through hole 765a formed through the shaft of the rotating body 800, a shaft portion 765b protruding toward the rotating body 800, and a shaft portion 791a of the resistance member 791 inserted therein. The hole 765c is mainly provided.

  The through hole 765a is an opening through which the sphere discharged from the opening on the left side when viewed from the front of the rotating body 800 is inserted into the through hole 733a of the motor base 732 described above. That is, the through-hole 765a is formed on the axis of the rotator 800, and the inner diameter thereof is set to be the same as the inner diameter of the opening on the left when viewed from the front of the rotator 800.

  The shaft portion 765b is inserted into a shaft hole 781 formed in the rotation restricting member 780 described later, and can hold the rotation restricting member 780 in a rotatable state. The displacement of the rotation restricting member 780 will be described later.

  The through hole 765c is a hole through which the shaft portion 791a of the resistance member 791 is inserted as described above, and is formed at a position facing the side surface of the load gear 731e described above.

  The lower surface plate 763 is a plate member that is disposed on the lower surface of the base member 762 so that the ball feeding portion 762b of the base member 762 and the lower surface plate 763 form a ball feeding path through which a sphere can pass. The lower surface plate 763 is formed with an opening 763a penetrating in the vertical direction. The opening 763a is an opening for sending a ball sent inside the ball sending part 762b to a collection path (not shown). Therefore, the balls that are won in the winning opening 761a of the front plate 761 and the game area are sent to the ball feeding portion 743b of the right transmission member 740, and the balls can be discharged from the interior of the decoration unit 750.

  The lid member 770 includes a curved lid portion 771 formed in a curved shape coaxial with the axis of the rotating body 800, a right lid portion 773 fastened to the right side surface of the curved lid portion 771, and a curved lid portion 771. And a left lid portion 772 fastened to the left side surface when viewed from the front.

  As described above, the curved lid portion 771 is formed in a curved shape that is coaxial with the axis of the rotating body 800 and has a larger radius than the rotating body 800 as viewed from the side. The curved lid portion 771 includes a transparent portion 771a formed from a transparent plate at a part on the front side.

  The transparent portion 771a is a plate that allows the player to visually recognize patterns and characters drawn on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800. That is, the player can visually recognize the display of the rotator 800 through the transparent portion 771a even when the rotator 800 is in a form in which the upper end side is covered with the lid member 770.

  The right lid portion 773 is formed in an annular shape when viewed from the side, and the radius outside the ring is set to be substantially the same as the radius of the curved lid portion 771. Further, the inner diameter of the right lid portion 773 is formed larger than the size of the outer shape of the right end portion 811 of the rotator 800 in a side view. Thereby, the right side cover part 773 is arrange | positioned in the state which penetrated the right end part 811 of the rotary body 800 in the annular | circular shaped inner side part.

  Further, the right lid portion 773 is mainly provided with a protrusion 773a that protrudes to the outside (right side in front view) of the decoration unit 750, and a recess 773b that is recessed radially outward at the outer peripheral edge. . As described above, the protrusion 773a is a protrusion inserted into the decoration unit 750 second sliding groove 742c of the arm member 742.

  The recess 773b can rotate the opening / closing member 870 by inserting a protrusion 871 of the opening / closing member 870 described later. Therefore, the recessed portion 773b is set to have a recessed width larger than the outer shape of the protrusion 871. The concave portion 773b is formed at a position substantially opposite to the edge portion of the right side lid portion 773 where the curved lid portion 771 is disposed.

  The left lid portion 772 is formed in an annular shape when viewed from the side, and the radius outside the ring is set to be approximately the same as the radius of the curved lid portion 771. Further, the inner diameter of the left lid portion 772 is formed larger than the outer diameter of a tooth surface 881a of the left rotating portion 880 described later. Accordingly, the left lid portion 772 is disposed in a state in which the left rotation portion 880 of the rotating body 800 is inserted into the annular inner portion.

  Further, the left lid portion 772 is formed with a plate-like sensor plate 772a that protrudes to the outside of the decoration unit 750 (left side in front view). The sensor plate 772a is disposed between two facing bifurcated sensors (not shown), so that the position of the left lid portion 772 can be detected.

  Here, the lid member 770 for the rotating body 800 will be described. The arrangement of the lid member 770 in a state where the rotating body 800 is assembled is such that the left and right end portions of the rotating body 800 are inserted inside the right lid portion 773 and the left lid portion 772 before assembly (separate members), respectively. To do. Then, the rotating body 800 and the lid member 770 are connected by assembling the right lid portion 773, the left lid portion 772, and the curved lid portion 771. Therefore, the lid member 770 is rotatable with respect to the rotating body around the axis of the rotating body 800.

  The rotation restricting member 780 is formed to be bent in a substantially L shape in a side view. The rotation restricting member 780 mainly includes a shaft hole 781 penetrating the bent portion, a protrusion 782 protruding in the bending direction on one end side, and a contact surface 783 formed flat on the tip on the other end side. Is done.

  As described above, the shaft portion 765b of the left side plate 765 is inserted into the shaft hole 781. Thereby, the rotation restricting member 780 is held rotatably with respect to the left side plate 765. Further, an urging spring SP5 is inserted into the shaft portion. As a result, a rotational force in one direction is applied to the rotation restricting member 780.

  The protrusion 782 can regulate the rotational displacement of the rotating body 800 by engaging with an engaging protrusion 882 of the left rotating portion 880 described later. The abutting surface 783 is a surface with which the end portion on the back surface side of the lid member 770 mentioned above abuts, and the rotation regulating member 780 can be rotated by the lid member 770 being abutted. The mode of regulation between rotation regulating member 780 and rotating body 800 will be described later.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 61 to 62, a transmission path of the driving force when the driving motor KM4 is rotated will be described. 61 (a) and 62 (a) show the rotating unit 700 as viewed in the direction of the arrow LVa in FIG. 55, and FIGS. 61 (b) and 62 (b) show the rotating unit 700 along the arrow LVb in FIG. is there.

  In FIG. 61, the direction of displacement of each member when the shaft of the drive motor KM4 is rotated in the forward direction (clockwise) is indicated by a two-dot chain line. In FIG. 62, when the shaft of the drive motor KM4 is rotated in the negative direction (counterclockwise), the displacement direction of each member is indicated by a two-dot chain line.

  As shown in FIGS. 61 (a) and 61 (b), when the drive motor KM4 is driven in the forward direction, the transmission gear 731a is rotated in the forward direction. When the transmission gear 731a is rotated in the positive direction, the transmission gear 731b is rotated in the negative direction and the transmission gear 731c is rotated in the positive direction.

  In this case, in the one-way clutch OW1 disposed in the transmission gear 731b, the rotation of the outer ring is not transmitted to the inner ring, and the shaft portion JB1 is not rotated. Therefore, the driving force is not transmitted to the rotating member 741 connected to the shaft portion JB1, and the arm member 742 is stopped.

  On the other hand, the one-way clutch OW1 disposed in the transmission gear 731 is in a state of transmitting the rotation of the outer ring to the inner ring, and the shaft 735 is rotated. Therefore, the transmission gear 731d connected to the shaft 735 is rotated. Thereby, the load gear 731e meshed with the transmission gear 731d and the tooth surface 881a of the rotating body 800 are rotated. That is, when the drive motor KM4 rotates in the forward direction, the drive force to the lid member 770 is not transmitted and the drive force to the rotating body 800 is transmitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 62A and 62B, when the drive motor KM4 is driven in the negative direction, the transmission gear 731a is rotated in the negative direction. When the transmission gear 731a is rotated in the negative direction, the transmission gear 731b is rotated in the positive direction and the transmission gear 731c is rotated in the negative direction.

  In this case, the one-way clutch OW1 disposed in the transmission gear 731b is in a state of transmitting the rotation of the outer ring to the inner ring, and the shaft portion JB1 is rotated. Accordingly, the driving force is transmitted to the rotating member 741 connected to the shaft portion JB1, and the rotating member 741 is rotated. As a result, the arm member 742 reciprocates around the axis of the shaft hole 742a, and the lid member 770 is displaced.

  On the other hand, in the one-way clutch OW1 provided in the transmission gear 731, the rotation of the outer ring is not transmitted to the inner ring, and the shaft 735 is not rotated. Therefore, the driving force is not transmitted to the transmission gear 731d connected to the shaft 735, and the rotating body 800 and the load gear 731e are not rotated. That is, when the drive motor KM4 rotates negatively, the drive force to the lid member 770 is in a transmission state and the drive force to the rotating body 800 is not transmitted.

  Therefore, a transmission gear 731c (rotation side drive means) for transmitting the driving force from the drive motor KM4 to the rotating body 800 and a transmission gear 731b (displacement side transmission means) for transmitting to the opening / closing member 870 described later via the lid member 770. In addition, by providing the one-way clutch OW1, the rotational force can be transmitted to one of the transmission gear 731c or the transmission gear 731b and the transmission to the other can be blocked according to the rotational direction of the drive motor KM4. . As a result, it is possible to switch the driving object to be driven by the rotational driving force only by switching the rotation direction of the drive motor KM4, that is, according to the rotation direction of the drive motor KM4, The stop and the displacement of the opening / closing member 870 and the stop thereof can be switched, and a plurality of modes can be formed, and the structure can be simplified.

  Here, in the structure in which the driving target (the rotating body 800 or the opening / closing member 870 (lid member 770) is switched according to the rotation direction of the driving means using the one-way clutch OW1, the driving force transmitted from the driving motor KM4 is transmitted. When cut off, the rotation or displacement in the direction driven by the driving force becomes free, so that the driving object of the driving means is switched from the rotating body 800 to the opening / closing member 870 (lid member 770), for example. When the transmission of the driving force is interrupted, the rotating body 800 is in a rotatable state, and there is a possibility that the rotation is continued (spinned) by the inertial force.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the load gear 731e (load gear) meshed with the transmission gear 731d driven by the transmission gear 731c is provided, the transmission of the rotational driving force from the drive motor KM4 is blocked. However, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the rotating body 800 using the load (resistance) when rotating the load gear 731e.

  Next, the displacement of the lid member 770 will be described with reference to FIGS. 63 and 64. 63 (a) and 64 (c) are in a closed state, FIGS. 63 (b) and 64 (b) are in an intermediate state, and FIGS. 63 (c) and 64 (a) are in an open state. It is a side view of the decoration unit 750 and the right transmission member 740.

  63 (a) to 63 (c) and FIGS. 64 (a) to 64 (c) show a state where the crank cover 743 of the right transmission member 740 has been removed. In addition, the closed state of the decoration unit 750 is a state in which the lid member 770 is arranged in a state of covering the upper half of the rotating body 800 (upward in FIG. 63A), and the open state is the state in which the lid member 770 rotates. It is a state where it is displaced and arranged on the back side (right side in FIG. 63 (c)) of the rotating body 800. The intermediate state is a state in which the lid member 770 is disposed at a position between the closed state and the open state.

  Further, in FIGS. 63 (a) to 63 (c), the state of being displaced from the closed state to the open state is illustrated in order, and in FIGS. 64 (a) to 64 (c), the state of being displaced from the open state to the closed state is illustrated. The states to be performed are illustrated in order.

  First, the displacement of the lid member 770 when displaced from the closed state to the open state will be described with reference to FIG. Transmission of the driving force to the arm member 742 is performed by rotating the driving motor KM4 in the negative direction as described above.

  In the closed state, the protrusion 741a of the rotating member 741 is arranged on the back side (right side in FIG. 63 (a)) of the shaft hole 742a of the arm member 742. Therefore, in the arm member 742, the first sliding groove 742b into which the protrusion 741a is inserted is disposed on the back side of the shaft hole 742a.

  The shaft hole 742a, the first sliding groove 742b, and the second sliding groove 742c of the arm member 742 are formed on substantially the same straight line. Therefore, the second sliding groove 742c formed at the end opposite to the first sliding groove 742b is arranged on the front side (left side in FIG. 63 (a)) of the shaft hole 742a. As a result, the protrusion 773a protruding to the right side surface of the lid member 770 is guided by the second sliding groove 742c, and the curved lid portion 771 of the lid member 770 is placed above the rotating body 800.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 63 (b), when the rotating member 741 is rotated by approximately 90 degrees and the protrusion 741 a is positioned below the axis of the rotating member 741, the first sliding groove 742 b of the arm member 742 is formed. As the projection 741a is displaced, the shaft hole 742a is displaced downward in the gravity direction (lower side in FIG. 63B).

  Accordingly, the second sliding groove 742c formed at the opposite end of the first sliding groove 742b is placed on the upper side in the gravity direction of the shaft hole 742a (upper side in FIG. 63 (b)). As a result, the protrusion 773a of the lid member 770 is guided by the second sliding groove 742c, and the curved lid portion 771 of the lid member 770 is disposed at a position where it is rotationally displaced toward the back side of the rotating body 800. .

  In this case, the position of the center of gravity of the lid member 770 is arranged on the back side with respect to the rotation axis of the lid member 770 (the center position of the rotating body 800 formed in a columnar shape). Accordingly, a rotational force is applied in a direction in which the lid member 770 is displaced from the closed state to the open state by the load of the lid member 770. As described above, the rotation member 741 is provided with the one-way clutch OW1, and the outer ring is configured to be rotatable in advance with respect to the inner ring. Therefore, the drive of the drive motor KM4 is stopped by the load of the lid member 770. Then, the lid member 770 can be continuously rotated.

  As shown in FIG. 63 (c), when the lid member 770 is displaced to the back side of the rotating body, the protrusion 741a of the rotating member 741 is stopped at a position rotated approximately 90 degrees from the intermediate position. That is, it is the leftmost end (left side in FIG. 63) of the displacement region of the protrusion 741a. Therefore, the rotation of the arm member 742 is restricted, and the rotation of the lid member 770 is stopped.

  That is, the displacement of the lid member 770 from the closed state to the open state is performed by an operation of driving the drive motor KM4 to displace it to an intermediate state and an operation of dropping the lid member 770 with a load.

  As a result, when the cover member 770 is displaced from the closed state to the open state, the section in which the drive motor KM4 is driven can be reduced to half of the entire section, so that the energy consumption of the drive motor KM4 can be reduced.

  Further, the displacement speed from the closed state to the intermediate state can be changed to an aspect according to the rotational speed of the drive motor KM4, and the displacement speed from the intermediate state to the open state can be changed to an aspect according to the load of the lid member 770. The displacement speed from the closed state to the open state can be changed in two stages. Therefore, since the displacement speed of the lid member 770 can be changed without changing the displacement speed of the drive motor KM4, it is not necessary to complicate the control. As a result, control can be simplified and occurrence of control failure can be suppressed.

  A displacement section in which the lid member 770 follows the rotational speed of the drive motor KM4 is referred to as a first section, a displacement section in which the lid member 770 follows the load of the lid member 770 is referred to as a second section, and the first section has a symbol DK1. The second section is described with reference to DK2.

  Next, displacement of the lid member 770 when displaced from the open state to the closed state will be described with reference to FIG.

  As described above, in the open state, the protrusion 741a of the rotating member 741 is arranged on the front side (left side in FIG. 64A) of the shaft hole 742a of the arm member 742, and the curved lid of the lid member 770 is placed. The portion 771 is placed on the back side of the rotating body 800.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 64 (b), when the rotating member 741 is rotated approximately 90 degrees and the protrusion 741 a is positioned above the axis of the rotating member 741, the first sliding groove 742 b of the arm member 742 is formed. Along with the displacement of the protrusion 741a, the shaft hole 742a is displaced downward in the gravity direction (lower side in FIG. 64B).

  Therefore, the second sliding groove 742c formed at the opposite end of the first sliding groove 742b is placed on the upper side in the gravity direction (upper side in FIG. 64 (b)) of the shaft hole 742a. As a result, the protrusion 773a of the lid member 770 is guided by the second sliding groove 742c, and is rotationally displaced approximately 45 degrees upward from the state where the curved lid portion 771 of the lid member 770 is positioned on the back side of the rotating body 800. It is set as the state arrange | positioned in the made position.

  The lid member 770 displaced to the closed position (position shown in FIG. 63 (a)) is disposed in the game area (front side of the game board 13), and is opened (FIG. 63 (c)). The lid member 770 that is displaced to the position of () is disposed outside the game area (on the back side of the game board 13). Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the game area from colliding with the rotator 800 and rotating the rotator 800. In particular, in the present embodiment, as will be described later, the rotary member 800 is provided with an opening / closing member 870 that is displaced toward the game area side, so that a gaming machine flowing down the game area collides with the opening / closing member 870, The opening / closing member 870 can be prevented from being opened (projected).

  In addition, since the lid member 770 is disposed outside the game area in the opened position, a space for the opening / closing member 870 to project to the game area is generated by the displacement of the lid member 770 to the opened position. Can be secured. Accordingly, the outer surface of the rotator 800 can be brought closer to the game area, and the player can easily see the opening / closing member 870 accordingly.

  Furthermore, since the lid member 770 is formed to be rotatable around an axis substantially parallel to the rotation axis of the rotating body 800 and is formed in a curved plate shape along the outer surface of the rotating body 800, the lid member 770 is in a closed state. A space necessary for displacement between the position (covering position) and the open position (retracted position) can be suppressed, and accordingly, a space for disposing other members can be secured. In addition, since the lid member 770 is formed in a curved shape in this way, it is possible to suppress the game ball flowing down the game area from being stopped on the lid member 770 disposed at the closed position, and smoothly. Can flow down.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 64C, when the rotating member 741 is further rotated approximately 90 degrees to displace the protrusion 71a to the right side of the axis of the rotating member 741, the first sliding groove 742b of the arm member 742 is obtained. Is displaced to the back side (right side in FIG. 64C) from the shaft hole 742a in accordance with the displacement of the protrusion 741a.

  Accordingly, the second sliding groove 742c formed at the opposite end of the first sliding groove 742b is placed on the front side (left side in FIG. 64 (c)) of the shaft hole 742a. As a result, the protrusion 773a of the lid member 770 is guided by the second sliding groove 742c, and the curved lid portion 771 of the lid member 770 is placed above the rotating body 800.

  In this case, with the displacement of the lid member 770, the center of gravity of the lid member 770 is displaced to the front side with respect to the rotation axis of the lid member 770. Accordingly, during the transition from the intermediate state to the closed state, a rotational force is applied in a direction to displace the lid member 770 from the open state to the closed state due to the load of the lid member 770. Therefore, even when driving of the drive motor KM4 is stopped, the lid member 770 can be continuously rotated by the load of the lid member 770.

  Therefore, since the lid member 770 can be closed by the load of the lid member 770, the lid member 770 can be reliably closed.

  Here, if the rotational displacement of the lid member 770 is displaced only by the drive motor KM4, the lid member 770 may not be stopped at a normal position when the drive stop operation of the drive motor KM4 is deviated. Further, as in the present embodiment, when the rotation direction of the rotation member 741 is one, when the stop operation of the drive motor KM4 is delayed, rotation for one rotation is required to return to the normal position.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the position where the lid member 770 is stopped can be mechanically stopped using the load of the lid member 770, it is possible to prevent the stop position of the lid member 770 from shifting. it can.

  Here, there is known a gaming machine including a driving unit that generates a driving force, a displacement member that is displaced by the driving force of the driving unit, and a transmission unit that transmits the driving force to the displacement member. However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, since the transmission state of the driving force by the transmission means from the driving means to the displacement member is always constant, when the driving means is driven at a constant driving speed, the displacement member is also constant. It is displaced at a speed, and a change cannot be given to the displacement mode of the displacement member. For this reason, there is a problem in that the effect of the effect accompanying the displacement of the displacement member is insufficient.

  Although the displacement speed of the displacement member can be changed by increasing / decreasing the drive speed of the drive means, the displacement speed in the predetermined section of the displacement section of the displacement member is different from the displacement speed in the other sections. In order to achieve speed, it is necessary to arrange a sensor device that detects the position of the displacement member, and to increase or decrease the output of the driving means according to the detection result of the sensor device, which increases the product cost and control cost. Invite. In addition, the structure and control become complicated, leading to a decrease in reliability.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, the transmission means (the rotating member 741 and the arm member 742) includes the one-way clutch OW1, and the inner ring (first member) of the one-way clutch OW1 is the outer ring (second member) of the one-way clutch OW1. On the other hand, when displaced in one direction, the rollers engage with the inner ring and the outer ring to transmit driving force, and when the inner ring is displaced in the other direction with respect to the outer ring, the inner ring and The engagement of the roller with the outer ring is released, the transmission of the driving force is interrupted, and in the second section DK2 (predetermined section) of the displacement section of the lid member 770 (displacement member), the outer ring is in contact with the inner ring. Since the displacement is performed in one direction, the displacement speed of the lid member 770 in the second section DK2 is set to be higher than the displacement speed of the lid member 770 in the other sections regardless of the driving state of the rotating member 741. Can Kusuru. Therefore, a change can be given to the lid member 770, and the presentation effect accompanying the displacement of the lid member 770 can be enhanced.

  Further, the outer ring can be advanced in one direction with respect to the inner ring regardless of the driving state of the driving motor KM4. Therefore, for example, the driving motor KM4 is driven at a constant driving speed in all the sections of the displacement section of the lid member 770. It can be driven, and there is no need to increase or decrease the drive speed of the drive motor KM4 in the middle of the displacement section of the lid member 770 (that is, depending on whether the first section DK1 or the second section DK2). As a result, the control can be simplified, the control cost can be reduced, and the operation reliability can be improved. Alternatively, in the second section DK2, the operation of the driving unit can be stopped, and in this case, energy consumption can be suppressed.

  Further, in the driving state in which the inner ring is displaced in the other direction with respect to the outer ring, the engagement of the rollers is released and the transmission of the driving force is interrupted, so that the displacement member is in the stopped state (driven state). The driving force of the driving means (drive motor KM4) in such a driving state can be used as the driving force for driving the rotating body 800. That is, the two members of the lid member 770 and the rotating body 800 can be displaced by switching the drive direction of the drive means (drive motor KM4).

  In addition, the lid member 770 is formed to be rotatable and is disposed at a position where its center of gravity is decentered from the center of rotation. In the second section DK2, the weight of the lid member 770 displaces the outer ring in one direction. Since it is formed so as to be able to act in the direction, the outer ring can be displaced in one direction with respect to the inner ring by utilizing the weight of the lid member 770. That is, the displacement speed of the lid member 770 in the second section DK2 can be made faster than the displacement speed of the lid member 770 in the section of the first section DK1. As a result, a change can be given to the displacement mode of the lid member 770, and the presentation effect accompanying the displacement of the displacement member can be enhanced.

  Furthermore, the transmission of the driving force is projected from the main body portion 741b to which the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is attached and the main body portion 741b, and the projection 741a (pin portion) located displaced from the rotation center of the main body portion 741c. Therefore, the rotation member 741 is rotated by the outer ring, and the protrusion 741a is slid along the first sliding groove 742b, thereby rotating the rotation member 741. The other end side (second sliding groove 742c side) can be reciprocated. In this case, the other end side of the arm member 742 can reciprocate the lid member 770 between the open position and the closed position as the lid member 770 reciprocates. That is, the displacement direction of the lid member 770 can be switched without switching the drive direction of the drive motor KM4.

  Further, in this case, since the section of the second section DK can be formed in both reciprocating operations, when the cover member 770 is reciprocated, the displacement can be performed from the middle of the displacement regardless of the direction of displacement. The displacement speed of the lid member 770 can be increased. As a result, a change can be given to the displacement mode of the lid member 770, and the presentation effect accompanying the displacement of the lid member can be enhanced.

  Next, the displacement of the rotation restricting member 780 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 65A is a side view of the decoration unit 750 in the closed state, and FIG. 65B is a side view of the decoration unit 750 in the opened state. 65A and 65B show a state in which the left side plate 765 of the box member 760 is viewed transparently.

  As shown in FIG. 65A, when the lid member 770 is in the closed state, the rotation restricting member 780 is in a state where the protrusion 782 side is pushed downward by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP5 (FIG. 65). In (a), the shaft hole 781 is rotated clockwise about the axis of the shaft hole 781).

  Therefore, the distance dimension L4 from the rotating shaft of the rotating body 800 to the outside of the engaging protrusion 882 is made smaller than the distance dimension L5 from the rotating shaft of the rotating body 800 to the tip of the protrusion 782 of the rotation restricting member 780 (L4). <L5).

  Therefore, the rotating body 800 and the rotation restricting member 780 are not engaged, and the rotating body 800 can be rotated.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 65 (b), when the lid member 770 is opened, the rotation restricting member 780 includes a lid member 770 whose abutment surface 783 is displaced toward the back side of the rotating body 800. The contact surface 783 is pressed downward (a state rotated counterclockwise around the axis of the shaft hole 781 in FIG. 65B).

  Therefore, the distance dimension L4 from the rotating shaft of the rotating body 800 to the outside of the engaging protrusion 882 is made larger than the distance dimension L6 from the rotating shaft of the rotating body 800 to the tip of the protrusion 782 of the rotation restricting member 780 (L6). <L4).

  As a result, the protrusion 782 of the rotation restricting member 780 can be inserted inside the engagement protrusion 882 in the rotating body 800 in a state where the engagement protrusion 882 of the left rotation portion 880 is disposed at the lowest position in the gravity direction. That is, since the rotating body 800 and the rotation restricting member 780 are engaged, the rotating body 800 cannot be rotated. In the present embodiment, the position where the rotation of the rotating body 800 is disabled (the position where the protrusion 782 is inserted inside the engaging protrusion 882) is the position where the opening / closing member 870 of the rotating body 800, which will be described later, is opened. Set to

  That is, in the rotation restricting member 780 (rotation restricting means) that restricts the rotation of the rotating body 800, the opening / closing member 870 (displacement member) is displaced to the open position (second position), and the other side of the displacement member is stretched in the game area. Since the rotation of the rotator 800 is restricted when it is extended, the rotator 800 is rotated in a state where the opening / closing member 870 is extended, and the opening / closing member 870 interferes with other members located on the rotation locus. This can be suppressed. Further, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the rotating body 800 due to the load acting when the displacement member receives the game ball flowing down the game area and the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member.

  Here, the first member and the second member that are formed so as to be displaceable are provided, and the first member is disposed at a covering position that covers at least a part of the second member invisible, and at the covering position. There is also known a gaming machine that is formed so as to be displaceable between a retreat position that reduces a region that covers the second member invisible. According to this gaming machine, the second member is exposed by disposing the first member at the cover position and displacing the first member to the retracted position from the state in which the second member is not visible to the player. It is possible to produce an effect that the player can visually recognize.

  However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, since the second member is formed to be displaceable, the second member may be displaced when the second member is exposed. For this reason, there is a problem in that the player cannot visually recognize the second member in an appropriate state, and the effect of production is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the lid member 770 (first member) can regulate the displacement of the rotating body 800 (second member) in a state where the lid member 770 (first member) is displaced to the open position (retracted position). Since it is formed, such a rotating body 800 can be visually recognized by the player in an appropriate state, and an effect of production can be ensured. That is, when performing the effect of displacing the lid member 770 to the open position and exposing the rotating body 800, the displacement of the lid member 770, which must be performed for the effect, is rotated. This is used as means for regulating the displacement of the body 800. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide or control a mechanism for restricting the displacement of the rotating body 800, and the structure can be simplified correspondingly.

  Further, as will be described later, the outer surface of the rotating body 800 is formed asymmetrically from the center of rotation (see FIG. 67). Therefore, the rotating body 800 is formed to be rotatable, and the position of the center of gravity is decentered from the center of rotation. Therefore, the degree of freedom in designing the rotating body 800 can be increased. That is, it is not necessary for the rotary body 800 to have a shape in which the center of gravity is located at the center of rotation, and an asymmetric shape with respect to the rotation axis can be adopted. On the other hand, when the position of the center of gravity of the rotating body 800 is decentered as described above, the rotating body 800 is displaced by the gravity around the center of rotation (there is a possibility of being rotated), and thus is displaced to the closed position. In addition, the configuration in which the lid member 770 is formed so as to be able to restrict the displacement of the rotating body 800 is particularly effective, whereby the player can visually recognize the rotating body 800 in an appropriate state, and can ensure the effect.

  The rotating body 800 may be formed symmetrically about the axis. In this case, the center of gravity can be arranged at a position different from the rotation axis by forming the rotating body 800 from two or more members having different specific gravities. For example, by forming the half surface from a metal material and forming the remaining half surface from a flexible material, the center of gravity can generally be located on the metal material side having a larger specific gravity than the flexible material.

  Next, the configuration of the rotating body 800 will be described with reference to FIGS. 66 to 68. 66 (a) is a front view of the rotator 800, FIG. 66 (b) is a side view of the rotator 800 in the direction of the arrow LXVIb in FIG. 66 (a), and FIG. FIG. 67 is a side view of the rotator 800 when viewed in the direction of the arrow LXVIc in FIG. 67 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotator 800, and FIG. 68 is an exploded perspective rear view of the rotator 800. FIG.

  As shown in FIGS. 66 to 68, the rotating body 800 is formed in a cylindrical shape by combining a plurality of members. The rotating body 800 includes a base plate 810 disposed in the shaft portion, a first display unit 830, a second display unit 840, a third display unit 850, and a fourth display unit 830 that are disposed around the base plate 810 and combined in an annular shape. Display unit 860, right rotation unit 89 disposed at one end in the axial direction, left rotation unit 880 disposed at the other end in the axial direction, and an opening / closing member disposed inside first display unit 830 870 mainly.

  The base plate 810 has a substantially L-shaped cross section when viewed in the axial direction and a shape extending in the axial direction. The base plate 810 is formed to include a right end portion 811 and a left end portion 812 that protrude outward from both left and right end portions.

  The right end portion 811 is formed to project in an annular shape from the right side (right side in FIG. 66 (a)) of the base plate 810 when viewed from the front. The right end portion 811 mainly includes a tip end portion 811a that partially protrudes from the protruding tip end of the right end portion 811 and a communication hole 811b in an annular inner portion.

  The distal end portion 811a further protrudes in the axial direction from the distal end portion of the right end portion 811, and the protruding region in the right side view (viewed in the direction of FIG. 66 (c)) is the inner side of the engaging portion 764e of the right side plate 764. It is set smaller than the area. The tip portion 811a is inserted inside the engaging portion 764e of the right side surface plate 764 as described above. As a result, the base plate 810 and the right side surface plate 764 (lid member 770) are engaged. As a result, the base plate 810 can be brought into a stopped state with respect to rotational displacement of each display surface (first display unit 830, second display unit 840, third display unit 850, and fourth display unit 860) to be described later.

  The communication hole 811b is an opening through which a wiring (not shown) connected to the LED base 820, which will be described later, is inserted, and is formed through the side surface of the base plate 810 on the right side when viewed from the front. Thereby, wiring can be penetrated.

  The left end portion 812 is formed to project in an annular shape from the left side of the base plate 810 when viewed from the front (left side in FIG. 66 (a)). The left end portion 812 is mainly formed with a tip end portion 812a protruding from the lower semicircle of the left end portion 812 and a communication hole 812b in an annular inner portion.

  The distal end portion 812a further protrudes in the axial direction from the distal end portion of the left end portion 812, and the protruding shape in the left side view (viewed in the direction of FIG. 66 (b)) is an annular lower semicircle.

  The communication hole 812b is a path for discharging the ball sent to the inside of the rotating body 800 by an opening / closing member 870 described later to the outside of the rotating body 800. The communication hole 812b is set to have an inner diameter larger than that of the sphere and substantially the same as the through hole 733a formed in the gear cover 733.

  Further, the communication hole 812b is an opening connected to the through hole 733a of the gear cover 733, and the protruding distance of the left end portion 812 is set to a distance in contact with the through hole 733a. Further, a projection 733b is formed on the upper hemisphere of the end face of the through hole 733a. The protrusion distance of the protrusion 733b is set to be approximately the same as the protrusion distance of the tip portion 812a. As a result, the base plate 810 and the gear cover 733 (left transmission member 730) are engaged. As a result, the base plate 810 can be brought into a stopped state with respect to rotational displacement of each display surface (first display unit 830, second display unit 840, third display unit 850, and fourth display unit 860) to be described later.

  A reverse rotation prevention member 813 is disposed on the bottom surface of the base plate 810 in a rotatable state. The reverse rotation preventing member 813 is formed in a substantially circular shape when viewed from above, and is formed with an inclined protrusion 813a on one end side. Further, the biasing spring SP6 is disposed between the reverse rotation preventing member 813 and the base plate 810, whereby the protrusion 813a is always biased to the left in the front view (left side in FIG. 66 (a)). It is said.

  The right rotation unit 890 is formed in a plate shape with a predetermined thickness and is formed in an annular shape when viewed from the side. The right rotation part 890 is formed such that the inner diameter of the inner side of the ring is larger than the size of the right end part 811 of the base plate 810. As a result, the right end portion 811 of the base plate 810 can be inserted inside the right rotation portion 890. The right rotating portion 890 is mainly formed with a shaft hole 891 penetrating in the left-right direction and a sliding groove 892 that is curved and opened around the shaft hole 891.

  The shaft hole 891 is a hole into which a shaft portion 872 of an opening / closing member 870 described later is inserted, and has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion 872. Thereby, it can suppress that the axial part 872 of the opening-and-closing member 870 displaces with respect to the 1st display part 830. FIG.

  The sliding groove 892 is formed in a curved shape centered on the shaft hole 891, and the radius thereof is set to be the same as the distance between the protrusion 871 and the shaft portion 872 of the opening / closing member 870. Accordingly, the protrusion 871 of the opening / closing member 870 is inserted into the sliding groove 892, whereby the protrusion 871 can be slid inside the sliding groove 892 when the opening / closing member 870 is displaced.

  The left rotating portion 880 is formed in a plate shape with a predetermined thickness and is formed in an annular shape when viewed from the side. The left rotating part 880 is formed so that the inner diameter of the inner side of the annular ring is larger than the size of the left end part 812 of the base plate 810. Thereby, the left end portion 812 of the base plate 810 can be inserted inside the left rotating portion 880. The left rotating portion 880 mainly includes a wall portion 881 protruding in an annular shape from the inner edge portion, an engaging protrusion 882 protruding from the side wall, and a locking portion 883 in which inclined surfaces are continuously arranged on the inner edge portion. Formed in preparation.

  The wall portion 881 is formed to project to the left side of the rotating body 800 when viewed from the front. The wall portion 881 is provided with a gear tooth surface 881a on the outer peripheral surface of the protruding tip and a communication hole 881b that opens to the inside. The tooth surface 881a meshes with the transmission gear 881d as described above. Thereby, the driving force of the drive motor KM4 can be transmitted to the rotating body 800.

  The communication hole 881b is an opening that communicates the internal space and the external space of the rotating body 800, and can discharge a ball sent into the rotating body 800 by opening an opening / closing member 870 described later.

  As described above, the engagement protrusion 882 is a protrusion with which the rotation restricting member 780 is engaged. The engagement protrusion 882 is formed to protrude from the left side surface of the left rotation part 880 when viewed from the front. In addition, two engagement protrusions 882 are formed at positions separated by a predetermined distance, and a protrusion 782 of the rotation restricting member 780 is formed so as to be insertable therebetween.

  The locking portion 883 has a sawtooth cross section. When the left rotation portion 880 is disposed on the base plate 810, the tip of the protrusion 813 a of the reverse rotation prevention member 813 described above is brought into contact with the locking portion 883. As a result, when a rotational force that rotates the left rotating portion 880 in one direction is applied, the left rotating portion 880 can be rotated by sliding the protrusion 813a along the inclined surface of the locking portion 883. When a rotational force that rotates the left rotation portion 880 in the other direction is applied, the surface of the locking portion 883 is caught by the protrusion 813a and rotation is suppressed.

  As a result, it is possible to restrict the rotating body 800 from rotating in the direction opposite to the direction rotated by the rotational driving force of the drive motor KM4. It is possible to suppress the rotating body from rotating backward due to a collision or the like.

  Each of the first display unit 830 to the fourth display unit 860 is formed in the same curved shape, and can be formed into one annular shape by connecting the end faces thereof. In addition, the inner diameters of the first display unit 830 to the fourth display unit 860 formed into one ring are set to be approximately the same as the outer diameters of the left and right rotating units 880 and 890. Thereby, the 4th display part 860 can be formed in one column shape from the 1st display part 830 by arrange | positioning each display part 830-860 in the rotation parts 880 and 890 on either side.

  Further, the first display unit 830 to the fourth display unit 860 are each drawn with characters and patterns, and rotate as the driving force is transmitted from the left rotation unit 880 as described above. The player can visually recognize the pattern.

  The first display portion 830 is mainly formed by including an opening 831 opened in the curved surface, and a bearing portion 832 that opens to the shaft side and is formed to protrude in a U shape.

  The opening 831 is an opening in which an opening / closing member 870 described later is disposed, and is formed in an opening having an inner diameter substantially the same as the outer shape of the opening / closing member 870. The bearing portion 832 is formed in a size that allows the shaft portion 872 of the opening / closing member 870 to be inserted into the opened U-shaped portion. Therefore, the opening / closing member 870 can be rotationally displaced with respect to the first display portion 830 by inserting the opening / closing member 870 into the opening 831 and inserting the shaft portion 872 of the opening / closing member 870 into the bearing portion 832. The displacement mode of the opening / closing member 870 will be described later.

  The LED board 820 can emit LED light mounted on the LED board 820 when power is supplied. The LED board 820 is attached to the back side of the base plate 810.

  Next, opening / closing of the opening / closing member 870 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 69A is a side view of the rotating body 800 when the opening / closing member 870 is in a closed state. FIG. 69B is a side view of the rotating body 800 when the opening / closing member 870 is in the open state. In FIG. 69, when the opening / closing member 870 overlaps with other members, the outer diameter thereof is indicated by a chain line.

  The closed state of the opening / closing member 870 is a state in which the outer peripheral surface of the opening / closing member 870 is disposed substantially parallel to the outer peripheral surface of the first display unit 830. On the other hand, the open state of the opening / closing member 870 is a state in which the outer peripheral surface of the opening / closing member 870 is arranged so as to intersect the outer peripheral surface of the first display unit 830.

  As shown in FIG. 69 (a), the rotating body 800 in the closed state of the opening / closing member 870 has the protrusion 871 of the opening / closing member 870 at one end side of the sliding groove 892 of the right rotating portion 890 (in FIG. 69 (a), the shaft (Below the portion 872).

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 69 (b), in the rotating body 800 in the opened state of the opening / closing member 870, the protrusion 871 of the opening / closing member 870 is positioned on the other end side of the sliding groove 892 of the right rotation unit 890. That is, the opening / closing member 870 is displaced by the protrusion 871 sliding inside the sliding groove 892 of the right rotating portion 890.

  Next, the displacement of the protrusion 871 will be described with reference to FIG. FIGS. 70A and 70B are side views of the decoration unit 750. FIG. 70 (a) and 70 (b), the right side plate 764 of the box member 760 is shown in a transparent state.

  FIG. 70A shows a state in which the decoration unit 750 is in a closed state and the opening / closing member 870 is in a closed state. FIG. 70B illustrates a state in which the decoration unit 750 is in an open state and the opening / closing member 870 is in an open state.

  As shown in FIG. 70A, when the decoration unit 750 is closed, the outer edge portion of the right lid portion 773 is in contact with the protrusion 871. When the decoration unit 750 is closed, the outer diameter L7 from the rotation shaft on the lower half surface of the right lid portion 773 is made smaller than the distance L8 from the shaft of the right rotation portion 890 to one end side of the sliding groove 892 (L7). <L8).

  Further, the difference in dimension between L7 and L8 is set to be substantially the same as the outer diameter of the protrusion 871. Therefore, in a state where the outer edge portion of the right lid portion 773 is in contact with the protrusion 871, the protrusion 871 is displaced to one end side of the sliding groove 892. As a result, the opening / closing member 870 is closed. That is, when the decoration unit 750 is closed, the opening / closing member 870 can be prevented from being displaced to the open state.

  As shown in FIG. 70 (b), when the decoration unit 750 is opened, the concave portion 773b formed in the outer edge portion is displaced in accordance with the displacement of the right lid portion 773. In this case, the protrusion 871 is inserted inside the recess 773b. Thereby, the protrusion 871 can displace the sliding groove 892 to the other side. As a result, the opening / closing member 870 is opened by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP7 disposed between the shaft portion 872 and the first display portion 830.

  As described above, the opening / closing member 870 can be displaced to the opened state in accordance with the displacement of the lid member 770. Therefore, there is no need to provide a driving source for driving the opening / closing member 870 in the rotating body 800, so that the rotating body 800 can be made small.

  Further, the drive motor KM4 for displacing the opening / closing member 870 can also be used as a drive means for displacing the lid member 770. In this case, when the opening / closing member 870 and the lid member 770 are displaced by the driving force of separate driving means, the opening / closing member 870 and the lid member 770 may interfere with each other if a control failure occurs. And the lid member 770 can be mechanically coupled to synchronize their displacements, so that the opening / closing member 870 and the lid member 770 can be prevented from interfering with each other.

  As shown in FIG. 70 (b), when the opening / closing member 870 is opened, the front end side of the rotation is disposed above the winning opening 761 a of the box member 760. Thereby, a ball sent from a ball sending portion 711c of a ball receiving base 710, which will be described later, can be dropped onto the upper surface of the opening / closing member 870.

  In this case, the opening / closing member 870 is arranged such that the rotation tip side is above the shaft portion 872. Therefore, the sphere falling on the upper surface can be rolled to the inner side of the rotating body 800. The game ball that is rolled into the rotating body 800 is rolled onto the upper surface of the base plate 810 that is disposed inside the rotating body 800. Further, since the base plate 810 is inclined downward toward the left end 812 side, the ball rolled on the upper surface of the base plate 810 rolls toward the left end 812 and rotates from the inside thereof. It can be discharged out of the body 800. That is, the inside of the rotating body 800 can be used as a ball sending path.

  Further, as described above, the rotation body 800 is provided with the rotation regulating member 780 that regulates the rotation of the rotation body 800, so that the lid member 770 is displaced to the open position to expose the rotation body 800. When performing an effect, the effect of the effect can be enhanced by displacing the opening / closing member 870. On the other hand, the rotating body 800 may be rotated (spinned). Therefore, the configuration in which the lid member 770 displaced to the open position is formed so as to be able to regulate the displacement of the rotating body 800 is particularly effective, thereby allowing the player to visually recognize the rotating body 800 in an appropriate state. And can secure a production effect.

  Here, a gaming machine is known that includes a rotating member that is formed so as to be rotatable and whose outer surface around the rotation axis is disposed so as to be visible to a player. According to this gaming machine, the rotating member is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the player can visually recognize the display (symbol) on the outer peripheral surface while rotating the rotating member or stopping the rotating member. However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, there is a problem in that the rotation member is insufficiently utilized only as a member for holding a display for the player to visually recognize on the outer surface. . In other words, the rotating member is required to hold a display that can be visually recognized by the player, and is therefore relatively large. Therefore, while the occupied space increases, portions other than the outer surface are not utilized.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the rotating body 800 (rotating member) allows the internal space formed therein to communicate with the outside, and the opening 831 and the communication hole 881b formed so that the game ball can pass therethrough. Since the (communication port) is provided, the game ball flowing down the game area can flow into or out of the internal space through the opening 831 and the communication hole 881b. Therefore, the internal space of the rotator 800, which is a dead space, can function as a storage space for game balls or a pitching passage, and the rotator 800 can be used accordingly.

  In addition, in the conventional gaming machine described above, since only the effect mode in which the player can visually recognize the display on the outer peripheral surface can be formed when the rotating member is stopped, the change in the effect mode is scarce and the effect of the effect is insufficient. There was a problem of being.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the opening / closing member 870 (displacement member) is disposed on the outer surface of the rotating body 800 (rotating member) so as to be displaceable, the outer surface of the rotating body 800 is rotated or stopped. In addition to the production mode in which the player visually recognizes the display, the production mode of displacing the opening / closing member 870 can be formed, and accordingly, the production mode can be changed to increase the production effect.

  When the lid member 770 (displacement member) is displaced to the closed position (first position), a part of the outer surface of the rotating body 800 (rotating member) is formed by the opening / closing member 870. The space required for the rotating body 800 to rotate can be reduced accordingly. On the other hand, when the opening / closing member 870 is displaced to the open position (second position), the opening / closing member 870 protrudes outward in the radial direction of the rotating body 800, so that the player can easily recognize the displacement of the opening / closing member 870. It is possible to enhance the production effect. In addition, the rotating body 800 is rotated in a state where the opening / closing member 870 is disposed at the closed position, and when the rotation is stopped, the opening / closing member 870 is disposed (displaced) at the open position, thereby forming the outer surface of the rotating body 800. The part (opening / closing member 870) that has been visually recognized can be formed so as to protrude outward in the radial direction of the rotating body 800, and the interest can be enhanced.

  In addition, an LED base 820 that emits light to the base plate 810 is disposed in the internal space of the rotating body 800. Therefore, when the opening / closing member 870 is set to the open position, the outer surface of the rotating body 800 is opened, the internal space is communicated with the outside, and the light emitted from the LED base 820 can be emitted to the outside. On the other hand, when the opening / closing member 870 is set to the closed position, the outer surface of the rotating body 800 is closed, and light emitted from the LED base 820 can be blocked from being emitted to the outside. As a result, the production effect can be enhanced.

  Here, in order to make the rotating body 800 rotatable and displace the opening / closing member 870 on the rotating body 800, each of the rotating body 800 and the opening / closing member 870 needs a driving means, and the product cost is reduced. Is bulky. In addition, when a driving unit for displacing the opening / closing member 870 is mounted on the rotating body 800, the weight of the rotating body 800 increases, so that it is difficult to smoothly start or stop the rotation of the rotating body 800.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the opening / closing member 870 is displaced in accordance with the displacement of the lid member 770, and the lid member 770 and the rotating body 800 are displaced by the same drive motor KM4. The KM 4 can also be used to rotate the rotating body 800 and to displace the opening / closing member 870. Therefore, the product cost can be reduced. In addition, since it is not necessary to mount driving means for displacing the opening / closing member on the rotating body 800, the weight of the rotating body 800 can be reduced, and the rotation of the rotating body 800 can be started or stopped smoothly.

  Further, since the opening 831 (first communication port) and the communication hole 881b (second communication port) are formed at different positions, the opening 831 is used as an inflow port for allowing game balls to flow into the internal space from the outside, and the communication hole 881b. Can be used as an outlet from which the game ball flows out from the internal space to the outside. That is, even if the rotating body 800 (rotating member) is not rotated (maintained in the stopped state), the rotating body 800 can be used as a game ball sending path.

  Further, the opening 831 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800, and the communication hole 881b is formed on the end surface in the axial direction of the rotating body 800, so that the game ball into the internal space of the rotating body 800 (rotating member) The inflow can be easily seen by the player, and the game ball can be discharged while the rotating body 800 is maintained in the stopped state.

  That is, the outer surface of the rotating body 800 is disposed so as to be visible from the player. Since the opening 831 (inlet) is formed on the outer surface, the player can easily recognize the inflow of the game ball. On the other hand, when the communication hole 881b is formed on the outer surface of the rotator 800, when the rotator 800 is disposed at a rotation position where the communication hole 881b is located above, the game ball cannot flow out from the internal space. Since the communication hole 881b (outlet) is formed on the end surface of the rotating body 800 in the rotation axis direction, it is possible to form a state in which a game ball can flow out of the internal space regardless of the rotational position of the rotating body 800.

  A displaceable opening / closing member 870 (displacement member) is disposed inside the opening 831 (first communication port). When the opening / closing member 870 is displaced to the closed position (first position), the opening 831 is opened. When the opening / closing member 870 is shielded and the opening / closing member 870 is displaced to the open position (second position), the opening 831 is opened, so that the inflow of the game ball through the opening 831 is switched between the shielding state and the allowable state. be able to.

  Furthermore, one side of the opening / closing member 870 (displacement member) is pivotally supported by the rotating body 800 (rotating member) so that the opening / closing member 870 is displaced to the open position (second position). Therefore, the game ball flowing down the game area can be received by the upper surface of the opening / closing member 870. Therefore, when the opening 831 is formed as an inflow port, the game ball flowing down the game area can be easily introduced into the internal space of the rotating body 800 using the opening / closing member 870.

  In addition, the game ball flowing down the game area can be easily stopped on the upper surface of the opening / closing member 870. Therefore, for example, when a game ball inflow port is formed in the rotator 800, the game ball flowing down the game area can be easily introduced into the inflow port using the opening / closing member 870. In this case, when the game ball flowing down the game area is received by the opening / closing member 870, the rotating body 800 may be rotated by the load acting at that time or the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member. . Therefore, the configuration in which the lid member 770 displaced to the open position is formed so as to displace the rotation restricting member 780 and restrict the displacement of the rotating body 800 is effective. It is possible to easily maintain the state of overhanging at a predetermined position in the region.

  The shaft portion 872 of the opening / closing member 870 is disposed on the rotational direction side of the rotating body 800. In other words, the opening / closing member 870 (displacement member) is positioned on the front side in the rotational direction of the rotating body 800 (rotating member) with respect to the other side. Therefore, even when the opening / closing member 870 interferes with members disposed around the rotating member when the rotating body 800 is rotated, the force generated by the interference closes the opening / closing member 870 (displaces to the closed position). ) Direction. That is, when the rotating body 800 rotates, the opening / closing member 870 can be prevented from being displaced to a position where it protrudes by interfering with other members (second position). Moreover, it can suppress that the opening / closing member 870 engages with another member, and the rotation of the rotary body 800 is inhibited.

  Further, the base plate 810 (fixing member) disposed in the internal space of the rotating body 800 is not rotated with respect to the box member 760 (base member) in which the rotating body 800 is rotatably disposed. By rolling the game ball that has flowed into the internal space of the rotating body 800 from the opening 831 toward the communication hole 881b on the upper surface of the base plate 810, the game ball rampages in the internal space as the rotating body 800 rotates. Or it can suppress that rolling of a game ball is inhibited and it stays in internal space.

  As described above, since the opening / closing operation of the opening / closing member 870 is restricted by the displacement of the lid member 770, the opening / closing member 870 displaced to the open state (second position) interferes with members around the rotating body 800. Can be suppressed.

  As described above, in the rotating body 800, the communication hole 811b through which the wiring to the LED base 820 attached to the back side of the base plate 810 is inserted is opposite to the end surface of the rotating body 800 in which the communication hole 881b is formed. It is formed on the end face. Therefore, it is possible to easily secure a space that can be used for each of the communication hole 881b and the communication hole 811b.

  That is, when an electrical wiring is made to the LED base disposed inside the rotating body 800, the wiring is entangled by the rotation of the rotating body 800 when the wiring is inserted from the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800. It is preferable that the wiring is inserted from both ends of the rotating body 800. If the opening through which the game ball flows and the opening through which the game ball flows out are formed on both end surfaces in the axial direction of the rotator 800, it is difficult to secure a space through which the wiring passes.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the inflow port of the game ball of the rotator 800 can be the outer peripheral surface, one of the axial end surfaces of the rotator 800 is used as the outflow port of the game ball, and the other is inserted into the wiring. Since it can be used as a mouth, it is possible to easily secure a space for wiring.

  As a result, the game ball can be discharged smoothly through the communication hole 881b, and the wiring work to the opening of the electrical connection line (wiring to the LED board 820) can be easily performed. Further, since the communication hole 881b and the communication hole 811b can be separated as much as possible, it is possible to easily suppress the interference between the game ball that rolls the internal space of the rotating body 800 to the communication hole 881b and the electrical connection line.

  Next, the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700 will be described with reference to FIGS. 71 and 72. 71 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700, and FIG. 72 is a top view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the direction of the arrow LXXII in FIG. 71 and 72 show the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state.

  As shown in FIG.71 and FIG.72, the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700 are arrange | positioned in the position adjacent to the left-right direction. Further, in the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700 in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 72), the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440 is disposed at a substantially central position in the front-rear direction of the ball receiver 710.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 73, a mode of sending a ball from the lower displacement unit 400 to the rotation unit 700 will be described. FIG. 73 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700. FIG. 73 illustrates a state in which the lower displacement unit 400 is disposed in the first overhanging state.

  As shown in FIG. 73, the lower displacement unit 400 is in the first overhanging state, and the ball receiving portion 467 disposed inside the lower displacement member 440 receives the ball inside (the ball receiving operation was performed). When the launch operation is performed in the state), as described above, the sphere disposed inside the ball receiving portion 467 is discharged to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 from the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440.

  The sphere discharged from the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440 falls freely and falls to the sphere support 710 of the rotating unit 700 disposed on the right side in front view. As a result, a ball can be sent from the lower displacement unit 400 to the rotating body 800.

  Next, the configuration of the ball pedestal 710 will be described with reference to FIGS. 74 and 75. 74 (a) is a top view of the ball cradle 710, FIG. 74 (b) is a front view of the ball cradle 710, and FIG. 74 (c) is LXXIVc-LXXIVc of FIG. 74 (a). It is sectional drawing of the ball | bowl stand 710 in a line. FIG. 75 is an exploded perspective view of the ball holder 710.

  As shown in FIGS. 74 and 75, the ball receiving base 710 is connected to the tray receiving portion 711 formed in a box shape, the solenoid 712 disposed inside the tray receiving portion 711, and the solenoid 712. A displacement member 713 and a cover member 714 covering the solenoid 712 are mainly provided.

  The tray receiving portion 711 includes a bottom plate 711a that forms a bottom surface, a standing portion 711b that stands on the edge of the bottom plate 711a, a ball feeding portion 711c that protrudes from a part of the outer edge of the bottom plate 711a, and a ball feeding portion 711c. And a shaft hole 711d formed so as to penetrate the standing portion 711b standing on the edge portion.

  The bottom plate 711a is formed in a shape that bends downward toward the ball sending portion 711c described later. Thereby, the ball sent to the upper part of the baseplate 711a can be rolled to the ball sending part 711c side by the bending (inclination).

  The bottom plate 711a is made of a flexible material, and the bottom surface of the bottom plate 711a (bottom surface in FIG. 74 (c)) is subjected to embossing to form fine irregularities on the surface. Thereby, when the bottom plate 711a is molded, the ratio of thermal contraction can be made different between the top surface and the bottom surface, and the bottom plate 711a can be easily bent. In other words, the bottom surface to which the embossing process is applied is less likely to exert a force in a direction in which the bottom plate side is bent convexly when the bottom surface is thermally contracted by the unevenness. On the other hand, since the upper surface side is formed as a flat surface, a force pulling in the horizontal direction acts when the heat shrinks, and the end portion easily changes upward (the upper surface side easily forms a concave curve). Therefore, it is easy to bend in the direction in which the sphere easily rolls when thermally contracted. As a result, it is possible to suppress a defective product when the bottom plate 711a is molded.

  The standing portion 711b is a wall portion standing on the upper side in the gravity direction (upper side in FIG. 74 (c)) from the outer edge portion of the ball sending portion 711c. The standing distance of the standing portion 711b is set larger than the outer diameter of the sphere. Thereby, it can suppress that the ball | bowl sent to the upper part of the baseplate 711a falls below from the edge. In the present embodiment, the standing dimension of the standing part 711b is set to approximately 1.5 times the diameter of the sphere.

  The standing portion 711b is formed by connecting a central standing portion 711b1 that divides the region of the bottom plate 711a into two, and the standing portion 711b. The central standing portion 711b1 divides the upper region of the bottom plate 711a into a region where a ball is sent and the other is a region where a solenoid 712, which will be described later, is disposed.

  The ball sending portion 711c is formed on the front side of the bottom plate 711a. Further, the position in the left-right direction (FIG. 74 (a) left-right direction) is arranged on the right side (right side in FIG. 74) of the substantially center position of the bottom plate 711a. Further, the ball feeding portion 711c is protruded from the bottom plate and thus curved downward. Thereby, the ball sent from the bottom plate 711a can be dropped downward via the ball sending portion 711c. In addition, a winning hole 761a of the lid member 770 is disposed below the ball sending part 711c (see FIG. 72), and a ball falling from the ball sending part 711c can be sent into the winning hole 761a.

  A shaft portion 713a of a displacement member 713, which will be described later, is inserted into the shaft hole 711d. Thereby, the displacement member 713 can be rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft hole 711d.

  The solenoid 712 can displace the shaft inserted into the solenoid 712 by applying power to the piston. A transmission member 712 a is attached to the shaft of the solenoid 712. The transmission member 712a is a member that transmits the driving force of the solenoid 712 to a displacement member 713 described later, and a communication hole 712a1 is formed through the tip.

  The displacement member 713 is formed in a C-shaped cross section, and is mainly provided with a projection 713b projecting outside the C-shape at one end and a shaft portion 713a projecting inside the C-shape at both ends.

  The protrusion 713b is a protrusion inserted into the communication hole 712a1 of the solenoid 712, and is formed in a columnar shape having an outer diameter larger than the inner diameter of the communication hole 712a1. Thereby, the displacement of the solenoid 712 is transmitted to the displacement member 713 via the transmission member 712a.

  The shaft portion 713a is a shaft that is inserted into the shaft hole 711d. By inserting the shaft portion 713a into the shaft hole 711d, the displacement member 713 can rotate around the shaft of the shaft portion 713a. That is, the displacement member 713 is driven by the displacement of the solenoid 712.

  The cover member 714 is formed in an outer shape larger than the outer shape of the solenoid 712, is disposed above the solenoid 712 disposed on the upper portion of the bottom plate 711 a, and is fastened and fixed to the tray receiver 711. Thereby, the solenoid 712 can be fixed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 76, the sphere falling on the sphere receiving base 710 will be described. FIGS. 76A and 76B are cross-sectional views of the ball receiving base 710. FIG. 76 (a) and 76 (b) correspond to the cross section of the ball holder 710 in FIG. 74 (c).

  As shown in FIG. 76, the ball sent from the lower displacement member 440 of the lower displacement unit 400 freely falls in the direction of gravity, and the rotation of the ball receiving portion 467 causes the rotation unit 700 side (right side of FIG. 76 (a)). ). That is, it is dropped in the lower right direction when viewed from the front with respect to the bottom plate 711a of the ball receiving base 710.

  In this case, as described above, the bottom plate 711a is formed to be bent downward toward the ball feeding portion 711c, and the ball feeding portion 711c is formed on the right side with respect to the bottom plate 711a, so that the upper surface of the bottom plate 711a on which the ball falls. Can be an inclined surface that is inclined downward toward the right side. Accordingly, the displacement direction of the sphere and the inclination direction of the bottom plate 711a on which the sphere falls can be made closer to parallel.

  Thereby, as shown in FIG.76 (b), it can suppress that the ball | bowl which fell to the baseplate 711a bounces upwards (FIG.76 (b) upward). Therefore, it is possible to suppress a ball sent from the lower displacement member 440 of the lower displacement unit 400 to the ball receiver 710 of the rotation unit 700 from dropping from the ball receiver 710.

  Furthermore, the sphere that has fallen on the bottom plate 711a can be rolled to the ball sending portion 711c side with the momentum of the drop. Therefore, the rolling time of the sphere up to the ball sending part 711c can be shortened. As a result, a ball sent from the lower displacement member 440 to the ball receiving base 710 can be smoothly sent.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 77, the light emission of the ball receiving base 710 will be described. 77A and 77B are schematic cross-sectional views of the rotating unit 700 taken along line LXXVII-LXXVII in FIG. 77A shows a state where the decoration unit 750 is disposed in a closed state, and FIG. 77B illustrates a state where the decoration unit 750 is disposed in an open state.

  As shown in FIG. 77 (a), light emission to the ball receiving base 710 in a state where the decoration unit 750 is placed in the closed state is performed by the LED base 721 placed on the back side of the back base 720. .

  More specifically, the light emitted from the LED 721a of the LED base 721 is reflected on the back side of the lid member 770, and is incident on the bottom plate 711a of the ball receiving base 710. Further, as described above, since the bottom surface of the bottom plate 711a is subjected to the texture processing, the incident light can be irregularly reflected by the texture irregularities. Thereby, the entire bottom surface of the ball pedestal 710 can be made to emit light.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 77 (b), in the state where the decoration unit 750 is disposed in the open state, as described above, the transparent portion 771a is formed on the lid member 770. Therefore, the LED 721a of the LED base 721 is The light is transmitted without being reflected by the lid member 770. Since the rotator 800 is formed inside the lid member 770, the rotator 800 can be reflected by the outer peripheral surface of the rotator 800 and incident on the ball receiving base 710.

  Further, in this case, light is emitted from the LED 821 of the LED base 820 arranged on the back side of the base plate 810 by rotating the third display unit 850 of the rotating body 800 to the ball receiving base 710 side (upper side in FIG. 77B). The reflected light can be reflected from the inner wall of the rotator 800 and emitted from the third display unit 850.

  As described above, the inner wall of the third display unit 850 is textured, and a plurality of irregularities are formed on the surface. Therefore, the third display unit 850 can easily emit light to the outside of the rotator 800 than the other display units. Therefore, it is preferable to arrange the third display unit 850 on the ball receiving base 710 side.

  Next, a detailed configuration of the upper displacement unit 900 will be described with reference to FIGS. 78 to 84. First, a structure for displacing the upper displacement member 940 will be described with reference to FIGS. 78 to 80.

  FIG. 78 is a front view of the upper displacement unit 900. FIG. 79 is an exploded perspective front view of the upper displacement unit 900. FIG. 80 is an exploded rear perspective view of the upper displacement unit 900. 78 to 80 show a state in which the upper displacement member 940 is disposed at the retracted position (position disposed at the uppermost position with respect to the base member 910).

  As shown in FIGS. 78 to 80, the upper displacement unit 900 is disposed in the base member 910 disposed on the bottom wall portion 301 (see FIG. 6) of the back case 300 and the base member 910. A transmission member 920, a rotation member 930 that is rotatably connected to the base member 910 and displaced in accordance with the displacement of the transmission member 920, and one end that is slidably connected to the base member 410 and a rotation member 930. And an upper displacement member 940 that is displaced by being transmitted with a driving force from the rotation member 930.

  The base member 910 is formed by combining two horizontally long plate members in the front view in the front-rear direction, and includes a front base 911 disposed on the front side and a back base 912 disposed on the back side. A transmission member 920 and a rotation member 930 are disposed between the front base 911 and the back base 912.

  The front base 911 includes three sliding grooves 911c, 911d, and 911e penetrating in the front-rear direction (the depth direction in FIG. 78), a shaft support pin 911b protruding to the back side at the circumferential center position, and one end side of the front base. A shaft portion 911f that projects to the front (left side in front view) and an opening 911a that penetrates in the front-rear direction on one end side are mainly provided.

  The opening 911a is an opening through which the shaft of the drive motor KM5 disposed on the front base 911 is inserted to the back side. Thereby, the shaft of the drive motor KM5 disposed on the front side of the front base 911 can be inserted into the back side of the front base 911.

  The shaft support pins 911g and 911b are inserted through shaft holes of a transmission gear 922 and a transmission gear 923, which will be described later, and can hold the transmission gear 922 and the transmission gear 923 rotatably. That is, the shaft support pins 911g and 911b are formed in a cylindrical shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameters of the shaft holes of the transmission gear 922 and the transmission gear 923.

  The sliding groove 911c is formed penetrating in an arc shape centering on the axis of the shaft support pin 911b. The sliding groove 911c is an opening through which a shaft support pin 923a of a transmission gear 923 described later is inserted, and the radius of the arc is substantially the same as the distance from the shaft hole of the transmission gear 923 described later to the shaft support pin 923a. Is set. Thereby, when the transmission gear 923 is rotated in a state where the shaft support pin 923a is inserted into the sliding groove 911c, it is possible to suppress the collision between the shaft support pin and the inner wall of the sliding groove 911c.

  The sliding grooves 911d and 911e are grooves into which shaft supporting pins 951 and 952 of the upper displacement member 940 described later are inserted, and the width dimension in the short direction is set larger than the outer diameter of the shaft supporting pins 951 and 952. Is done.

  The sliding groove 911e is formed linearly in the longitudinal direction of the front base 911 (front view left-right direction). On the other hand, the sliding groove 911d is formed in an arc shape centered on the lower side of the front base 911. That is, the sliding groove 911e and the sliding groove 911d are formed non-parallel. Therefore, at different positions in the left-right direction, the distance dimensions between the two facing facing grooves 911e, 911d in the vertical direction are different. As a result, when the shaft support pins 951 and 952 are slid inside the sliding grooves 911e and 911d, the upper displacement member 940 is slid while rotating due to the difference in the distance between the upper and lower facings. The

  The shaft portion 911f is formed to protrude in a columnar shape on the front side. The shaft portion 911f can be inserted into a through-hole 931 formed at one end of a rotating member 930 described later, and can hold the rotating member 930 in a rotatable state. That is, the shaft portion 911 f is formed to have an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the through hole 931 of the rotating member 930.

  The back base 912 is a plate member that is attached to the back side of the front base 911 at a predetermined interval. The back base 912 is formed from a metal material. Thereby, the whole rigidity of the base member 910 can be improved. As a result, it is possible to prevent the base member 910 from being twisted when the relatively heavy upper displacement member 940 is disposed on the base member 910 formed in a horizontally long rectangle.

  The transmission member 920 is disposed between the front base 911 and the rear base 912 facing each other. The transmission member 920 mainly includes a transmission gear 921 coupled to the shaft of the drive motor KM5, a transmission gear 922 meshed with the transmission gear 921, and a transmission gear 923 meshed with the transmission gear 922. Formed.

  As described above, the transmission gear 921 is coupled to the drive motor KM5 by inserting the shaft of the drive motor KM5 disposed on the front side of the front base 911 into the shaft hole. Thereby, the transmission gear 921 can be rotationally displaced by the driving force of the driving motor KM5.

  The transmission gear 922 is meshed with the transmission gear 921 and the transmission gear 923 as described above. Thereby, the driving force for rotation of the transmission gear 921 can be transmitted to the transmission gear 923.

  The transmission gear 923 is formed with a shaft support pin 923a protruding to the front side at the outer peripheral edge portion thereof. Therefore, when the transmission gear 923 is rotated, the shaft support pin 923a is rotationally displaced around the axis of the transmission gear 923.

  The rotating member 930 is mainly formed of a through-hole 931 that is formed in a long rod shape on one side and is formed in the end portion on one end side in the front-rear direction, and an opening 932 that extends in the longitudinal direction at a substantially central position in the longitudinal direction. Formed in preparation.

  As described above, the through-hole 931 is an opening into which the shaft portion 911f of the front base 911 is inserted. By inserting the shaft portion 911f, the rotating member 930 can be rotated with respect to the front base 911. Can be held. Further, an urging spring SP8 is disposed at the tip of the shaft portion 911f. Thereby, the rotating member 930 is urged in a direction in which the other end side is lifted upward with respect to the front base 911.

  The opening 932 is a groove into which the shaft support pin 923a of the transmission gear 923 is inserted, and is formed so that the shaft support pin 923a can slide therein. As described above, when the transmission gear 923 is rotationally displaced to displace the support pin 923a, the support pin 923a is displaced inside the opening 932. Therefore, since the rotating member 930 is disposed in a state where one end thereof is rotatably supported, the rotating member 930 is rotated around the one end by the displacement of the shaft supporting pin 923a.

  In addition, an annular member 933 formed in a plate shape with a predetermined thickness on the back side is disposed on the other end side of the rotating member 930 while being formed in an annular shape when viewed from the front.

  On the front side of the annular member 933, two sliding grooves 933a that are recessed at symmetrical positions along the outer peripheral edge thereof are formed. The annular member 933 is a portion connected to an upper displacement member 940 described later, and the shaft portion 953 of the upper displacement member 940 is inserted inside. Further, the annular member 933 and the upper displacement member 940 are rotatably connected, and the upper displacement member 940 can be displaced as the rotation member 930 is rotationally displaced.

  A protrusion 961 of the upper displacement member 940 is inserted inside the sliding groove 933a. When the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced with respect to the rotating member, the protrusion 961 slides inside the sliding groove 933a. it can.

  Further, the arc axis of the sliding groove 933 a is arranged at a position different from the rotation axis of the upper displacement member 940 with respect to the rotation member 930. Thereby, when the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced with respect to the rotation member 930, the first opening portion 960 can be displaced. A detailed description of the first opening portion 960 will be described later.

  In addition, a shaft portion cover 913 and a deformation restriction cover 914 formed from a plate-like body are disposed in front of one end side (rotation shaft side) of the rotation member 930. The shaft cover 913 is disposed in front of the rotating shaft portion of the rotating member 930, and the rotating member 930 is prevented from rattling in the front-rear direction. The deformation restricting cover 914 is disposed at a position separated from the rotation shaft by a predetermined distance, and the rotation member 930 can be prevented from being deformed in the front-rear direction by the weight of the upper displacement member 940 disposed on the other end side.

  The upper displacement member 940 includes a base body 950 connected to the front base 911 and the rotation member 930, two first opening portions 960 that are rotatably disposed on the back side of the base body 950, and the base body 950. It mainly includes two second opening portions 970 that are rotatably disposed on the front side, and a variable portion 980 that is disposed on one end side.

  The base body 950 mainly includes two shaft support pins 951 and 952 that are formed to protrude from the back surface on one end side, and a shaft portion 953 that is formed to protrude from the back surface on the other end side.

  The shaft support pins 951 and 952 are protrusions inserted into the sliding grooves 911e and 911d of the front base 911 as described above. Therefore, when the upper displacement member 940 is driven by the rotating member 930, the shaft support pins 951 and 952 slide along the sliding grooves 911e and 911d, so that the upper displacement member 940 is slid in the left-right direction. And the other end side can be rotationally displaced downward.

  As described above, the shaft portion 953 is a protrusion that is inserted into the annular member 933 and connected to the rotating member 930, and is formed in a columnar shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the annular member 933. Thereby, the upper displacement member 940 can be rotatably connected to the rotating member 930. Therefore, when the rotating member 930 is rotationally displaced about one end by the driving force of the driving motor KM5, the driving force is transmitted to the upper displacement member 940 by the displacement of the annular member 933. As a result, the upper displacement member 940 can be displaced along the sliding grooves 911e and 911d.

  The first opening portion 960 is a plate member having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction, and two sheets are disposed on the back side of the base body 950. The first opening 960 is rotatably supported on the other end side of the base body 950. Further, the first opening portion 960 includes a protrusion 961 that protrudes toward the back side and is disposed inside the sliding groove 933 a of the annular member 933. Accordingly, when the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced with respect to the rotation member 930 due to the displacement of the rotation member 930, the protrusion 961 can be slid inside the sliding groove 933a.

  In this case, as described above, the curved axis of the sliding groove 933a is arranged at a position different from the rotational axis of the upper displacement member 940 with respect to the rotating member 930, so that the projection 961 slides inside the sliding groove 933a. Along with this, the first opening 960 pivotally supported by the base body 950 can be rotationally displaced.

  The second opening portion 970 is a plate member having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction, and two pieces are disposed on the front side of the base body 950. The second opening portion 970 is rotatably supported on the other end side of the base body 950. Also. The second opening 970 is formed with an engagement protrusion (not shown) that engages when the first opening 960 is displaced by a predetermined amount. Thus, as described above, when the first opening portion 960 is rotationally displaced about the shaft support portion when the upper displacement member 940 is subjected to a predetermined rotational displacement, the first opening portion 960 engages with the second opening portion 970. Thus, the second opening portion 970 can be rotationally displaced.

  Next, the displacement of the upper displacement member 940 will be described with reference to FIGS. 81 to 83. FIG. 81 is a front view of the upper displacement unit 900 in a state where the upper displacement member 940 is disposed at the retracted position. FIG. 82 is a front view of the upper displacement unit 900 in a state where the upper displacement member 940 is disposed at the intermediate position. FIG. 83 is a front view of the upper displacement unit 900 in a state where the upper displacement member 940 is disposed at the extended position.

  The retracted position of the upper displacement member 940 is the position in which the shaft support pins 951 and 952 are disposed on the other end side of the sliding grooves 911d and 911e of the front base 911 (right side in front view of the front base 911). It is. The overhang positions are positions where the shaft support pins 951 and 952 are arranged on one end side of the sliding grooves 911d and 911e of the front base 911 (left side in front view of the front base 911). Further, the intermediate position is a position where the upper displacement member 940 is displaced to an intermediate position between the retracted position and the extended position.

  As shown in FIGS. 81 to 83, when the upper displacement member 940 is displaced with respect to the front base 911, the upper displacement member 940 changes its longitudinal direction from a substantially horizontal direction (left-right direction in FIG. 81) to a substantially vertical direction ( 83 is vertically displaced.

  Further, along with the rotational displacement, the position of one end side of the upper displacement member 940 is displaced from the position of the right side end portion of the front base 911 to the substantially center position of the front view. That is, the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced while being slid when the rotating member 930 is rotated by the driving force of the driving motor KM5 as described above.

  In addition, the first opening 960 disposed in the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced with respect to the base body 950 when displaced from the intermediate position shown in FIG. 82 to the extended position shown in FIG. 83. Similarly, the second opening portion 970 that is displaced by engaging with the rotational displacement of the first opening portion 960 is also rotationally displaced with respect to the base body 950. Therefore, in the extended position, the longitudinal direction of the upper displacement member 940 is oriented in the vertical direction, and the first opening portion 960 and the second opening portion 970 are displaced.

  In the present embodiment, the upper displacement member 940 is formed in a shape simulating a human arm (including a hand). Accordingly, the first opening portion 960 and the second opening portion 970 are displaced from the first position to the third position, so that the player can visually recognize such a displacement that the human arm becomes thick. .

  Next, the variable unit 980 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 84 (a) is a front view of the variable portion 980, and FIG. 84 (b) is a rear view of the variable portion 980.

  As shown in FIGS. 84 (a) and 84 (b), the variable portion 980 is formed in a shape imitating a human hand, and a main body 981 that forms the back portion of the hand, and a main body 981 It is mainly formed with finger portions 982 to 986 that are connected to form a finger portion of the hand.

  A drive motor (not shown) is disposed inside the main body 981, and a variable plate (not shown) disposed therein can be displaced in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 84 (a)). Is done.

  The finger part 982 is a part corresponding to the thumb, and the base side is connected to the variable plate of the main body part 981. Thereby, the finger | toe part 982 can be displaced because a variable plate is piston-moved.

  The finger portions 983 to 986 are formed mainly including a first link RB1 disposed on the base side and a second link RB2 disposed on the distal end side.

  The first link RB <b> 1 is connected to the second link RB <b> 2 in a rotatable state at the distal end side, and is connected to the variable plate of the main body portion 981 at the base side. Therefore, when the variable plate of the main body 981 is caused to perform a piston motion, the second link RB2 can be displaced via the first link RB1 and the first link RB1. Thereby, the finger parts 983-986 can be displaced. In the present embodiment, the player can visually recognize the operation of opening and closing the fingers of the hand by displacing the finger portions 982 to 986.

  The front base 411 includes two sliding grooves 411a and 411b penetrating in the front-rear direction (the depth direction in FIG. 11), two cylindrical shaft support pins 411c and 411d protruding to the back side, and a shaft support pin 411d. And a curved wall portion 411e projecting in an arc shape with the axis as the axis.

  The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are holes through which the two protrusions 472 and 473 protruding from the back side of the lower displacement member 440 are inserted. The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are formed to extend in the left-right direction. Therefore, the lower displacement member 440 can be slid in the left-right direction by displacing the protrusions 472, 473 inserted through the sliding grooves 411a, 411b along the sliding grooves 411a, 411b.

  Further, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are each curved in an arc shape, and upward (from the top in FIG. 11) from the left (left side in FIG. 11) end to the right (right side in FIG. 11) end of the front base 411. ) Is opened. Furthermore, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are arranged at positions where the respective axes of the arcs are different, and the gap between the opposing portions in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 11) is narrowed from the left end to the right end.

  Since the distance between the protrusions 472 and 473 of the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440 does not change, when the lower displacement member 440 is slid along the sliding groove, the lower displacement member 440 is rotated. Can be displaced. That is, by changing the distance between the two sliding grooves 411a and 411b, the lower displacement member 440 can be rotated as it slides without applying a rotational driving force to the lower displacement member 440.

  The shaft support pin 411c is a protrusion that is inserted into a shaft portion 422a of a cam member 422 of the transmission member 420 described later, and is formed in a columnar shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft portion 422a. The pivot pin 411c is formed of a metal rod-like body and is fitted on the front base 411. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the shaft support pin 411c from being broken (damaged) when a force acts on the cam member 422 from the outer peripheral surface thereof in the axial direction.

  Next, the lower displacement member 2440 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 85 to 87. In the first embodiment, the case where the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are displaced in the same direction by the driving force of the drive motor KM2 has been described. However, the lower displacement member 2440 in the second embodiment includes the movable rack 2464 and the rack 466. It is displaced in the opposite direction by the driving force of the driving motor KM2. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as the said 1st Embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  First, the overall configuration of the lower displacement member 2440 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 85 and 86. FIG. 85 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement member 2440 in the second embodiment. FIG. 86 is a front view of the lower displacement member 2440. 86 shows a state in which the decorative member 450 and the front case 481 of the lower displacement member 2440 are viewed transparently.

  As shown in FIGS. 85 and 86, the lower displacement member 2440 in the second embodiment includes a base member 2470 connected to the front base 411, a case member 480 covering the front and rear of the base member 2470, and a case member 480. A transmission mechanism 2460 that is displaceably disposed between the base member 2470 and a decorative member 450 formed so as to cover the front and rear of the case member 480 is mainly provided.

  The base member 2470 is a plate member that is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and includes protrusions 472 and 473 that protrude from the rear surface on one end side, a standing wall 471a that stands from the edge on the other end side to the front side, A protruding wall 477 protruding in a U-shape opposite to the vertical direction from the upper end of the central portion in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 86), shaft portions 474, 475 protruding from the front side, and the shaft portion 474 Shaft portions 2470a and 2470b projecting upward from 475 are mainly provided.

  The shaft portion 2470a is a shaft member on which a transmission gear 2468a described later is rotatably supported, and is formed smaller than the shaft hole of the transmission gear 2468a.

  The shaft portion 2470b is a shaft member on which a transmission gear 2468b, which will be described later, is rotatably supported, and is formed smaller than the shaft hole of the transmission gear 2468b. As will be described later, the transmission gear 2468a and the shaft portion 2470a are arranged in a state where gear tooth surfaces engraved on the outer peripheral surface thereof are engaged. That is, the distance between the shaft portion 2470a and the shaft portion 2470b in the front view is set to a distance corresponding to the radius of the transmission gear 2468a and the transmission gear 2468b.

  The transmission mechanism 2460 is disposed in front of the base member 470, and includes transmission gears 461, 462, and 463, a drive motor KM 2 having a shaft portion coupled to the transmission gear 461, and a tooth surface that meshes with the transmission gear 463. A movable rack 2464 slidably disposed in front of the base member 470, a transmission gear 2468a meshing with the movable rack 2464, a transmission gear 2468b meshing with the transmission gear 2468a, and A rack 46 that meshes with the transmission gear 2468b and a ball receiving portion 467 that is rotatably disposed at one end of the rack 466 are mainly formed.

  The movable rack 2464 is formed in a rectangular plate-like body that is rectangular when viewed from the front, and includes a rack gear 464a engraved on the lower end surface, a rack gear 2464g engraved on the upper end surface, and a collision portion 464f projecting at the lower end portion. It is mainly provided with.

  The rack gear 2464g is meshed with a transmission gear 2468a described later. Thus, when the drive is transmitted from the drive motor KM4 and the rack 466 is displaced, the transmission gear 2468a can be rotated in accordance with the displacement.

  The transmission gears 2468a and 2468b are pivotally supported on the shaft portions 2470a and 2470b of the base member 2470, respectively, in a state of being engaged with each other as described above. Thus, when the transmission gear 2468a is rotated, the transmission gear 2468b is rotated. Further, the transmission gear 2468b is meshed with the rack gear 466a of the rack 466, and when the transmission gear 2468b is rotated, the driving force is transmitted to the rack 466 and the rack 466 is displaced.

  That is, the rack 466 can be driven by the driving force of the driving motor KM4. Note that the transmission gears 2468a and 2468b are partially disposed in positions shifted in the front-rear direction, so that the transmission gear 2468a is prevented from colliding with the rack 466 and the transmission gear 2468b is prevented from colliding with the movable rack 2464.

  Next, the displacement of the lower displacement member 2440 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 87 is a front view of the lower displacement member 2440. In FIG. 87, as in FIG. 86, the decorative member 450 and the front case 481 of the lower displacement member 2440 are shown in a transparent state.

  As shown in FIG. 87, when electric power is applied to the drive motor KM2 and the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the firing position by the transmission mechanism 2460 described above, the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are displaced in different directions. The

  More specifically, when the drive motor KM4 is rotated, the movable rack 464 is displaced to the other end side (left side in FIG. 87) of the lower displacement member 440. Along with this displacement, the transmission gears 2468a and 2468b are rotated, and the rack 466 is displaced to one end side (right side in FIG. 3). Thereby, the ball receiver 467 can be displaced to the third position.

  Therefore, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the first position, a displacement component that is opposite to the displacement direction of the ball receiving portion 467 can be formed. The change in the position of the center of gravity of the displacement member 2440 can be reduced by the displacement of the movable rack 464. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 2440 due to the change in the center of gravity position can be suppressed.

  Next, the lower displacement member 3440 in the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 88 to 93. In the first embodiment, the case where the ball receiving portion 467 is slid by the rack and pinion mechanism has been described. However, in the lower displacement member 3440 in the third embodiment, the ball receiving portion 467 is slid by the link mechanism. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  First, the overall configuration of the lower displacement member 3440 in the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 88 to 91. FIG. 88 (a) is a front view of the lower displacement member 3440 in the third embodiment, and FIG. 88 (b) is a rear view of the lower displacement member 3440. 89 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement member 3440, and FIG. 90 is an exploded perspective rear view of the lower displacement member 3440. 91 (a) and 91 (b) are front views of the lower displacement member 3440. FIG.

  91A shows a state in which the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 3440 is seen transparently, and in FIG. 91B, the decorative member 450 and the front case 3481 of the lower displacement member 3440 are seen transparently. The state is shown.

  As shown in FIGS. 88 to 91, the lower displacement member 3440 in the third embodiment includes a base member 3470 connected to the front base 411, a case member 480 covering the front and rear of the base member 3470, the case member 480 and the base. A transmission mechanism 3460 disposed displaceably between the member 3470 and a decorative member 450 formed so as to cover the front and rear of the case member 480 are mainly provided.

  The base member 3470 is a plate member that is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and includes protrusions 472 and 473 that protrude from the back surface on one end side, a standing wall 471a that stands from the edge on the other end side to the front side, A sliding wall 3470c formed continuously from the base end side of the standing wall 471a and standing at the lower edge of the base member 3470, and an upper end of the center in the left-right direction (FIG. 88 (a) left-right direction) A projecting wall 477 that protrudes in a U-shape that is opposite in the vertical direction from the front side to the front side, and an opening 479 that is recessed while extending from one end side to the other end side in the central portion of the base member 470 in the vertical direction. It is formed.

  The sliding wall 3470c is a wall portion that comes into contact with the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 and regulates the position (mode) of the ball receiving portion 467c. That is, it is formed to project to a position below the ball receiving portion 467. Thereby, the ball receiving portion 467 can be held with the opening of the U-shaped portion facing upward.

  In addition, the sliding wall 3470c is formed with a recess 3470c1 that is recessed below the end on the standing wall 471a side. The concave portion 3470c1 is a groove that receives the tip of the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 therein. Thereby, when the ball receiving portion 467 is slid to the standing portion side by the transmission mechanism 3460 described later, the ball receiving portion 467 can be received in the recess and the ball receiving portion 467 can be rotated. As a result, it is possible to cause the ball receiving portion 467 to perform a firing operation (an operation to discharge the sphere held inside the U shape to the outside of the lower displacement member 3440).

  The transmission mechanism 3460 includes a drive motor KM2 attached to a front case 3480, which will be described later, a first link member 3468 that is connected to a shaft of the drive motor KM2, and is rotatably disposed. A second link member 3469 connected in a rotatable state and a ball receiving portion 467 connected to one end side of the second link member 3469 are mainly provided.

  The first link member 3468 is formed of a rectangular horizontally long plate-like body, and has a shaft hole 3468b penetratingly formed at one end side, a connection hole 3468a connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM2, and a bulge to the other end side. It is mainly provided with a load portion 3468c to be formed.

  The shaft hole 3468b is a through hole into which a rotation shaft 3469a of a second link member 3469 described later is inserted, and is formed to penetrate in the front-rear direction with an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the rotation shaft 3469a.

  The connection hole 3468a is a hole that is fastened to the shaft of the drive motor KM2 as described above, and has an inner diameter that is substantially the same as the outer diameter of the shaft of the drive motor KM2. The shaft of the drive motor KM2 is fitted into the coupling hole 3468a and fastened, so that the first link member 3468 can be rotated by the drive force of the drive motor KM2.

  The load portion 3468c is formed to bulge to the other end side with respect to the connection hole 3468a. The load portion 346c is a member for applying a load for positioning the center of gravity of the first link member 3468 on the other end side from the connection hole 3468a, and is formed to bulge outward from the one end side.

  The second link member 3469 is formed in a rectangular horizontally long state and is disposed on the back side of the first link member 3468. The second link member 3469 is mainly formed with a rotating shaft 3469a that protrudes in a columnar shape from the other end side toward the front, and a through hole 3469b that is formed through the one end side in the front-rear direction.

  As described above, the rotation shaft 3469a is inserted into the shaft hole 3468b of the first link member 3468. Thereby, the 1st link member 3468 and the 2nd link member 3469 can be connected in the state which can be rotated.

  The through hole 3469 b is an opening for connecting the ball receiving portion 467 to the second link member 3469. Further, the through hole 3469b is formed smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 467b of the ball receiving portion 467. Therefore, the shaft hole 467b and the through hole 3469b of the ball receiving portion 467 are coaxially arranged, and a screw having a head larger than the width in the short direction of the opening 469 is opened from the back side of the base member 3470 and the shaft hole 467b. And the ball receiving portion 467 is connected to the second link member in a rotatable state.

  The case member 480 is a member that covers the front and back of the base member 470, and mainly includes a front case 3481 disposed on the front side of the base member 470 and a back case 482 disposed on the back side.

  The front case 3481 is formed in a rectangular horizontally long plate shape when viewed from the front, has an opening 3481d that passes through a position facing the drive motor KM2, a bottom wall portion 481b that protrudes from the lower end surface on the back side, and a lower edge portion. And a shaft hole 481c penetrating in the front-rear direction.

  The opening 3481d is a hole through which the shaft of the drive motor KM2 disposed on the front side of the front case 3481 is inserted on the back side, and has an outer diameter larger than the shaft of the drive motor KM2. Thereby, the driving force of the drive motor KM2 disposed on the front side of the front case 3481 can be transmitted to the first link member 3468 disposed on the back side.

  Next, the displacement of the lower displacement member 3440 will be described with reference to FIGS. 92 and 93. FIG. 92A is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the first position, and FIG. 92B is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the second position. FIG. 93A is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the third position, and FIG. 93B is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the second position.

  92A to 93B, the transition state of the lower displacement member 440 is illustrated in order. 92 (a) and 92 (b) or 93 (a) and 93 (b) illustrate a state in which the decorative member 450 and the front case 481 of the lower displacement member 3440 are viewed transparently.

  As shown in FIGS. 92 and 93, the lower displacement member 440 in the first position has the first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 in the longitudinal direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 92 (a)) and the longitudinal direction of the base member 3470. The first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 are arranged so as to overlap in the front-rear direction while being substantially parallel to the direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 92A).

  That is, the connection portion between the first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 is arranged on one end side (left side in FIG. 92A) of the base member 3470. Thereby, the 2nd link member 3469 is arrange | positioned at the one end side. As a result, the ball receiver 467 is disposed at the first position.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 92B, when the drive motor KM2 is rotated from the state of the first position and the first link member 3468 is rotationally displaced, one end side of the first link member 3468 is the base member 3470. Is displaced with respect to. Thereby, the 2nd link member 3469 connected to the one end side of the 1st link member 3468 is displaced. In this case, one end side of the second link member 3469 is coupled to the ball receiving portion 467 and is slidable along the opening 479 of the base member 3470, so that one end side of the second link member 3469 is the base member 3470. It is pushed out to the other end side. As a result, the ball receiving portion 467 connected to the other end of the second link member 3469 can be displaced to the second position.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 93 (a), when the drive motor KM2 is further rotationally displaced from the second position, and the first link member 3468 is rotated approximately 180 degrees from the first position. The connecting portion between the first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 is placed on the other end side of the base member 3470 with respect to the rotation axis. Accordingly, one end side of the second link member 3469 is further pushed out to the other end side of the base member 3470, and the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed at the third position.

  In this case, the tip of the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed inside the concave portion 3470c1, so that the ball receiving portion 467 is rotated by the urging spring SP2 and launched.

  Further, the load portion 3468 c of the first link member 3468 is displaced to one end side of the base member 3470. Thereby, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced with respect to the base member, it is possible to suppress the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 3440 from being changed. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 3440 can be suppressed.

  That is, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the first position, a displacement component that is opposite to the displacement direction of the ball receiving portion 467 can be formed. The change in the position of the center of gravity of the displacement member 3440 can be reduced by the displacement of the load portion 3468c. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 due to the change in the center of gravity position can be suppressed.

  Further, in the third embodiment, as shown in FIG. 93 (b), the ball receiving portion 467 can be retracted to the second position and the first position by continuing the rotation of the first link member 3468. Therefore, it is not necessary to switch the control of the drive motor KM2, and the displacement to the second position or the first position can be performed quickly.

  Accordingly, when the game ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, the position of the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 440 changes, so that the lower displacement member 3440 is easily rattled. Thus, rattling of the lower displacement member 3440 can be suppressed by quickly bringing the center of gravity position closer to the rotation axis of the lower displacement member 440.

  Further, by immediately displacing the ball receiving portion 467, the wobbling of the lower displacement member 3440 due to the reaction of the discharging operation when the game ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467 can be suppressed.

  That is, when the game ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, the load of the lower displacement member 440 is reduced by the amount of the discharged game ball, and the lower displacement member 3440 is likely to be displaced upward due to the reaction. By immediately displacing the ball receiving portion 467, a force that causes the base member 470 to be displaced downward by a reaction caused by the rotational displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 is applied, thereby canceling the reaction when the ball is discharged from the lower displacement member 3440. be able to.

  Next, the lower displacement unit 4400 in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 94 to 96. In the first embodiment, the case where the lower displacement member 440 arranged in the retracted state is formed so as to be able to perform the firing operation has been described. However, the lower displacement unit 4400 in the fourth embodiment includes the lower displacement member arranged in the retracted state. The firing operation of 440 is restricted. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as said each embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  First, the overall configuration of the lower displacement unit 4400 in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 94 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 4400 in the fourth embodiment. In FIG. 94, the decoration member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are shown in a transparent state, and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is shown by a chain line. FIG. 94 shows a state where the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed at the first position.

  As shown in FIG. 94, the lower displacement unit 4400 in the fourth embodiment is an opening that is opened in the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440 between the standing wall 471a and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481. 4471b is formed.

  In the opening 4471b, a distal end portion 4411g1 of an engagement wall 4411g described later is inserted. That is, the opening 4471b is larger than the tip portion 4411g1.

  The front base 411 is formed with an engagement wall 4411g formed in a substantially L shape that is continuous with the bottom surface of the recovery port 411f.

  The engagement wall 4411g can restrict the rotation of the ball receiving portion 467 at the third position (perform a firing operation) by inserting the tip end portion 4411g1 bent substantially in an L shape into the opening 4471b. . That is, the tip position of the tip portion 4411g1 is set to be substantially the same as the height of the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b of the lower displacement member 440 positioned in the retracted state.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 95 and 96, the state in which each member of the lower displacement unit 4400 is displaced will be described. 95 and 96 are front views of the lower displacement unit 4400. FIG. 95 and 96 show the state in which the decorative member 450 and the front case 481 of the lower displacement member 440 are transparent as in FIG. 94, and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is a chain line. Illustrated.

  FIG. 95 shows a state where the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed at the third position. FIG. 96 shows a state where the lower displacement member 440 is in the first overhanging state and the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed at the first position.

  As shown in FIG. 95, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the tips of the leg portions 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 come into contact with the upper surface of the tip end portion 4411g1 of the engaging wall 4411g to open the recess 481b1 or the opening. Intrusion to 4471b is restricted. As a result, the rotation of the ball receiver 467 is restricted.

  Therefore, when the ball receiving unit 467 is caused to perform a payout operation in order to discharge the ball sent onto the trajectory region of the ball receiving unit 467 to the outside of the lower displacement member 440, the ball receiving unit 467 at the third position. Can be prevented from being discharged and the game ball held inside the ball receiving portion 467 being discharged.

  That is, as the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the posture of the ball receiving portion 467 is changed when the game balls exceeding the specified number (one ball) are discharged from the track area of the ball receiving portion 467. Can be regulated. Therefore, it is possible to easily discharge only the game balls exceeding the specified number from the track area.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 96, when the lower displacement member 440 is displaced to the position of the first overhanging state (the position that is not the retracted position), the lower displacement member 440 is displaced relative to the base member 470. Therefore, the opening 4471b of the lower displacement member 440 and the engagement wall 4411g are separated from each other. Therefore, in the first overhanging state, the ball receiving portion 467 can be displaced to the third position to perform the firing operation.

  That is, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, when the game balls exceeding the specified number (one ball) are discharged from the track area of the ball receiving portion 467, the posture of the ball receiving portion 467 is changed. It is easy to maintain the state in which the ball receiving portion 467 holds the specified number of game balls by suppressing the change, while engaging when the lower displacement member 440 is displaced to the first and second extended positions. Since the wall 4411g is separated from the inner space of the opening 4471b, the leg 467a is engaged with the opening 4471b in accordance with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 to the third position, thereby changing the posture of the ball receiving portion 467. Thus, it is possible to easily discharge a prescribed number of game balls from the ball receiving portion 467.

  Next, a distribution unit 5500 in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 97 to 101. In the first embodiment, the case where the distribution member 540 rotates to form the storage state and the restriction state has been described, but the distribution member 540 in the fifth embodiment slides to form the storage state and the restriction state. To do. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as said each embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  First, the overall configuration of the distribution unit 5500 in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 97 to 100. FIG. 97A is a top view of the distribution unit 5500 in the fifth embodiment, and FIG. 97B is a rear view of the distribution unit 5500. FIG. 98 is an exploded perspective front view of the distribution unit 5500, and FIG. 99 is an exploded perspective rear view of the distribution unit 5500. FIG. 100 is a cross-sectional view of distribution unit 5500 taken along line CC in FIG. 97 (a). In FIG. 100, the outer shape of the sorting member 550 is indicated by a chain line.

  As shown in FIGS. 97 to 99, the distribution unit 5500 according to the fifth embodiment has a base plate 5520 formed in a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and is opposed to the base plate 5520 attached to the front side of the base plate 5520. A path forming member 510 that forms a plurality of flow paths through which balls can flow, a distribution member 5540 that is slidably attached to the back side of the base plate 5520, and a base plate that is attached to the end surface of the base plate 5520 The extended path member 530 that extends the flow path of the sphere formed between the 5520 and the path forming member 510 is mainly provided.

  The base plate 5520 includes two columnar shaft portions 5526 projecting to the back side, a first opening 5521 and a second opening 5522 penetratingly formed in a rectangular shape, and a U-shaped cross section where the upper end side opens to the side surface of the upper end. It is formed mainly including a rolling part 525 that is formed in a shape and extends in the left-right direction, and a locking part 524 that protrudes like a bowl on the back side.

  The shaft portion 5526 is formed so as to protrude two on the back side, and is inserted into two sliding grooves 5546 described later.

  The first opening 5521 and the second opening 5522 are openings through which a regulation plate 541 and a storage plate 5542 of a sorting member 5540 described later are inserted, and are openings having a width larger than the thicknesses of the regulation plate 5541 and the storage plate 5542. It is formed. Further, since the distribution member 5540 is slidably attached to the base plate 5520, the first opening 5521 and the second opening 5522 are larger in the sliding direction of the distribution member 5540 than the regulation plate 5541 and the storage plate 5542. An opening is formed.

  The distribution member 5540 is formed in a rectangular shape in front view, one of which is long, and has a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. The distribution member 5540 includes a regulation plate 5541 and a storage plate 5542 that protrude in a plate shape on the front side, and a sliding groove 5546 formed in a long hole substantially in the same direction as the extending direction of the regulation plate 5541 and the storage plate 5542. And a locking portion 544 formed like a bowl on the back side.

  The restricting plate 5541 is disposed at a connecting portion between the first pitching path KR1 and the second pitching path KR2 through the first opening 5521, and the game balls flowing down the first pitching path KR1 are in the second pitching path KR2. This is a plate member that restricts inflow into the first opening 5521, and the distance protruding from the first opening 5521 is set to be larger than the radius of the game ball.

  Further, the restriction plate 5541 is formed in a straight line when viewed from the front, and the extending direction thereof is set to be substantially the same as the sliding direction of the distribution member 540. Thereby, when the distribution member 5540 is slid and displaced, the displacement region of the restriction plate 5541 can be minimized. As a result, the opening area of the first opening 5521 can be minimized, and the rigidity of the base plate 5520 can be ensured.

  The storage plate 5542 is a plate member that is disposed on the second pitching path KR2 through the second opening 5522, and that flows the game ball flowing down the second pitching path KR2 to the upstream side of the storage plate 5542, and the second The distance protruding from the opening 5522 is set to a distance larger than the radius of the game ball.

  Further, the storage plate 5542 is formed in a straight line when viewed from the front, and the extending direction thereof is set to be substantially the same as the sliding direction of the distribution member 540. Thereby, when the distribution member 5540 is slid and displaced, the displacement region of the storage plate 5542 can be minimized. As a result, the opening area of the second opening 5522 can be minimized, and the rigidity of the base plate 5520 can be ensured.

  The sliding groove 5546 is a long hole that is formed to penetrate in the front-rear direction. The sliding groove 5546 has the shaft portion 5526 of the base plate 5520 inserted therein. Therefore, the shaft portion 5526 is inserted into the sliding groove 5546 and a screw or the like is fastened to the tip of the shaft portion 5526 from the back side, so that the sorting member 5540 is held in a slidable displacement state with respect to the base plate 5520. be able to.

  The sliding groove 5546 is formed in two places, and the respective longitudinal directions are formed in parallel. Thereby, the distribution member 5540 can be slid and displaced while suppressing the rotational displacement of the distribution member 5540.

  Next, the displacement of the sorting member 5540 will be described with reference to FIG. FIGS. 101A and 101B are partially enlarged views of the distribution unit 5500 in the range CI of FIG. 101A shows a state in which the distribution member 5540 is disposed at the storage position, and FIG. 101B illustrates a state in which the distribution member 5540 is disposed at the restriction position.

  As shown in FIG. 101 (a), in the state in which the distribution member 5540 is disposed at the restriction position, the storage plate 5542 is disposed in the shape of the third pitching path KR3, and the restriction plate 5541 is disposed on the back side of the path formation member 510. It arrange | positions inside the recessed part 518 formed in a wall.

  In this case, the distance L9 between the tip of the storage plate 5542 that protrudes to the inside of the third pitching path KR3 and the inner wall of the third pitching path that faces the tip is made smaller than the diameter of the game ball. Therefore, the balls sent from the upstream of the third pitching route KR3 (first pitching route KR1) are stopped upstream of the storage plate 5542.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 101 (b), in the state in which the sorting member 5540 is disposed at the restriction position, the restriction plate 5541 is disposed at the connecting portion between the first ball feeding path KR1 and the third ball feeding path KR3. The restricting plate 5541 is disposed at the connecting portion between the first pitching path KR1 and the third pitching path KR3, and the storage plate 5542 is disposed inside the recess 519 formed on the wall on the back side of the path forming member 510. The

  In this case, the distance dimension L10 from the end of the restricting plate 5541 protruding to the inside of the first pitching path KR1 to the inner wall of the entrance of the third pitching path KR3 is made smaller than the diameter of the game ball. Therefore, the ball flowing down the first pitching route KR1 collides with the regulation plate 5541 and is sent to the second pitching route KR2.

  That is, by switching the sorting member 5540 between the restriction position and the storage position, a ball that is sent on the first pitching path KR1 is sent to the third pitching path KR3 and stopped on the third pitching path KR3; It is possible to form a state where a sphere flowing down the first pitching route KR1 cannot flow into the third pitching route KR3 and is sent to the second pitching route KR2.

  Therefore, by sliding and displacing one sorting member 5540, the flow path of the sphere can be reliably switched to either one when the flow path is divided into two flow paths.

  Further, the restriction plate 5541 (distribution means) is formed so as to be capable of appearing and retracting with respect to the first pitching path KR1 (downflow path) or the third pitching path KR3 (first branch path), and the position of the appearing and sinking is It is an inner wall on the extension line in the downstream direction at the downstream end of the one-sending path KR1. Therefore, the restriction plate 5541 can be protruded at a position close to the game ball flowing down from the lower end side of the first pitching route KR1. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the time required from the start of projecting the restriction plate 5541 to the flow-down passage or the third pitching path KR3 (first branch passage) until the game balls can be distributed. As a result, it is possible to reliably switch the distribution destination by the restriction plate 5541.

  Further, the restricting plate 5541 (distribution means) is projected to the third pitching path KR3 (first branch path), thereby allowing the game balls flowing down the first pitching path KR1 (downflow path) to pass through the second pitching path ( Since the projecting direction of the restriction plate 5541 is set to the direction toward the upstream end of the second pitching path KR2, the game ball flowing down the first pitching path KR1 is projected. When it comes into contact with the regulation plate in the middle of the game, the game ball can be pushed into the second pitching path KR along with the protruding operation of the regulation plate. As a result, the distribution to the second pitching route KR2 can be performed more reliably.

  Next, a rotation unit 6700 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In the first embodiment, a case has been described in which the load gear 731e is connected to drive the rotating body 800 and the operation of the rotating body 800 is restricted by inertial force. The gear 731e is removed. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as said each embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  First, the overall configuration of the rotation unit 6700 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 102 is a front view of the rotation unit 6700 according to the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 103 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotation unit 6700. FIG. 104 is an exploded perspective rear view of the distribution unit 6500.

  As shown in FIGS. 102 to 104, the rotation unit 6700 includes a decoration unit 6750 that includes a rotating body 800 that rotates and displaces, a ball holder 710 that is disposed above the decoration unit 6750 in the gravity direction, and the ball holder. 710 and the rear base 720 disposed on the rear side of the decoration unit 6750, the left transmission member 730 disposed on the left side in front of the decoration unit 6750, and the crank cover 743 disposed on the right side in front of the decoration unit 6750. And are mainly provided.

  The decoration unit 6750 is mainly formed by including a box member 760 formed in a box shape whose upper side in the gravity direction is opened, and a rotating body 800 rotatably disposed inside the box member. That is, in the first embodiment, the decoration unit 750 is formed with the rotating body 800 disposed inside the box member 760 and the lid member 770, but in the sixth embodiment, the decoration unit 750 is formed with the lid member 770 removed. The

  The left transmission member 730 is attached to the drive motor KM4 disposed on the left side surface (left side in FIG. 102) of the decoration unit 750, the transmission member 6731 that transmits the driving force of the drive motor KM4, and the drive motor KM4. A motor base 732, a gear cover 733 that covers the transmission member 6731, and a ball path cover 734 that is attached to the gear cover 733 and formed with a predetermined gap between the gear cover 733 and the opposite side of the gear cover 733 are mainly used. Formed in preparation.

  The transmission member 6731 includes a transmission gear 731a attached to the shaft of the drive motor KM4, a transmission gear 6731b meshed with the transmission gear 731a, a transmission gear 731c meshed with the transmission gear 6731b, and the transmission gear 731c. And a transmission gear 731d disposed adjacent to each other and coaxially by a shaft 735.

  The transmission gear 6731b is a gear that transmits driving force to the transmission gear 731c. In the first embodiment, the one-way clutch OW1 is attached inside the transmission gear 731b. However, the one-way clutch OW1 is removed from the transmission gear 6731b in the sixth embodiment. Further, since the transmission gear 731c and the transmission gear 731d are the same as those in the first embodiment, detailed description thereof is omitted.

  Therefore, when driving force in one direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4, rotational driving force can be transmitted to the shaft 735, and when driving force in the other direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4, the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is transmitted. As a result, the outer ring slides (idles), and the transmission of the driving force to the shaft 735 is interrupted.

  Next, the rotation of the rotating body 800 will be described with reference to FIGS. 105 and 106. 105 (a) to 105 (c) are side views of the decoration unit 6750 as viewed in the direction of arrow CV in FIG. 104. FIGS. 106 (a) to 106 (c) are views in the direction of arrow CV in FIG. It is a side view of the decoration unit 6750 in FIG.

  105 and 106 show a state where the left side plate 765 of the box member 760 is viewed transparently. 105 (a) to 105 (c) sequentially illustrate the manner in which the center of gravity G of the rotator 800 displaces the second section DK2. In FIGS. 106 (a) to 106 (c), the rotator is illustrated. A mode in which the center of gravity G of 800 displaces the first section DK1 is sequentially illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 105, the rotating body 800 is rotationally displaced clockwise (clockwise) when viewed from the left (viewed in FIG. 105) when a driving force in one direction is transmitted from the drive motor KM4.

  The rotating body 800 is formed asymmetrically around the rotation axis as described above, and the center of gravity G is arranged at a position different from the rotation axis. Therefore, the rotator 800 is rotated from the state where the center of gravity G shown in FIG. 106 (a) is arranged above the rotation axis, and the center of gravity G shown in FIG. 106 (b) is displaced to a position substantially horizontal to the rotation axis. When starting, a force that rotates in the rotational direction is applied by the load.

  Therefore, the engagement of the roller interposed between the outer ring and the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1 arranged in the transmission gear 731c is released, and the outer ring (rotating body 800 side) precedes the inner ring (drive motor side). And is in a state of being driven. That is, in the second section, the rotation speed of the rotating body 800 can be rotated faster than the rotation speed of the drive motor KM4.

  Note that the rotating body 800 that rotates in the second section DK2 with the load is rotated by the load to a position where the center of gravity G shown in FIG.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 106, when the center of gravity G of the rotating body 800 is displaced in the first section DK1, the load of the rotating body 800 acts in the direction opposite to the rotating direction. Therefore, the rotator 800 is rotated according to the rotation speed of the drive motor KM4.

  Therefore, in the sixth embodiment, the displacement speed of the rotating body 800 in the second section DK2 can be made faster than the displacement speed of the rotating body 800 in the first section DK1. As a result, a change can be given to the displacement mode of the rotator 800 and the effect of following the displacement of the rotator 800 can be enhanced.

  Next, a seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In the first embodiment described above, the case has been described in which the lid member 770 causes the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 to precede the inner ring by its own weight (that is, the displacement speed of the lid member 770 is increased). The displacement member 7710 in the embodiment uses the weight of the game ball to cause the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 to precede the inner ring (ie, increase the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  107 and 108 are schematic side views of the displacement unit 7700 in the seventh embodiment. 107 schematically illustrates a state in which the displacement member 7710 is disposed at the raised position, and FIG. 108 schematically illustrates a state in which the displacement member 7710 is disposed at the lowered position.

  As shown in FIGS. 107 and 108, the displacement unit 7700 transmits a displacement member 7710 that is formed to be slidable and a rotational driving force of a driving means (not shown, for example, an electric motor) to the displacement member 7710. And a load gear 7730 that is rotated in accordance with the sliding displacement of the displacement member 7710.

  The displacement member 7710 is a member that is supported so as to be linearly displaced along a virtual line L1 by a support mechanism (not shown). A driven pin 7711 that protrudes from a side surface of the displacement member 7710 and a lower surface of the displacement member 7710. A rack gear 7712 engraved along the imaginary line L1 and a ball receiving member 7713 rotatably supported at the tip of the displacement member 7710 are mainly provided.

  The imaginary line L1 is set as a straight line that inclines downward from the ascending position shown in FIG. 107 toward the descending position shown in FIG. That is, in the raised position, the displacement member 7710 is positioned above the gravity direction than the lowered position.

  The driven pin 7711 is a member that is slidably inserted into the driving groove 7723b in the arm member 7723 of the transmission member 7720, and is formed as a cylindrical body having an outer shape slightly smaller than the groove width of the driving groove 7723b. A load gear 7730 is engaged with the rack gear 7712, and the load gear 7730 is rotated in accordance with the slide displacement of the displacement member 7710.

  The ball receiving member 7713 is a member for holding a game ball on the upper surface of the displacement member 7710, and is rotated about the rotation shaft 7713a, so that the standing state shown in FIG. 107 and the tilted state shown in FIG. It can be formed. In the standing state, one end side protrudes from the upper surface of the displacement member 7710, so that the game ball can be held (see FIG. 109). On the other hand, in the tilted state, one end side is positioned below the upper surface of the displacement member 7710, so that the game ball can be discharged from the upper surface of the displacement member 7710 (see FIG. 110).

  The ball receiving member 7713 is maintained in an upright state by an urging force acting from an urging spring (not shown) (for example, a torsion spring). On the track of the displacement member 7710 (ball receiving member 7713), an engagement pin 7740 is fixed. When 7740 is engaged, the ball receiving member 7713 is rotated to be in a tilted state. On the other hand, when the displacement member 7710 is slid to the raised position, the ball receiving member 7713 is rotated by the elastic recovery force of the urging spring and returned to the tilted state.

  The transmission member 7720 is provided with a disk-like rotation member 7721 that is rotationally driven by the above-described drive means (not shown), and protrudes from the end surface in the axial direction of the rotation member 7721 and is eccentric from the rotation center of the rotation member 7721. It mainly includes a columnar drive pin 7722 and an arm member 7723 in which a driven groove 7723a into which the drive pin 7722 is slidably inserted on one end side is formed.

  A one-way clutch OW1 is interposed between the rotating member 7721 and the driving means. Specifically, in the one-way clutch OW1, when the inner ring is connected to the driving means, the outer ring is connected to the rotating member 7721, and the inner ring is rotationally driven in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 107) by the driving means, The rotational driving force is transmitted to the outer ring (that is, the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the direction of arrow A), while the inner ring is driven to rotate in the direction opposite to the direction of arrow A (counterclockwise in FIG. 107) by the driving means. The power transmission to the outer ring (rotating member 7721) is cut off.

  In the arm member 7723, a driving groove 7723b into which the driven pin 7711 of the displacement member 7710 is slidably inserted is formed on the other end side opposite to the one end side where the driven groove 7723a is opened. In addition, between the driven groove 7723a and the driving groove 7723b (intermediate portion) is rotatably supported by the rotation shaft 7723c.

  Note that the drive pin 7722 is formed as a cylindrical body having an outer shape slightly smaller than the groove width of the driven groove 7723a. The driven grooves 7723a and the driving grooves 7723b are formed as linear grooves along the longitudinal direction of the arm member 7723.

  According to the displacement unit 7700 formed as described above, when the rotation member 7721 is rotated in the arrow A direction (clockwise in FIG. 107) from the state where the displacement member 7710 is disposed at the raised position illustrated in FIG. The driving pin 7722 acts on the inner wall surface of the driven groove 7723a, and the arm member 7723 is rotated about the rotation shaft 7723c in the clockwise direction in FIG. As the arm member 7723 rotates in the clockwise direction, the inner wall surface of the drive groove 7723b acts in a direction to push down the driven pin 7711, so that the displacement member 7710 is slid along the virtual line L1. Is disposed at the lowered position shown in FIG.

  On the other hand, when the rotation member 7721 is further rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 107) from the state where the displacement member 7710 is disposed at the lowered position shown in FIG. 108, the drive pin 7722 is moved into the driven groove 7723a. Acting on the wall surface, the arm member 7723 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 107 about the rotation shaft 7723c. As the arm member 7723 rotates counterclockwise, the inner wall surface of the drive groove 7723b acts in a direction to push up the driven pin 7711, so that the displacement member 7710 is slid along the imaginary line L1. The raised position is indicated at 107.

  Here, like the load gear 731e in the first embodiment, the load gear 7730 is formed so as to generate a predetermined amount of resistance when rotating. Thus, the weight (self-weight) of the displacement member 7710 acts on the arm member 7723, and the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 107), so that the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 Therefore, it is possible to suppress the preceding in one direction (the direction of arrow A). That is, in a state where the game ball is not held, it is possible to suppress an increase in the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 when moving from the raised position to the lowered position.

  That is, while the rotation member 7721 is rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIGS. 107 and 108) by the rotation drive force of the drive means, the displacement is performed at a slide speed corresponding to the rotation drive speed of the rotation drive means. The member 7710 is reciprocated (slided) between the raised position and the lowered position.

  109 and 110 are schematic side views of the displacement unit 7700 when the game ball is held on the displacement member 7710. FIG. 109 schematically illustrates a state in which the displacement member 7710 is disposed at the raised position, and FIG. 110 schematically illustrates a state in which the displacement member 7710 is disposed at the lowered position.

  As shown in FIGS. 109 and 110, the displacement member 7710 is formed on its upper surface so as to hold a game ball. In other words, in this embodiment, the displacement unit 7700 is disposed in the game area where the game ball flows down, and the game ball that flows down is formed so that the displacement member 7710 can receive on the upper surface thereof. FIG. 109 illustrates a state in which four game balls indicated by a symbol T are held on the upper surface of the displacement member 7710.

  In this case, in a state where the displacement member 7710 holds the game ball, the weight of the displacement member 7710 as a whole is increased (heavy) by the weight of the game ball to exceed the resistance associated with the rotation of the load gear 7730. Can be made. That is, the weight of the entire displacement member 7710 (the weight including the game ball) is applied to the arm member 7723, and the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 109), whereby the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1. Can precede the inner ring in one direction (arrow A direction). As a result, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 when moving from the raised position to the lowered position can be made faster than the displacement speed when the game ball is not held (see FIG. 107).

  Further, the weight of the entire displacement member 7710 can be varied according to the number of game balls held. Thereby, not only whether or not the game ball is held on the displacement member 7710, but also the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 can be varied (changed) depending on the number of game balls held. As a result, the variation of the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 can be increased, and the effect effect of the effect accompanying the displacement of the displacement member 7710 can be enhanced accordingly.

  As described above, the ball receiving member 7713 is disposed at the distal end (the end portion on the downward inclined side) of the displacement member 7710. Therefore, when the displacement member 7710 (the upper surface or the ball receiving member 7713) receives the game ball flowing down the game area, the force applied to the displacement member 7710 from the game ball slides toward the lowered position. It can act as a displacement force. That is, this force can be applied to the direction in which the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 precedes the inner ring in one direction (arrow A direction) via the arm member 7723 and the rotating member 7721.

  As a result, when the game ball flowing down is received by the displacement member 7710 (the upper surface or the ball receiving member 7713), the kinetic energy of the game ball is used to slide in the direction toward the lowered position of the displacement member 7710. The displacement speed of the displacement can be further increased.

  In this case, the flowing game balls have different flow directions and flow speeds. Therefore, the force (the magnitude of the kinetic energy) applied to the displacement member 7710 can be varied in accordance with the difference in the flow-down state (flow direction and flow speed) of the game ball to be received. As a result, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 is changed (changed) not only depending on whether or not the game ball is held on the displacement member 7710 and the number of game balls held, but also on the flow-down state of the game ball. Can). As a result, the variation of the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 can be increased, and the effect effect of the effect accompanying the displacement of the displacement member 7710 can be enhanced accordingly.

  In the seventh embodiment, since the rotation direction of the rotation member 7721 is one direction, there is no need to switch the drive direction of the drive means. In other words, the displacement member 7710 can be reciprocally displaced by continuously rotating the rotating means in one direction. Therefore, the time for switching the driving direction of the driving means can be eliminated. As a result, the displacement member 7710 can be immediately displaced by the amount that does not require switching of the driving means.

  In this case, by immediately displacing the displacement member 7710, the ball receiving member 7713 is rotationally displaced, and due to a reaction when the game ball received by the displacement member 7710 (the upper surface or the ball receiving member 7713) is dropped. Shaking of the displacement member 7710 can be suppressed.

  That is, when a game ball is dropped from the displacement member 7710 (ball receiving member 7713), the load of the displacement member 7710 is reduced by the amount of the dropped game ball, and the displacement member 7710 is likely to be displaced upward by reaction. However, by displacing the displacement member 7710 immediately, the reaction caused by the displacement of the ball receiving member 7713 causes a force to displace the displacement member 7710 downward, thereby canceling the reaction when the sphere is dropped from the displacement member 7710. be able to.

  The game ball flowing down the game area is not limited to the game ball moving along the gravity direction on the front surface (front surface) of the game board 13, but also includes a game ball moving in a direction different from the gravity direction. As a game ball that moves in a direction different from the direction of gravity, for example, a game ball that moves in a direction different from the direction of gravity by colliding with a nail, a tulip, an accessory, etc. Thus, a game ball that moves in a direction different from the direction of gravity is exemplified.

  Here, in this embodiment, by providing the load gear 7730, when the displacement member 7710 does not hold the game ball (see FIG. 107), the displacement member 7710 is slid and displaced toward the lowered position. The outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is configured not to precede the inner ring in one direction (the direction of arrow A) (that is, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 does not increase).

  On the other hand, when the load gear 7730 is omitted or the resistance of the load gear 7730 is set to a small value and the displacement member 7710 is slid to the lowered position, the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is It may be configured to advance in one direction (the direction of arrow A) (that is, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 increases). That is, only the weight (self-weight) of the displacement member 7710 acts on the arm member 7723, and the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 becomes the inner ring even when the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 107). Alternatively, it may be preceded.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 111 to FIG. 114, an upper plate 8017 in the eighth embodiment will be described. In the upper plate 8017 in the eighth embodiment, a rotation operation unit 8650 is disposed at a substantially central position in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  First, the overall configuration of the rotation operation unit 8650 according to the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 111 to 113. FIG. 111 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 according to the eighth embodiment. FIG. 112 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotation operation unit 8650. FIG. 113 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the pachinko machine 10 taken along line CXIII-CXIII in FIG.

  As shown in FIGS. 111 to 113, the rotation operation unit 8650 is disposed in the inner space of the upper plate 8017 of the pachinko machine 10, and the outer peripheral surface of the rotation operation unit 8654 described later protrudes outward from the upper plate 8017. It is arranged in the state.

  The rotation operation unit 8650 includes a drive motor KM6, a transmission gear 8651 coupled to the shaft portion of the drive motor KM6, a transmission gear 8852 meshed with the outer peripheral surface of the transmission gear 8651, and a shaft of the transmission gear 8852. A shaft portion 8653 fitted in the hole, a one-way clutch OW1 in which an inner ring is fitted on the shaft portion 8653, and a rotation operation portion 8654 in which an outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is fitted are mainly formed. .

  Transmission gear 8651 is coupled to the shaft of drive motor KM6. Therefore, the transmission gear 8651 can be rotated by applying a rotational driving force to the drive motor KM6. As described above, the transmission gear 8651 is disposed in a state where the transmission gear 8852 is engaged. Therefore, when a rotational driving force is applied to the drive motor KM6, the transmission gear 8651 can be rotated via the transmission gear 8651.

  The shaft portion 8653 is a rod member formed in a columnar shape, and the axial length thereof is longer than the width dimension of the rotation operation portion 8654 in the left-right direction. As described above, one of the shaft portions 8653 is fitted in the shaft hole of the transmission gear 8852, and the other is inserted into the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1. As a result, the driving force when the transmission gear 8852 is rotated can be transmitted to the one-way clutch OW1.

  As described above, the one-way clutch OW1 is formed by the inner ring, the outer ring, and the roller engaged between them. When the inner ring is rotated in one direction, the rotation of the inner ring can be transmitted to the outer ring and the inner ring is moved in the other direction. When rotated, the rotation of the inner ring can be made non-transmitted to the outer ring.

  The rotation operation unit 8654 is formed in an annular shape, and is disposed in a state in which a part of the outer peripheral surface protrudes from the upper plate 8017. Further, the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is fitted in the inner circle of the rotation operation unit 8654. That is, the inward tilt of the rotation operation unit 8654 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer diameter of the one-way clutch OW1. Therefore, rotation is transmitted to the rotation operation unit 8654 by rotating the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1.

  As a result, when the drive motor KM6 is driven and rotated in one direction, the rotation is transmitted to the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 via the transmission gears 8651 and 8852 and the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1, and the rotation operation unit 8654. Is rotated. On the other hand, when the drive motor KM6 is driven and rotated in the other direction, the inner ring and the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 are not transmitted and the transmission of the rotational drive to the rotation operation unit 8654 is blocked.

  Next, a case where the player operates the rotation operation unit 8654 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 114 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the pachinko machine 10. Note that the cross section in FIG. 114 corresponds to FIG. 113.

  As described above, the rotation operation unit 8654 rotates the rotation operation unit 8654 by rotating the drive motor KM6, rotating the rotation operation unit 8654, and non-rotating the rotation of the drive motor KM6. A mode in which the displacement is stopped can be formed.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 114, when the drive motor KM6 is rotated in one direction and the rotation operation unit 8654 is rotated in the A direction, the player operates the outer peripheral surface of the rotation operation unit 8654 to rotate the rotation operation unit. When a rotational force is generated in the same direction as the rotation A direction in 8654, the outer peripheral surface of the one-way clutch OW1 and the rotation operation unit 8654 are rotated in advance. That is, the rotation operation unit 8654 can be operated at a rotation speed faster than the rotation speed of the drive motor KM6 by the player's operation.

  Further, when the rotation operation unit 8654 is not rotated (the drive motor KM6 is not rotated), the player applies a driving force to the rotation operation unit 8654 in the rotation A direction so that the rotation operation unit 8654 is rotationally displaced. be able to.

  Therefore, in the eighth embodiment, the rotation operation unit 8654 not only forms a non-rotation or rotation state by driving the drive motor KM6, but also the rotation operation unit 8654 rotates from the stopped state by the player's operation. Further, it is possible to form a mode in which the rotation operation unit 8654 is rotated at a higher speed from the rotation state by the player's operation.

  As a result, since a plurality of modes for allowing the player to visually recognize the displacement mode of the rotation operation unit 8654 can be formed, the player can be provided with interest. In addition, by forming a plurality of rotation modes of the rotation operation unit 8654, a plurality of performance modes of the pachinko machine 10 can be formed.

  Note that a sensor device or the like that measures the number of rotations is disposed on the side surface of the rotation operation unit 8654, and an effect that is changed based on the number of rotations and the rotation speed of the rotation operation unit 8654 can be performed.

  Although the present invention has been described based on the above embodiments, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various modifications and improvements can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Can be easily guessed.

  In each of the above embodiments, a gaming machine may be configured by replacing or combining part or all of one embodiment with part or all of another one or more embodiments.

  In the first embodiment, in order to retract the ball receiving portion 467 from the third position to the second position or the first position, it is configured to follow the drive of the drive motor KM2, but from the third position to the second position or the second position. The drive for retracting to one position may be driven by a biasing spring. For example, an urging spring is provided between the rack 466 or the movable rack 464 and the base member 470, and an elastic force is applied in accordance with the displacement of the rack 466 or the movable rack 464.

  In this case, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position and performs the payout operation, the driving of the drive motor KM3 is turned off so that the ball receiving portion 467 is moved to the second position or the second position by the biasing force of the biasing spring. It can be displaced to one position side.

  Therefore, the ball receiver 467 can be displaced using the time until the driving force of the drive motor KM2 is switched at the third position, so that the game ball is discharged when the game ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiver 467. The wobbling of the lower displacement member 440 due to the reaction of the operation can be suppressed.

  That is, when the game ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, the load of the lower displacement member 440 is reduced by the amount of the discharged game ball, and the lower displacement member 440 is likely to be displaced upward due to the reaction. By immediately displacing the ball receiving portion 467, a force for displacing the base member 470 downward is exerted by a reaction caused by the rotational displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, thereby canceling the reaction when the ball is discharged from the lower displacement member 440. be able to.

  In the first embodiment, the case where two engagement protrusions 882 that regulate the rotation of the rotating body 800 are formed on the side surface of the rotating body 800 at a predetermined interval has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. Absent. For example, a plurality of continuous members may be provided on the side wall of the rotator 800 at a predetermined interval. In this case, the rotation of the rotating body 800 can be restricted at any position, and the rotation of the rotating body 800 with an external force when the lid member 770 is in the open state can be restricted.

  In the first embodiment, the case where the opening 831 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800 and the game ball is sent from the opening 831 has been described. However, the opening 831 is opposite to the communication hole 881b of the rotating body 800. It may be formed on the side surface. That is, an opening may be formed on both side surfaces of the rotating body 800 in the axial direction, and one may be used as a sphere inlet and the other as a sphere outlet. In this case, since the pitching path of the ball can be formed inside the rotating body 800, the accessory (the rotating body 800) can be used as the pitching path, especially when there is no arrangement space on the back side of the game board 13. The pitching path can be secured without increasing the size of the game board 13.

  In the said 1st Embodiment, although the rotary body 800 demonstrated the case where an external shape was formed in a column shape, it is not necessarily restricted to this. For example, the shape may be a polygonal shape, an elliptical shape, or a combination thereof. In this case, since the shape of the rotating body 800 can be complicated, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize that the effect has been switched due to the rotational displacement of the rotating body 800.

  In the eighth embodiment, the case where the outer peripheral surface of the rotation operation unit 8654 is formed to be operable by the player has been described. However, a push button may be provided on the outer peripheral surface of the rotation operation unit 8654. In this case, the player can perform not only an operation of applying a rotational force to the rotation operation unit 8654 but also an operation of pressing a push button or a combination of the rotation operation and the push operation of the rotation operation unit 8654. . As a result, a plurality of operation forms of the rotation operation unit 8654 can be formed, so that the player can be provided with interest.

  In the eighth embodiment, the case where the transmission gear 8651 and the transmission gear 8852 are engaged with each other has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, a torque limiter or the like that interrupts transmission of the driving force when an overload is applied may be interposed between the transmission gear 8651 and the transmission gear 8852.

  In this case, when the player stops the rotation of the rotation operation unit 8654 in the rotation state, transmission of the rotation driving force from the drive motor KM6 can be blocked, and the rotation of the rotation operation unit 8654 can be suppressed from continuing. . As a result, it is possible to prevent the rotation operation unit 8650 from being broken when a rotation opposite to the rotation in the A direction is input to the rotation operation unit 8654 from the player.

  Further, when the player operates the rotation operation unit 8654, when the player's fingers or clothes are sandwiched between the rotation plate 817 on the rotation direction side of the rotation operation unit 8654, the rotation is stopped, Further pinching of the player's fingers and clothes can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being injured by being sandwiched between the rotation operation unit 8654 and the upper plate 8017.

  In the eighth embodiment, the rotation direction of the rotation operation unit 8654 is the A direction, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the rotation direction of the rotation operation unit 8654 may be the left-right direction with respect to the pachinko machine 10. In this case, it is possible to cause the player to perform an operation associated with the effect of the gaming machine and improve the effect of the effect. For example, it is possible to produce an effect of hitting (flapping) a character or the like displayed on the third symbol display device 81 by hitting the rotation operation unit 8654 so as to rotate rightward with the left hand.

  You may implement this invention in the pachinko machine etc. of a different type from said each embodiment. For example, once a big hit, a pachinko machine that raises the expected value of the big hit until a big hit state occurs (for example, two times or three times) including that (for example, a two-time right item, a three-time right item) May also be implemented. Further, after the jackpot symbol is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that a ball is won in a predetermined area. Further, the present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine that has a special area such as a V-zone and has a special gaming state as a necessary condition for winning a ball in the special area. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, the game machine may be implemented as various game machines such as an alepatchi, a sparrow ball, a slot machine, a game machine in which a so-called pachinko machine and a slot machine are integrated.

  In the slot machine, for example, a symbol is changed by operating a control lever in a state where a symbol effective line is determined by inserting coins, and a symbol is stopped and confirmed by operating a stop button. Is. Accordingly, the basic concept of the slot machine is that it is provided with a display device for confirming and displaying the identification information after variably displaying the identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information, and resulting from the operation of the starting operation means (for example, the operation lever). The variation display of the identification information is started, and the variation display of the identification information is stopped and fixedly displayed due to the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, the stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. It is a slot machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that the combination of identification information at the time is a specific condition. In this case, the game medium is typically a coin, medal, etc. Take as an example.

  In addition, as a specific example of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, a display device is provided that displays a symbol after a symbol string composed of a plurality of symbols is variably displayed, and has a handle for launching a ball. What is not. In this case, after throwing a predetermined amount of spheres based on a predetermined operation (button operation), for example, the change of the symbol is started due to the operation of the operation lever, for example, due to the operation of the stop button, or With the passage of time, the variation of the symbol is stopped, and a special game that gives a predetermined game value to the player is generated on the condition that the determined symbol at the time of stoppage is a so-called jackpot symbol. In this case, a large amount of balls are paid out to the lower tray. If such a gaming machine is used in place of a slot machine, only a ball can be handled as a gaming value in the gaming hall. Problems such as the burden on equipment due to the separate handling of medals and balls and restrictions on the location of the gaming machine can be solved.

  The concept of various inventions included in the above-described embodiment in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention is shown below.

<Concept of the Invention Taking the Lower Displacement Unit 400 as an Example>
A displacement member formed so as to be displaceable in a first direction from a reference position and configured to be able to move a game ball in accordance with the displacement in the first direction, and a game from outside the track region of the displacement member to the track region of the displacement member In a gaming machine comprising a restricting means for restricting a ball from being sent, the displacement member is formed to be displaceable from the reference position in a second direction opposite to the first direction. A gaming machine A1.

  Here, a displacement member formed so as to be displaceable in the first direction from the reference position and formed so as to be able to move the game ball in accordance with the displacement in the first direction, and a track region of the displacement member from outside the track region of the displacement member 2. Description of the Related Art A gaming machine including a regulation unit that regulates that a game ball is sent to is known (for example, JP 2010-166997 A). According to this gaming machine, it is possible to suppress a specified number or more of the game balls from being sent to the trajectory region of the displacement member by the restriction of the restriction means. However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, for example, if malfunction occurs in the restricting means due to sticking or wear, there is a risk that more than a specified number of gaming balls will be sent toward the trajectory region of the displacement member. In this case, there is a problem that a problem may occur due to game balls exceeding the specified number. That is, for example, game balls in excess of the specified number may enter the drive mechanism of the displacement member and be bitten by the movable part, causing damage. Alternatively, there is a risk that game balls exceeding the specified number may flow out of the game area (for example, the back side of the game board).

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A1, the displacement member is formed so as to be displaceable from the reference position in the second direction opposite to the first direction, so that the trajectory region of the displacement member can be expanded accordingly. Therefore, for example, even when a malfunction occurs in the restricting means and more than a specified number of game balls are sent, the amount of game balls that exceed the specified number is increased to the track area because the track area of the displacement member is expanded. Can accept. As a result, the game balls that exceed the specified number can be moved along with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the game balls exceeding the specified number from entering the drive mechanism portion of the displacement member and out of the game area, and as a result, the game balls exceeding the specified number can be prevented from being defective. It can be made difficult to occur.

  The gaming machine A1 includes a passage member that is formed as a passage through which a game ball can pass and whose downstream is communicated with the track region of the displacement member, and the restricting means restricts the passage of the game ball in the passage member. Characteristic gaming machine A2.

  According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A1, the gaming machine A2 includes a passage member that is formed as a passage through which a game ball can pass and that communicates with the track region of the displacement member on the downstream side. Since the passage of the ball is regulated, for example, even when a malfunction occurs in the regulating means and a specified number or more of the game balls are sent, the extra number of game balls are passed through the passage member through the passage member. The ball can be reliably sent to the orbital area. As a result, problems caused by game balls exceeding the specified number can be made difficult to occur.

  In the gaming machine A2, the displacement member is formed so as to receive and hold a specified number of game balls sent from the passage member at the reference position, and at least the diameter of the game ball from the reference position in the second direction. The gaming machine A3 is formed so as to be displaceable by a distance exceeding.

  According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A2, the displacement member is formed so as to be able to receive and hold a prescribed number of gaming balls sent from the passage member at the reference position, and from the reference position to the second position. Since it is formed to be displaceable by a distance exceeding at least the diameter of the game ball in the direction, after receiving the prescribed number of game balls at the reference position, the prescribed number is obtained by displacing the displacement member from the reference position in the second direction. The extra game balls can be sent to the trajectory region of the displacement member (the region on the first direction side of the displacement member). Therefore, it is possible to move the game balls in excess of the specified number as the displacement member is displaced in the first direction.

  In this case, the displacement member holds the specified number of game balls, and the game balls exceeding the specified number can be sent to the trajectory area. Therefore, the specified number of game balls and the game balls exceeding the specified number are separated. can do. Therefore, for example, by displacing the displacement member in the first direction, the operation of discharging only the game balls exceeding the specified number from the track area while maintaining the state where the specified number of game balls are held by the displacement member. It becomes possible.

  In gaming machine A3, gaming machine A4 is characterized in that the displacement member is formed to be capable of changing its posture when displaced in the first direction and reaches a predetermined position.

  According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine A3, the displacement member is formed so that its posture can be changed when it is displaced in the first direction and reaches a predetermined position. While it is easy to maintain the state where the ball is held by the displacement member and the fall of the game ball from the displacement member can be suppressed, when the ball reaches a predetermined position, the change of the posture of the displacement member is used to play the game ball. Can be easily discharged from the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine A4, the gaming machine A4 includes a recess formed in a track region when the displacement member is displaced from the reference position in the first direction, and the displacement member is disposed in the recess when the displacement member is displaced in the first direction. A gaming machine A5 comprising a projecting portion to be engaged, and the projecting portion is formed so as to be changeable by being engaged with the concave portion.

  According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine A4, the gaming machine A5 includes a recess that is recessed in the track region when the displacement member is displaced in the first direction from the reference position, and the displacement member is displaced in the first direction. Since the protrusion is engaged with the recess and the protrusion is engaged with the recess so that the posture can be changed, the structure for changing the posture of the displacement member can be simplified.

  In the gaming machine A5, the protruding portion protrudes from the displacement member toward the first direction, and the protruding tip is in contact with the lower half surface of the gaming ball sent to the track region of the displacement member. A gaming machine A6 that is touched.

  According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A5, the projecting part projects from the displacement member in the first direction, and the projecting tip is sent to the track region of the displacement member. Since it is formed so as to be able to contact the lower half surface (that is, the game balls exceeding the specified number), when the displacement member is displaced in the first direction, the game ball is placed on the lower half surface with the protrusion. It can be moved while pushing. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge game balls in excess of the specified number from the track area.

  Further, the protrusion is interposed between the specified number of game balls held by the displacement member and the game balls sent to the track area of the displacement member (game balls exceeding the specified number). An interval between the predetermined number of game balls and the game ball exceeding the specified number can be secured by the protruding length of the portion. Therefore, it is possible to easily discharge only the game balls exceeding the specified number from the track area while maintaining the state where the specified number of game balls are held by the displacement member.

  Furthermore, the role of changing the attitude of the displacement member by engaging with the recess and the role of moving the game ball while pushing the lower half of the ball are used as the protrusion, so the number of parts is reduced accordingly, and the product Cost can be reduced.

  In gaming machine A5 or A6, gaming machine A7 is characterized in that the size of the recess in the first direction is smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball.

  According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine A5 or A6, the size of the recess in the first direction is made smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball, so that the gaming ball sent to the trajectory region of the displacement member That is, it is possible to easily pass through the recess when the displacement ball is moved along with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge game balls in excess of the specified number from the track area.

  In any one of the gaming machines A5 to A7, the displacement member is erected at a height lower than the radius of the game ball in a track region when the displacement member is displaced from the reference position in the first direction, and more than the recess. When the game ball sent to the trajectory region of the displacement member is moved along with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction, the game ball is moved to the wall. The game machine A8 is characterized in that a change in the posture of the displacement member is regulated by being in contact with the portion and the displacement member.

  According to the gaming machine A8, in any of the gaming machines A5 to A7, the concave member is erected at a height lower than the radius of the gaming ball in the track region when the displacement member is displaced in the first direction from the reference position. When the game ball sent to the trajectory region of the displacement member is moved along with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction, the game ball is separated from the wall portion. Since the change in posture of the displacement member is formed so as to be able to be regulated by being in contact with the displacement member, only the number of game balls exceeding the prescribed number are maintained while maintaining the state where the displacement member holds the prescribed number of game balls. Easy to discharge from the orbital area.

  That is, since the wall portion is erected at a height lower than the radius of the game ball, when the game ball is moved by being pushed by the protrusion as the displacement member is displaced in the first direction, the game ball is moved. By making the lower half surface abut against the wall portion, the game ball can easily get over the wall portion. In this case, the game ball is brought into contact with the displacement member (that is, the game ball is interposed between the displacement member and the wall portion), and a reaction force can be applied from the game ball to the displacement member. The posture change can be restricted, and it is possible to prevent the prescribed number of game balls held by the displacement member from dropping off. As a result, while maintaining the state in which the displacement member holds the specified number of game balls, only the game balls exceeding the specified number can be easily discharged from the track area.

  On the other hand, when game balls (that is, game balls exceeding a specified number) are not sent to the trajectory region of the displacement member, no game ball is interposed between the wall portion and the displacement member, so that the protrusion is in the recess. By engaging, the posture of the displacement member can be changed. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge a specified number of game balls (that is, game balls held by the displacement member) from the displacement member by utilizing the change in the posture of the displacement member.

  In any one of the gaming machines A1 to A8, the restricting means is formed to be operable in conjunction with the displacement of the displacement member.

  According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines A1 to A8, the restricting means is formed to be operable in conjunction with the displacement of the displacement member. It is possible to restrict or allow the game ball to be sent to the track region of the member. That is, the restriction or allowance of the game ball can be switched in synchronism with the displacement of the displacement member, so that, for example, according to the sensor device for detecting the position of the restricting means and the detection result of the sensor device. The driving means for driving the regulating means or the control of each means can be made unnecessary, and accordingly, the product cost can be reduced and the reliability of the operation can be improved.

  In the gaming machine A9, the restricting means allows the game ball to be sent to the track region of the displacement member in conjunction with the displacement member being displaced in the second direction from the reference position. Characteristic gaming machine A10.

  According to the gaming machine A10, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A9, the restricting means is a game ball that moves the displacement member to the track region in conjunction with the displacement of the displacement member from the reference position in the second direction. Therefore, the game ball can be reliably sent to the trajectory region of the displacement member and to the region on the first direction side of the displacement member.

  In any one of the gaming machines A1 to A10, a base member in which the displacement member is displaceably disposed, and a vertically lower portion and an upper portion in the vertical direction of an end portion on the first direction side of the base member. And a recovery member having an opening in the game machine A11.

  According to the gaming machine A11, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A10, the displacement member is disposed so as to be displaceable, and disposed below the end of the base member on the first direction side in the vertical direction. And a recovery member having an opening in the vertical direction upward, so that a game ball that is moved in accordance with the movement of the displacement member in the first direction and is discharged from the track region of the displacement member (that is, an amount exceeding a specified number) Game balls) can be received from the opening of the collecting member and collected.

  In the gaming machine A11, the base member is formed to be displaceable between a retracted position and a displaced position, and the opening of the recovery member is at least the first member in the base member displaced to the retracted position or the displaced position. A gaming machine A12 that is formed in a size that is located below the direction side end in the vertical direction.

  According to the gaming machine A12, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A11, the base member is formed to be displaceable between the retracted position and the displaced position, and the opening of the recovery member is displaced at least to the retracted position or the displaced position. Since the base member has a size that is positioned vertically below the end portion on the first direction side of the base member, the base member is discharged from the track region of the displacement member regardless of whether the base member is displaced to the retracted position or the displaced position. The game balls to be played (that is, game balls in excess of the specified number) can be received from the opening of the collection member and collected.

  In any one of the gaming machines A5 to A8, the gaming machine A13 is provided with an insertion member that restricts the protrusion from engaging with the recess by being inserted into the recessed space of the recess. .

  According to the gaming machine A13, in any of the gaming machines A5 to A8, the displacement member is provided with an insertion member that restricts the protrusion from engaging with the recess by being inserted into the recessed space of the recess. With the displacement in the first direction, it is possible to prevent the posture of the displacement member from being changed when the game balls exceeding the specified number are discharged from the track region of the displacement member. Therefore, it is possible to easily discharge only the game balls exceeding the specified number from the track area while maintaining the state where the specified number of game balls are held by the displacement member.

  The gaming machine A13 includes a base member that is formed to be displaceable between a retracted position and a displaced position, and the displaceable member is disposed so as to be displaceable, and the insertion member displaces the base member to the retracted position. Then, the gaming machine A14 is inserted into the recessed space of the recess, and is separated from the recessed space of the recess when the base member is displaced to the displacement position.

  According to the gaming machine A14, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A13, when the base member is displaced to the retracted position, the insertion member is inserted into the recessed space of the recess, so that the displacement member is displaced in the first direction. As a result, when the amount of game balls exceeding the specified number is discharged from the track area of the displacement member, the displacement member is prevented from changing its posture, and the specified number of game balls are held by the displacement member. On the other hand, when the base member is displaced to the displacement position, the insertion member is separated from the recessed space of the recess, so that the protrusion is engaged with the recess as the displacement member is displaced in the first direction. By being combined, it is possible to change the posture of the displacement member and to easily discharge a specified number of game balls from the displacement member.

<Concept of Invention with Distribution Unit 500 as an Example>
A downflow path through which the game ball flows down, a first branch path and a second branch path branched from the downflow path, and a game ball flowing down the downflow path to one of the first branch path or the second branch path A gaming machine comprising a sorting means for sorting, comprising a displacement member formed to be displaceable and receiving a game ball from the first branch passage, wherein the displacement member is displaced in contact with the sorting means. In the gaming machine B1, the distribution means is displaced and the distribution destination is switched.

  Here, the downflow passage through which the game ball flows down, the first branch passage and the second branch passage branched from the downflow passage, and the game ball flowing down the downflow passage to one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage 2. Description of the Related Art A gaming machine including a sorting unit that distributes is known (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-223176). However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, since the game balls that have flowed down the downflow passage are alternately distributed to the first branch passage and the second branch passage one by one, the game balls that flow down the downflow passage, The first branch passage and the second branch passage are equally distributed (that is, half each). That is, there is a problem that the number of game balls distributed to the first branch passage cannot be changed.

  On the other hand, the gaming machine B1 includes a displacement member that is formed to be displaceable and that receives a game ball from the first branch passage, and the displacement member abuts on the distribution means to be displaced. Since the means is displaced and the distribution destination is switched, the number of game balls distributed to the first branch path or the second branch path can be changed according to the displacement of the displacement member. That is, the number of game balls distributed to the first branch passage can be changed.

  According to the gaming machine B1, since the allocating means can be displaced using the displacement of the displacement member, it is not necessary to separately provide a driving means and a transmission mechanism for displacing the allocating means. it can. Therefore, the number of parts can be reduced correspondingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

  Further, for example, in a structure in which the displacement of the sorting means is controlled using position detection by the sensor device or driving by the driving means, the reliability of the sorting operation of the sorting means is reduced due to malfunction due to detection failure or control failure. However, according to the gaming machine B1, the sorting destination by the sorting means can be switched in mechanical synchronization with the displacement of the displacement member, so that the reliability of the sorting operation can be improved.

  In particular, since the displacement member is a member that receives a game ball from the first branch passage, the distribution destination of the distribution means can be switched to the first branch passage in synchronization with the displacement of the displacement member, so that the first branch The game balls distributed to the passage can be reliably received by the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine B1, the displacing member includes an urging unit that applies an urging force to the allocating unit and maintains a distribution destination by the allocating unit in one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage. By displacing the allocating means in a direction against the direction of the urging force, the distribution destination by the allocating means is switched to the other of the first branch path or the second branch path, and the urging force The gaming machine B2 is characterized in that the distribution destination by the distribution means is returned to one of the first branch path and the second branch path by the biasing force of the means.

  According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B1, an urging force is applied to the sorting means so that the sorting destination by the sorting means is maintained in one of the first branch path and the second branch path. Since the urging means is provided, it is possible to prevent the distribution destination by the allocating means from being inadvertently switched. In this case, since the distribution means is displaced in accordance with the displacement of the displacement member and the distribution destination is switched, the return to the distribution destination before switching can be performed by the urging force of the urging means. It is not necessary that the member is in contact with the distributing means. That is, the displacement member can be separated from the distribution means. Therefore, the freedom degree of design of the movable range of a displacement member can be raised.

  In the gaming machine B2, the urging means applies an urging force to the allocating means to maintain the distribution destination by the allocating means in the second branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B2, the biasing means applies a biasing force to the sorting means and maintains the sorting destination by the sorting means in the second branch passage, so that the displacement member However, it is possible to prevent the sorting destination by the sorting means from being switched to the first branch path in a state where the game ball cannot be received.

  In the gaming machine B3, the gaming machine B3 includes a base member that is formed so as to be displaceable between a first position and a second position and on which the displacement member is disposed, and the base member is disposed at the first position. The displacement member is capable of receiving a game ball from the first branch passage and is capable of contacting the distribution means, and the displacement member is in the state where the base member is disposed at the second position. A gaming machine B4, wherein the member is made incapable of receiving a game ball from the first branch passage and incapable of contacting the distributing means.

  According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine B3, the gaming machine B4 includes a base member formed so as to be displaceable between the first position and the second position, and the displacement member is disposed on the base member. The aspect which displaces a displacement member in the state which has arrange | positioned the base member in the 1st position, and the aspect which displaces a displacement member in the state which has arrange | positioned the base member in the 2nd position can be formed. Therefore, the production effect can be enhanced accordingly.

  In this case, when the base member is located at the second position, the displacement member is unable to receive the game ball from the first branch passage, and in such a state, the displacement member is unable to contact the distribution means. Therefore, in a state where the displacement member cannot receive the game ball (a state where the base member is disposed at the second position), it is possible to suppress switching of the distribution destination by the distribution unit to the first branch passage.

  The gaming machine B4 includes a second base member formed as a separate member from the base member, and the distribution means is disposed on the second base member.

  According to the gaming machine B5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine B4, the gaming machine B5 includes the second base member formed as a separate member from the base member, and the second base member is provided with the distributing means. Therefore, the increase in size of the base member can be suppressed.

  In any of the gaming machines B1 to B5, the displacement member is formed to be displaceable at least between a switching position and a receiving position set at a position different from the switching position, and the displacement member is displaced to the switching position. In this state, the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the first branch passage, and when the displacement member is displaced to the receiving position, the displacement member can receive the game ball from the first branch passage. A gaming machine B6 characterized in that the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the second branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine B6, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines B1 to B5, the displacement member is formed to be at least displaceable between a switching position and a receiving position set at a position different from the switching position, In the state where the displacement member is displaced to the switching position, the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the first branch passage, and in the state where the displacement member is displaced to the reception position, the displacement member receives the game ball from the first branch passage. In addition to being able to receive, the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the second branch passage, so that it is possible to prevent the game balls exceeding the prescribed number that can be received by the displacement member from being distributed to the first branch passage.

  That is, when the switching position and the receiving position are set to the same position, the displacement member receives the game ball while the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the first branch passage, so the displacement member There is a possibility that the game balls are distributed to the first branch passage beyond the prescribed number that can be received. When a means for restricting the inflow of game balls to the first branch passage is separately provided, the structure becomes complicated and the reliability is lowered, and the product cost is increased.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B6, the displacement member is displaced to the switching position, and after the prescribed number (or less than the prescribed number) of game balls are distributed to the first branch passage, the displacement member is displaced to the receiving position. Then, since the distribution destination is switched to the second branch passage, it is possible to prevent the game balls exceeding the specified number from flowing down to the first branch passage. Therefore, it can suppress that the game ball exceeding the regulation number which a displacement member can receive is distributed to a 1st branch passage. Moreover, since it is not necessary to provide the above-described means separately, it is possible to improve reliability and reduce product cost.

  In the gaming machine B6, the first branch passage is formed as one or a plurality of protrusions or recesses protruding or recessed on an inner wall surface thereof, and provides resistance to a game ball passing through the first branch passage. A gaming machine B7 comprising means.

  According to the gaming machine B7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B6, the first branch passage is formed as one or a plurality of protrusions or recesses protruding or recessed on the inner wall surface, and passes through the first branch passage. Since the resistance means for applying resistance to the game ball to be played is provided, the speed of the game ball passing through the first branch passage can be reduced. Therefore, the time required when the displacement member is displaced from the switching position to the reception position can be lengthened accordingly, so that the game ball can be reliably received by the displacement member. Further, the output of the driving means can be reduced by the amount that the displacement speed required for the displacement member can be reduced, and the product cost can be reduced.

  In the gaming machine B6 or B7, the distribution means includes a first in / out part and a second in / out part formed so as to be capable of intruding into the first branch passage according to the displacement of the distribution means. The 1 in / out part is formed to project to the first branch path so that the game balls flowing down the down path can be distributed to the second branch path, and the second in / out part is formed from the first in / out part. Is also located downstream of the first branch passage and protrudes to the first branch passage so that the flow of the game balls distributed to the first branch passage can be regulated, and the first intrusion portion The gaming machine B8 is characterized in that when the first projecting part and the second projecting part project into the passage of the first branch passage, the other is retracted out of the passage of the first branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine B8, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine B6 or B7, the distribution means includes a first in / out portion formed so as to be in / out with respect to the first branch passage according to the displacement of the distribution means, and A first in / out part is provided so that the first in / out part protrudes to the first branch passage so that a game ball flowing down the down passage can be distributed to the second branch passage. It is located on the downstream side of the first branch path with respect to the in / out part and protrudes into the first branch path so that the flow of the game balls distributed to the first branch path can be regulated, and the first in / out part In the state where one protrudes into the passage of the first branch passage, the other is retracted out of the passage of the first branch passage, so that the distribution means is displaced in accordance with the displacement of the displacement member. Then, only the specified number of game balls are distributed to the first branch passage and used as the displacement member. It can be only taken.

  That is, the first state where the first in / out portion protrudes to distribute the game balls flowing down the down passage to the second branch passage, and the first in / out portion retreats so that the game balls flowing down the down passage A second state for distributing to the first branch passage, a third state for restricting the flow of game balls distributed to the first branch passage (reserving game balls) by projecting the second in / out part, 2 By retracting the in / out part, it is possible to form a fourth state in which the game ball stored in the first branch passage is caused to flow down and be received by the displacement member. Only a number of game balls can be distributed to the first branch passage and received by the displacement member.

  In addition, according to the gaming machine B8, since the sorting means includes the first in / out part and the second in / out part, that is, is formed as one part, the structure of the distributing means (the first in / out part and the second in / out part) Can be simplified and the structure for exerting those functions can be simplified. Furthermore, since one of the first protruding part and the second protruding part is retracted out of the passage of the first branch passage when one protrudes into the passage of the first branch passage, the two positions of the displacement member (switching position) It is sufficient that the distribution means is formed to be displaceable in two positions according to the receiving position. That is, the first to fourth states described above can be formed by displacing the distributing means at two positions. Therefore, the structure of the allocating means and the structure for displacing the allocating means in accordance with the displacement of the displacing member can be simplified, and the reliability of the game ball allocating operation can be improved accordingly.

<Concept of Invention with Distribution Unit 500 as an Example>
A downflow path through which the game ball flows down, a first branch path and a second branch path branched from the downflow path, and a game ball flowing down the downflow path to one of the first branch path or the second branch path A gaming machine comprising a sorting means for sorting, characterized in that it comprises a flow-down state changing means that is positioned downstream of the sorting means and that regulates or allows the flow of game balls in the first branch passage. Game machine C1.

  Here, the downflow passage from which the game ball flows down, the first branch passage and the second branch passage branched from the downflow passage, and the game ball flowing down the downflow passage to one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage 2. Description of the Related Art A gaming machine including a sorting unit that distributes is known (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-223176). However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, the game balls flowing down the flow-down passage are only distributed to one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage, so that it is insufficient to give the player interest. There was a problem.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C1, the game machine C1 is provided with a flow state changing means that is located downstream of the distribution means and restricts or allows the flow of game balls in the first branch passage. Can be given.

  That is, the operation of the flow-down state changing means regulates the flow of the game balls distributed to the first branch passage, stores the game balls in the first branch passage, and allows the game balls to flow down in the first branch passage. The game balls stored in the first branch passage can be made to flow down (open). Thereby, in addition to the operation of distributing the game balls flowing down the flow-down passage to one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage, the operation of stopping (reserving) the flow of the game balls distributed to the first branch passage is temporarily stopped. Then, the stopped (stored) game ball can be caused to flow down (release). As a result, interest can be given to the player.

  In the gaming machine C1, the first branch passage is provided in a state in which the distribution means and the flow-down state changing means are integrally formed, and the distribution destination by the distribution means is the first branch passage. In the state where the flow of the game ball in the flow is regulated by the flow state change means and the distribution destination by the distribution means is the second branch passage, the flow of the game ball in the first branch passage is caused by the flow state change means. A gaming machine C2 that is allowed.

  According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C1, since the allocating means and the flow-down state changing means are integrally formed, the allocating means and the flow-down state changing means are operated. It is possible to simplify the structure and improve the operation reliability. That is, when the distribution means and the flow-down state changing means are formed separately, there are two parts, so that the structure for operating these two parts is complicated and the reliability of the operation is reduced. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C2, since the distributing means and the flow-down state changing means can be formed as one part, the structure can be simplified correspondingly, and the product cost can be reduced and the operation reliability can be improved. Can be planned.

  Further, in this case, if the distribution destination by the distribution means is the first branch path by the operation of the integral member, the flow of the game balls distributed to the first branch path is regulated by the flow state changing means and the first When the game balls are stored in the branch passage and the distribution destination by the distribution means is the second branch passage, the flow of game balls in the first branch passage is allowed by the flow-down state changing means and stored in the first branch passage. The game ball that has been made can be allowed to flow down (release). That is, in addition to the operation of distributing the game balls flowing down the flow-down passage to one of the first branch passage or the second branch passage, the operation of stopping (reserving) the flow of the game balls distributed to the first branch passage, In addition to forming an action to flow down (open) the stopped (stored) game ball, these storage and release actions can be alternately formed in conjunction with the sorting operation.

  In the gaming machine C2, the integral member is formed to be displaceable between a first state position and a second state position, and in the state where the integral member is displaced to the first state position, the distribution means is the first state position. It is arranged at a position where the one branch passage is assigned as a distribution destination, and the flow state changing means is arranged at a position for restricting the flow of the game ball in the first branch passage, and the integrated member is displaced to the second state position. In the state, the distribution means is arranged at a position where the second branch passage is assigned as a distribution destination, and the flow-down state changing means is arranged at a position allowing the flow of game balls in the first branch passage. A gaming machine C3.

  According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C2, the integral member is formed to be displaceable between the first state position and the second state position, and in the state where the integral member is displaced to the first state position. The distribution means is disposed at a position where the first branch passage is assigned to the distribution destination, and the flow state changing means is disposed at a position for restricting the flow of the game ball in the first branch passage, and the integral member is displaced to the second state position. In this state, the distributing means is disposed at a position where the second branch passage is assigned to the distribution destination, and the flow-down state changing means is disposed at a position allowing the game ball to flow down in the first branch passage. Is displaced in two positions (first state position and second state position), in addition to the operation of distributing the game ball flowing down the flow-down path to one of the first branch path or the second branch path, Sorted games The action of stopping (storing) the flow of the game and the action of releasing (opening) the stopped (stored) game ball can be formed, and the action of storing and releasing is linked to the sorting action. Thus, they can be formed alternately. That is, the structure can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced and the operation reliability can be improved.

  In the gaming machine C3, the one-piece member is formed to be rotatable, and at least the flow-down state changing means is formed to be able to move in and out of the first branch passage, and is projected to the first branch passage so that a game ball The game machine C4 is formed in a shape curved in an arc shape with the rotation axis of the integral member as a center.

  According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C3, the integral member is formed to be rotatable, and at least the flow-down state changing means is formed to be capable of appearing and retracting with respect to the first branch path. The flow of the game ball is regulated by projecting to the inner wall of the first branch passage so as to be curved and curved in the shape of the arc around the rotation axis of the integral member. It is possible to reduce the area of the hole that is opened.

  In the gaming machine C4, the flow state changing means is arranged in a posture in which the side facing the upstream of the first branch passage is concave.

  According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C4, the flow-down state changing means is arranged in a posture in which the side facing the upstream of the first branch passage is concave, so that the flow-down state change to the first branch passage In the initial state in which the means starts to protrude (that is, the state where only the front end side of the flow state changing means protrudes into the passage), the shape of the front end side of the flow state changing means is easy to regulate the flow of the game ball It can arrange | position in direction and can make it easy to regulate the flow-down of the game ball distributed to the 1st branch passage.

  Further, in a state where the flow state changing means protrudes to the first branch passage to the maximum and restricts the flow of the game ball, the game ball can be stably held by the recess of the flow state changing means, so that the game ball can be prevented from rampage. .

  In the gaming machine C4 or C5, the gaming machine C4 or C5 includes a biasing unit that applies a biasing force to the integrated member and biases the flow-down state changing unit in a direction protruding into the first branch passage. A gaming machine C6, wherein the distance to the rotating shaft of the integral member is made larger than the distance from the distributing means to the rotating shaft of the integral member.

  According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C4 or C5, the gaming machine C6 is provided with a biasing means that biases the integral member in a direction in which the flow-down state changing means projects into the first branch passage. Therefore, the urging force can be used to easily maintain the integrated member in a posture (that is, the first state position) in which the flow state changing means protrudes to the first branch passage.

  In this case, in the gaming machine C6, the distance from the flow state changing means to the rotating shaft of the integrated member is made larger than the distance from the distributing means to the rotating shaft of the integrated member, so that the game balls flowing down collide with each other. Even when the same impact force is applied due to the large distance from the rotating shaft, the flow-down state changing means is likely to be immersed, but the biasing direction of the biasing means is such that the flow-down state changing means protrudes into the first branch passage. By being made into the direction to do, it can suppress that the flowing-down state change means is immersed by the amount of the urging force.

  In the gaming machine C6, the integrated member is rotated by its own weight in a direction in which the flow-down state changing means protrudes into the first branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine C7, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C6, the integrated member is rotated in the direction in which the flow-down state changing means protrudes into the first branch passage due to its own weight. The member can be easily maintained in a posture (that is, the first state position) in which the flow state changing means protrudes to the first branch passage. Therefore, when the game ball collides, it is possible to further suppress the immersion state changing means from being immersed by its own weight.

  In addition, even when the urging means falls off, it is possible for the game ball to flow down to the first branch passage by maintaining the integrated part in a posture in which the flow state changing means protrudes to the first branch passage by its own weight. Can be suppressed.

  In any one of the gaming machines C2 to C7, the distribution destination by the distribution unit is the first branch passage, and the flow of game balls in the first branch passage is restricted by the flow state changing unit, The gaming machine C8 is characterized in that in a state where a prescribed number of game balls are stored in the branch passage, the game balls flowing down the flow-down passage are formed to flow down to the second branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine C8, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines C2 to C7, the distribution destination by the distribution means is the first branch passage, and the flow of the game ball in the first branch passage is the flow-down state changing means In a state where a prescribed number of game balls are stored in the first branch passage, the game balls flowing down the flow passage are formed to be able to flow down to the second branch passage, so that more than the prescribed number of game balls flow down When flowing down the passage, it is possible to suppress the amount of game balls that exceed the specified number from staying in the downflow passage. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the distribution means (operation using the distribution destination as the second branch passage) from being hindered by the game balls stagnating in the flow-down passage.

  In the gaming machine C8, an inner wall facing the second branch passage in the flow-down passage has a game ball flowing down the flow-down passage as a tail end of the prescribed number of game balls stored in the first branch passage. The game machine C9 is formed so as to be capable of being guided to the side surface of the game ball of the second branch passage side.

  According to the gaming machine C9, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine C8, the inner wall facing the second branch passage in the downflow passage has a predetermined number of game balls flowing down the downflow passage stored in the first branch passage. Since it is formed so that it can be guided to the side surface on the second branch passage side of the last game ball of the game balls, the game ball flowing down the downflow passage collides with the last game ball of the prescribed number of game balls. After that, it can be made easy to flow down to the second branch passage.

  Note that the last game ball among the prescribed number of game balls means a game ball located on the upstream side (opposite to the flow-down state changing means). When the specified number is 1, the last game ball means the game ball itself stored in the first branch passage.

  In the gaming machine C8 or C9, the gaming machine C10 is characterized in that a downstream direction of the downstream end of the downstream passage is formed in a direction different from a downstream direction of the upstream end of the first branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine C10, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C8 or C9, the flow-down direction at the downstream end of the flow-down passage is formed in a direction different from the flow-down direction at the upstream end of the first branch passage. When the game ball that flows down collides with the last game ball of the specified number of game balls stored in the first branch passage, the direction of the repulsive force applied to the last game ball is set in the first branch passage. It can be different from the flow direction at the upstream end. As a result, it is possible to prevent the last game ball from jumping out of the upstream end of the first branch passage and flowing into the second branch passage due to the repulsive force at the time of collision.

  In any one of the gaming machines C2 to C10, the allocating means is formed so as to be capable of appearing and retracting with respect to the flow-down passage or the first branch passage, and a position of the protrusion and discharge is a flow-down direction at a downstream end of the flow-down passage A gaming machine C11 characterized in that it is an inner wall on an extension line of

  According to the gaming machine C11, in addition to the effects exerted by any of the gaming machines C2 to C10, the sorting means is formed so as to be able to appear and retract with respect to the flow-down passage or the first branch passage, Since it is the inner wall on the extension line in the flow-down direction at the downstream end of the passage, the sorting means can be projected at a position close to the game ball flowing down from the downstream end of the flow-down passage. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the time required for the game ball to be distributed after the distribution means starts to protrude into the flow-down passage or the first branch passage. As a result, the distribution destination can be switched more reliably by the distribution means.

  In the gaming machine C11, the allocating means distributes the game ball flowing down the flow-down path to the second branch path by projecting into the flow-down path or the first branch path, The gaming machine C12 is characterized in that the projecting direction of the means is set so that the upstream end of the second branch passage is directed.

  According to the gaming machine C12, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C11, the sorting means projects the game ball flowing down the flow-down path to the second branch path by protruding into the flow-down path or the first branch path. Since the projecting direction of the distributing means is set to a direction directed to the upstream end of the second branch passage, when the game ball flowing down the downflow passage comes into contact with the distributing means in the middle of the projecting operation The game ball can be pushed into the second branch passage in accordance with the protruding operation of the sorting means. As a result, the distribution to the second branch passage can be performed more reliably.

  In any one of the gaming machines C1 to C12, the first branch passage is formed so as to be inclined downward toward the downstream side, and a game ball is formed on the inner wall on the lower side in the gravitational direction so as to be capable of rolling. The game machine C13 is characterized in that the changing means is formed so as to be able to appear and retract from the inner wall on the lower side in the gravity direction into the first branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine C13, in addition to the effects exerted by any of the gaming machines C1 to C12, the first branch passage is formed to be inclined downward toward the downstream side, and the gaming ball is placed on the inner wall on the lower side in the gravity direction. The flow state changing means is formed so as to be able to roll, and is formed so as to be able to protrude and retract into the first branch passage from the inner wall on the lower side in the direction of gravity, so that the game is started after the flow state change means starts to protrude into the first branch passage It is possible to shorten the time required until the flow of the sphere can be regulated. As a result, the distribution destination of the distribution means is switched from the second branch passage to the first branch passage, and when the game ball is distributed to the first branch passage, the flow-down state change means It is easy to keep the protrusion in time.

  In any of the gaming machines C1 to C13, the flow-down state changing means is formed so as to be able to appear and retract with respect to the first branch passage, and at least protrudes to the first branch passage in the protruding direction. A gaming machine C14, wherein a force component is applied from the game ball to the flow-down state changing means.

  According to the gaming machine C14, in any of the gaming machines C1 to C13, the flow-down state changing means is formed so as to be capable of appearing and retracting with respect to the first branch passage, and at least protrudes to the first branch passage. Since the force component in the direction of the action is applied from the game ball to the flow state changing means, when the flow of the game ball distributed to the first branch passage is restricted, the game ball flows down due to the impact when the game ball collides. It is possible to suppress the state changing means from being immersed. Therefore, it is possible to easily regulate the flow of the game ball.

<Concept of the Invention Taking the Lower Displacement Unit 400 as an Example>
In a gaming machine comprising a base member, a base member disposed on one side of the base member so as to be displaceable, and a displacement member disposed on the base member so as to be displaceable, a base associated with the displacement of the displacement member. A gaming machine D1 comprising a suppressing means for suppressing the reaction of the members.

  Here, a gaming machine is known that includes a base member, a base member that is displaceably disposed on one side of the base member, and a displacement member that is displaceably disposed on the base member (for example, JP, 2015-029849). According to this gaming machine, in addition to the effect of displacing the base member between the extended position where the base member extends to the gaming area and is visible from the player, and the retracted position retracted from the gaming area, An effect of displacing the displacement member can be performed in a state where the displacement member is disposed at the overhang position.

  However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, since one side of the base member is displaceably disposed on the base member, when the displacement member is displaced, the base member rattling with respect to the base member with the one side serving as a fulcrum. There was a problem that was likely to occur.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D1, since the suppression means for suppressing the reaction of the base member due to the displacement of the displacement member is provided, the occurrence of rattling of the base member with respect to the base member when the displacement member is displaced is suppressed. can do.

  The reaction force accompanying the displacement of the displacement member is generated, for example, by a change in the center of gravity accompanying the displacement of the displacement member, or by an action of an inertial force accompanying an increase or decrease (change in acceleration) of the displacement member. Examples thereof include those generated by the reaction force when the displacement member is displaced and emitted from the game ball.

  In the gaming machine D1, the suppression means includes a disposition member that is displaceably disposed on the base member, and the displaceable member is formed so as to be able to hold and emit a game ball, and the disposition member includes: A gaming machine D2 formed so as to be displaceable when a game ball is emitted from the displacement member.

  According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine D1, the suppression means includes a disposing member that is displaceably disposed on the base member, and the displaceable member is formed so as to be able to hold and emit the game ball. In addition, since the disposing member is formed to be displaceable when the game ball is emitted from the displaceable member, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of rattling of the base member with respect to the base member. That is, when a game ball is fired from the displacement member, the center of gravity of the base member is changed by the weight of the game ball, for example, in a direction that cancels out the change in the center of gravity due to the launch of the game ball. When the structure which displaces an installation member is employ | adopted, generation | occurrence | production of the shakiness of the base member accompanying the change of a gravity center position can be suppressed. Further, when a game ball is fired from the displacement member, the base member receives a reaction as the game ball is fired. For example, the arrangement member is displaced in a direction that cancels the reaction caused by the game ball being fired. When it employs, the occurrence of rattling of the base member due to the reaction can be suppressed.

  In the gaming machine D1 or D2, the gaming machine D3 is provided with a reverse member that is displaced with at least a displacement component that is opposite to the displacement direction of the displacement member when the displacement member is displaced.

  According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine D1 or D2, when the displacement member is displaced, the reverse member that is displaced with at least a displacement component that is opposite to the displacement direction of the displacement member. Since it is provided, it can be made small by the displacement of a reverse member that the gravity center position of a base member changes with the displacement of a displacement member. As a result, rattling of the base member due to the change in the center of gravity position can be suppressed.

  In addition, when the displacement member is started to be displaced, if the displacement of the opposite member is started, at least a part of both inertia forces can be canceled out. As a result, it is possible to easily suppress rattling of the base member when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state.

  The gaming machine D2 or D3 includes a transmission mechanism that transmits the displacement of the displacement member to the arrangement member or (and) the reverse member to displace the arrangement member or (and) the reverse member. A gaming machine D4 to play.

  According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine D2 or D3, a transmission mechanism for transmitting the displacement of the displacement member to the arrangement member or (and) the reverse member to displace the arrangement member or (and) the reverse member. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide driving means for displacing the arrangement member or / and the reverse member. In other words, the drive means for displacing the displacement member can also be used as the drive means for displacing the arrangement member or / and the reverse member. Therefore, the base member can be reduced in weight and the rattling can be easily suppressed.

  Further, since it is possible to mechanically synchronize with the displacement of the displacement member and / or to displace the reverse member, for example, the position of the displacement member is detected by a sensor device and disposed according to the detection result. Control of driving the member or (and) the reverse member with the driving means can be made unnecessary, and the product cost can be reduced correspondingly, and the reliability of the displacement operation of the displacement member or (and) the reverse member with respect to the displacement member can be reduced. Can be secured.

  In any one of the gaming machines D1 to D4, the displacement member starts displacement from a second position, and the displacement start from a first position closer to one side of the base member than the second position. The game machine D5 starts to be displaced from the first position in a state where at least the base member is disposed at a predetermined position with respect to the base member.

  Here, when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state, the change in the acceleration is maximized, and hence the base member is likely to be rattled due to the influence of the inertial force.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines D1 to D4, the displacement member has a mode of starting displacement from the second position and one side of the base member from the second position. And a state in which the base member is arranged at a predetermined position with respect to the base member (for example, the base member protrudes into the game area from the player). Since the displacement is started from the first position at the overhang position where the visual recognition is possible, rattling of the base member can be suppressed. That is, since the first position is closer to one side of the base member than the second position, the weight of the displacement member can be determined based on the first position as the start position of the displacement member. The member can be kept close to the fulcrum when the member shakes against the base member, and accordingly, the influence of the inertial force when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state can be made difficult to act on the base member. As a result, it is possible to easily suppress rattling of the base member.

  The gaming machine D5 includes a pinion gear disposed on the base member and a rack member having a rack gear meshed with the pinion gear, and the displacement member is disposed on the rack member. Machine D6.

  According to the gaming machine D6, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine D5, the gaming machine D6 includes a pinion gear disposed on the base member and a rack member formed with a rack gear meshed with the pinion gear, and the rack member includes a displacement member. Therefore, when starting displacement of the displacement member from the first position, not only the weight of the rack member but also the weight of the rack member is one side of the base member (the base member is relative to the base member). It can be close to the fulcrum when rattling. As a result, it is possible to easily suppress rattling of the base member when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state.

  In the gaming machine D6, the displacement direction when the displacement member starts to be displaced from the first position is a direction away from one side of the base member.

  According to the gaming machine D7, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine D6, the displacement direction when the displacement member starts to be displaced from the first position is the direction away from one side of the base member, so the displacement member is in the first position. In the state where the rack member is disposed, the rack member can be brought closer to one side of the base member. That is, in order to displace the displacement member (rack member) in a direction away from one side of the base member, the rack member is based on a portion on the rack gear side where the pinion gear is engaged after the displacement member starts to be displaced. It will be directed to one side of the member. Therefore, the weight of the rack member can be made closer to one side of the base member (the fulcrum when the base member rattles against the base member), and as a result, the displacement member can be displaced from the stopped state. The backlash of the base member can be easily suppressed.

  In any one of the gaming machines D1 to D7, comprising: a support structure that supports the base member to displace one side of the base member; and a drive mechanism that drives the base member supported by the support structure, The displacement member is formed so as to be able to hold and emit the game ball, and the drive mechanism restricts the base member from being displaced in a reaction direction when the game ball is emitted from the displacement member. A gaming machine D8, comprising:

  According to the gaming machine D8, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines D1 to D7, a support structure that supports the base member so that one side of the base member can be displaced, and a base member that is supported by the support structure are driven. The displacement member is formed so as to be able to hold and emit the game ball, and the drive mechanism is configured to displace the base member in a reaction direction when the game ball is emitted from the displacement member. Since the restricting means for restricting is provided, it is possible to suppress the base member from being displaced with respect to the base member due to the reaction. As a result, occurrence of rattling of the base member can be suppressed.

<Concept of Invention with Rotating Unit 700 as an Example>
In a gaming machine provided with a rotating member that is formed so as to be rotatable and whose outer peripheral surface is disposed so as to be visible to a player, the gaming machine includes a displacement member disposed so as to be displaceable on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member. A featured gaming machine E1.

  Here, there is known a gaming machine including a rotating member that is formed to be rotatable and whose outer peripheral surface is disposed so as to be visible to a player (for example, JP 2009-119140 A). In this gaming machine, the rotating member is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the player can visually recognize the display (symbol) on the outer peripheral surface while rotating the rotating member or stopping the rotating member. However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, as the spinning member is rotated or stopped, it is only possible to form an effect mode that allows the player to visually recognize the display of the outer peripheral surface. There was a problem that was insufficient.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine E1, since the displacement member is disposed so as to be displaceable on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member, the display of the outer peripheral surface is displayed to the player as the rotating member is rotated or stopped. In addition to the effect mode to be visually recognized, the effect mode of displacing the displacement member can be formed, so that the effect can be enhanced by changing the effect mode accordingly.

  The rotating member does not need to have a circular cross-sectional shape cut along a plane perpendicular to the rotation axis, and may be a polygonal shape, an elliptical shape, or a combination thereof. Therefore, the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member may not be a peripheral surface, but may be a flat surface, a curved surface, or a combination thereof.

  In the gaming machine E1, the displacement member is formed to be displaceable at least between the first position and the second position, and at the first position, a part of the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member is formed by the displacement member. The gaming machine E2 is characterized in that at the second position, at least a part of the displacement member protrudes radially outward of the drum member.

  According to the gaming machine E2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E1, when the displacement member is displaced to the first position, a part of the outer peripheral surface of the rotation member is formed by the displacement member. The outer shape can be reduced, and the space required for the rotation of the rotating drum member can be reduced accordingly. On the other hand, when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, at least a part of the displacement member protrudes radially outward of the rotating member, so that it is easy for the player to visually recognize the displacement of the displacement member. Can be increased. In addition, for example, the rotating member is rotated in a state where the displacement member is disposed at the first position, and the displacement member is disposed (displaced) at the second position when the rotation of the rotating member is stopped. The part (displacement member) visually recognized with the outer peripheral surface of a rotating member can form the aspect protruded to radial direction outward of a rotating member, and can enhance interest.

  The gaming machine E2 includes light emitting means for emitting light, and the rotating member is formed to have an internal space, the light emitting means is disposed in the internal space, and the displacement member is the second member. When displaced to a position, an outer peripheral surface of the rotating drum member is opened, and the internal space communicates with the outside.

  According to the gaming machine E3, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine E2, the light emitting means for emitting light is provided, and the rotating member is formed having an internal space, and the light emitting means is disposed in the internal space. When the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member is opened and the internal space communicates with the outside, so that the light emitted by the light emitting means can be emitted to the outside, and the displacement member Is displaced to the first position, whereby the emission to the outside can be blocked. As a result, the production effect can be enhanced.

  In any one of the gaming machines E1 to E3, the gaming machine E4 includes a driving unit that generates a driving force and a transmission unit that transmits the driving force of the driving unit to the rotating member and the displacement member. .

  Here, in order to form the rotator member in a rotatable manner and displace the displacing member in the rotator member, a driving means is required for each of the rotator member and the displacing member. Bulky. Further, when the driving means for displacing the displacement member is mounted on the rotating member, the weight of the rotating member increases, and it becomes difficult to smoothly start or stop the rotation of the rotating member.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine E4, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines E1 to E3, the driving means for generating the driving force and the driving force of the driving means to the rotating member and the displacement member Since the transmission means for transmitting is provided, the rotation of the rotating member and the displacement of the displacement member can be performed by also using one drive means. Therefore, the product cost can be reduced. Moreover, since it is not necessary to mount the driving means for displacing the displacement member on the rotating member, the weight of the rotating member can be reduced, and the rotation of the rotating member can be started or stopped smoothly.

  In the gaming machine E4, the driving means is formed so as to be able to generate a rotational driving force, the transmitting means transmits a rotational driving force of the driving means to the rotating member, A displacement-side transmission means for transmitting the rotational driving force to the displacement member; and the rotational driving force is transmitted to one of the rotational-side transmission means or the displacement-side transmission means in accordance with the rotational direction of the rotational driving force of the driving means. A gaming machine E5, comprising a one-way clutch mechanism that blocks transmission to the other.

  According to the gaming machine E5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine E4, the driving means is formed so as to be able to generate a rotational driving force, and the transmission means transmits the rotational driving force of the driving means to the rotating member. Means, a displacement-side transmission means for transmitting the rotational driving force of the driving means to the displacement member, and a rotational driving force according to the rotational direction of the rotational driving force of the driving means is transmitted to one of the rotation-side transmission means or the displacement-side transmission means. In addition, since the one-way clutch mechanism that cuts off the transmission to the other is provided, it is possible to switch the drive target (rotating member or displacement member) driven by the rotational driving force only by switching the rotation direction of the driving means. That is, according to the rotation direction of the driving means, the rotation of the rotating member and the stop of the rotation, and the displacement of the displacement member and the stop of the displacement can be switched. It can be simplified.

  In the gaming machine E5, the rotation-side transmission means includes a gear train that forms part or all of a transmission path for transmitting the rotational driving force of the drive means to the rotor member, and one of the gear trains. A gaming machine E6 comprising a load gear to be engaged.

  Here, in the structure in which the driving object (rotating member or displacement member) is switched according to the rotation direction of the driving means using the one-way clutch mechanism, when transmission of the driving force from the driving means is interrupted, It becomes a state where the rotation or displacement in the direction driven by the driving force is free. Therefore, for example, when the driving object of the driving means is switched from the rotating member to the displacing member and the transmission of the driving force is interrupted, the rotating member becomes rotatable, and the rotation continues due to inertial force (rotation). There is a risk of being.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine E6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E5, the rotation-side transmission means is a gear train that forms part or all of the transmission path for transmitting the rotational driving force of the driving means to the rotating member. And a load gear meshed with one gear of the gear train, even when transmission of the rotational driving force from the driving means is interrupted, a load (resistance) when rotating the load gear ) Can be used to suppress the rotation of the rotating drum member.

  In the gaming machine E5 or E6, the gaming machine E7 is provided with a reverse rotation restricting means for restricting the rotating member from rotating in the direction opposite to the direction rotated by the rotational driving force of the driving means. .

  According to the gaming machine E7, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E5 or E6, the reverse rotation regulating means for regulating the rotation of the rotating member in the direction opposite to the direction rotated by the rotational driving force of the driving means. Since it is provided, for example, it is possible to prevent the rotating member from being reversely rotated due to a deviation in the center of gravity of the rotating member or a collision of game balls.

  In the gaming machine E2 or E3, the rotating member is formed having an internal space, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, an outer peripheral surface of the rotating member is opened, and the internal space Is connected to the gaming area.

  According to the gaming machine E8, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine E2 or E3, the rotating member is formed with an internal space, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member Is opened and the internal space communicates with the game area, so that the game ball flowing down the game area flows into the internal space of the rotating member, or the game ball in the internal space of the rotating member flows out to the gaming area Can be made. Further, when the displacement member is displaced to the first position, the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member is closed, so that the inflow and outflow of the game ball between the internal space and the game area can be blocked. As a result, the production effect can be enhanced.

  In the gaming machine E8, one side of the displacement member is rotatably supported by the rotating drum member, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the other side opposite to the one side is the game. A gaming machine E9 that is projected to the area.

  According to the gaming machine E9, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine E8, the displacement member is pivotally supported on one side by the rotating member, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the opposite side to the one side Since the other side is projected to the game area, the game ball flowing down the game area can be received on the upper surface of the displacement member. Therefore, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball flowing down the game area to flow into the internal space of the rotating member using the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine E9, the upper surface of the displacement member is inclined downward from the other side toward the one side when the displacement member is displaced to the second position.

  According to the gaming machine E10, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine E9, the displacement member is inclined downward from the other side to the one side in the state where the displacement member is displaced to the second position. After the game ball that has flowed down is received by the upper surface of the displacement member, the received game ball can be guided (rolled) along the downward slope of the upper surface of the displacement member to the inner space of the rotating member. Therefore, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball flowing down the game area to flow into the internal space of the rotating member using the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine E9 or E10, the gaming machine E11 is provided with a displacement setting means for restricting or allowing the displacement of the displacement member in accordance with the rotational position of the rotating member.

  According to the gaming machine E11, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine E9 or E10, the gaming machine E11 includes the displacement setting means for restricting or permitting the displacement of the displacement member according to the rotational position of the rotating drum member. Interference with other members around the rotating drum member can be suppressed.

  In any one of the gaming machines E9 to E11, a rotation restricting means for restricting the rotation of the rotating drum member is provided, and the rotation restricting member is configured such that the displacement member is displaced to the second position, and the other side of the displacement member is the A gaming machine E12 that restricts the rotation of the rotating drum member when projecting into a gaming area.

  According to the gaming machine E12, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines E9 to E11, the gaming machine E12 includes rotation regulating means for regulating the rotation of the rotating member, and the rotation regulating member has the displacement member displaced to the second position. When the other side of the displacement member is extended to the game area, the rotation of the rotation member is restricted, so that the rotation member is rotated while the displacement member is extended and is positioned on the rotation trajectory. It can suppress that a displacement member interferes with another member. Further, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the rotating member due to the load acting when the displacement member receives the game ball flowing down the game area and the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member.

<Concept of Invention with Rotating Unit 700 as an Example>
In a gaming machine including a rotating member that is formed to be rotatable and whose outer peripheral surface is disposed so as to be visible to a player, the rotating member includes an internal space formed therein and an internal space formed outside the internal space. And a communication port formed so that a game ball can pass therethrough and a gaming machine F1.

  Here, there is known a gaming machine including a rotating member that is formed to be rotatable and whose outer peripheral surface is disposed so as to be visible to a player (for example, JP 2009-119140 A). According to this gaming machine, the rotator member is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the player can visually recognize the display (symbol) on the outer peripheral surface while rotating the rotator member or stopping the rotator member. be able to. However, the conventional gaming machine described above has a problem in that it is only used as a member for holding a display for the player to visually recognize on the outer peripheral surface, and the use of the rotating member is insufficient. It was. In other words, the rotator member is required to hold a display that can be visually recognized by the player, and is thus formed in a relatively large size. Therefore, while the occupied space by the rotating member is increased, portions other than the outer peripheral surface are not utilized.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine F1, the rotating member includes an internal space formed therein, and a communication port that allows the game ball to pass through while communicating with the internal space. The game ball flowing down the game area can flow into or out of the internal space through the communication port. Therefore, the internal space of the spinning member that is a dead space can function as a storage space for a game ball or a pitching passage, and the spinning member can be used accordingly.

  In addition, a communicating port may be formed only in one place of a rotating member, and may be formed in two or more places. When the communication port is formed only at one place, the communication port is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating drum member. As a result, the position of the communication port can be raised or lowered in accordance with the rotational position of the rotating drum member, so that the game ball flows into or out of the internal space via the communication port (the communication port faces upward). The game ball can flow into the internal space at the same time, and the game ball in the internal space can flow out when the communication port faces downward).

  Further, the rotating drum member does not have to have a circular cross-sectional shape cut by a plane perpendicular to the rotation axis, and may be a polygonal shape, an elliptical shape, or a combination thereof. Therefore, the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member may not be a peripheral surface, but may be a flat surface, a curved surface, or a combination thereof.

  In the gaming machine F1, the communication port includes a first communication port and a second communication port formed at a position different from the first communication port.

  According to the gaming machine F2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine F1, the communication port includes the first communication port and the second communication port formed at a position different from the first communication port. One of the communication port or the second communication port is used as an inflow port for allowing game balls to flow into the internal space from the outside, and the other of the first communication port or the second communication port is used as an outflow port for allowing game balls to flow out from the internal space to the outside. It can be. That is, even if the rotating member is not rotated (while maintaining the stopped state), the rotating member can be used as a game ball sending passage. In addition, in the state which is rotating the rotating member, you may utilize this rotating member as a pitching path.

  In the gaming machine F2, the first communication port is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member, and is formed as an inflow port through which a game ball flowing down a game area flows into the internal space, and the second communication port is The gaming machine F3 is formed on an end surface of the rotating drum member in the rotation axis direction, and is formed as an outlet for allowing a game ball to flow out from the internal space to the game area.

  According to the gaming machine F3, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine F2, the first communication port is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member, and is formed as an inlet for allowing the game ball flowing down the gaming area to flow into the internal space. The second communication port is formed at the end surface of the rotating member in the rotation axis direction, and is formed as an outlet for allowing the game ball to flow out from the internal space to the game area. In addition to making it easier for the player to visually recognize the inflow, the game ball can be discharged while maintaining the rotating member in a stopped state.

  That is, the outer periphery of the rotator member is disposed so as to be visible to the player, and since the first communication port (inlet) is formed on the outer peripheral surface, the player can visually recognize the inflow of the game ball. It can be made easy. On the other hand, when the second communicating port is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member, the gaming ball cannot flow out from the internal space when the rotating member is displaced to the rotational position where the communicating port is located above. Since the second communication port (outlet) is formed on the end surface of the rotating member in the rotation axis direction, it is possible to form a state in which the game ball can flow out of the internal space regardless of the rotational position of the rotating member.

  In any one of the gaming machines F1 to F3, a displacement member is disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member so as to be displaceable. When the displacement member is displaced to the first position, the communication port is displaced. The gaming machine F4, wherein the communication port is opened when the member is shielded and the displacement member is displaced to the second position.

  According to the gaming machine F4, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines F1 to F3, the gaming machine F4 includes a displacement member that is displaceably disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member, and the displacement member is displaced to the first position. Then, the communication port is shielded by the displacement member, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the communication port is opened, so that the inflow / outflow of the game ball through the communication port is blocked and allowed. Can be switched.

  In the gaming machine F4, the communication port is formed in the outer peripheral surface of the rotating member, the displacement member is pivotally supported on one side so as to be rotatable on the rotating member, and the displacement member is in the second position. When displaced, the game machine F5 is characterized in that the other side opposite to the one side is projected to the gaming area.

  According to the gaming machine F5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E4, the displacement member is pivotally supported on one side by the rotating member, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the opposite side from the one side. Since the other side is projected to the game area, the game ball flowing down the game area can be received on the upper surface of the displacement member. Therefore, for example, when the communication port is formed as an inflow port, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball flowing down the game area to flow into the internal space of the rotating member using the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine F5, a gaming machine F6, wherein one side of the displacement member is positioned on the front side in the rotation direction of the rotating drum member with respect to the other side.

  According to the gaming machine F6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine F5, the displacement member is positioned on the front side in the rotational direction of the rotating member relative to the other side, so that the rotating member is rotated. Even if the displacement member interferes with members disposed around the rotating drum member, the force generated by the interference can be applied in the direction of closing the displacement member (displacement to the first position). That is, it is possible to suppress the displacement member from projecting out by being interfered with another member (displaced to the second position) when the rotating drum member rotates. Moreover, it can suppress that a displacement member engages with another member and rotation of a rotating member is inhibited.

  In any one of the gaming machines F1 to F6, the rotating member is rotatably disposed on the base member, and is supported by the base member and disposed in the inner space of the rotating member. A gaming machine F7 comprising a fixing member that is non-rotating.

  According to the gaming machine F7, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines F1 to F6, a base member in which the rotating member is rotatably disposed, and an internal space of the rotating member supported by the base member And a fixed member that is not rotated with respect to the rotating drum member, so that the game ball that has flowed into the internal space is held by the fixed member or rolled on the fixed member toward the outlet. With the rotation of the rotating member, it is possible to prevent the game ball from violating in the internal space or preventing the game ball from rolling and staying in the internal space.

  In any one of the gaming machines F4 to F6, the gaming machine F8 is provided with a displacement setting means for restricting or allowing the displacement of the displacement member in accordance with the rotational position of the rotating member.

  According to the gaming machine F8, in addition to the effect produced by any of the gaming machines F4 to F6, the displacement setting means for restricting or allowing the displacement of the displacement member according to the rotational position of the rotating drum member is provided. It can suppress that the displaced displacement member interferes with the other members around the rotating drum member.

  The gaming machine F5 or F6 includes rotation restricting means for restricting rotation of the rotating member, and the rotation restricting member is configured such that the displacement member is displaced to the second position, and the other side of the displacement member is moved to the game area. A gaming machine F9 that regulates rotation of the rotating drum member when overhanging.

  According to the gaming machine F9, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine F5 or F6, the gaming machine F9 includes rotation regulating means for regulating the rotation of the rotating member. The rotation regulating member has a displacement member displaced to the second position, and the displacement member Since the rotation of the rotating member is restricted when the other side is extended to the game area, the rotating member is rotated in a state where the displacement member is extended, and the other member located on the rotation trajectory. It is possible to suppress the interference of the displacement member. Further, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the rotating member due to the load acting when the displacement member receives the game ball flowing down the game area and the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine F3, light emitting means that is formed so as to be capable of emitting light and disposed in the inner space of the rotating member, and the second communication port is formed at an end surface in the rotation axis direction of the rotating member. The gaming machine F10 is provided with an opening formed in an end face opposite to the end face, and an electrical connection line of the light emitting means is wired through the opening.

  According to the gaming machine F10, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine F3, an opening is formed on the end surface of the rotating member in the rotation axis direction opposite to the end surface on which the second communication port is formed. Since the electrical connection line of the light emitting means is wired through the opening, it is possible to easily secure a usable space for each of the second communication port and the opening. As a result, the game ball can flow out smoothly through the second communication port, and the wiring work to the opening of the electrical connection line can be easily performed. In addition, since the second communication port and the opening can be separated as much as possible, it is easy to suppress interference between the game ball that rolls the internal space to the second communication port and the electrical connection line.

<Concept of Invention with Rotating Unit 700 as an Example>
A first member and a second member formed to be displaceable, wherein the first member covers at least a part of the second member in an invisible manner, and a state in which the first member is disposed at the covering position. In the gaming machine formed to be displaceable with respect to the retreat position that reduces the region that covers the second member invisible, the first member is in the state of being displaced to the retreat position. The gaming machine G1 is characterized in that the displacement of the game machine G1 can be regulated.

  Here, the first member and the second member that are formed so as to be displaceable are provided, and the first member is disposed at a covering position that covers at least a part of the second member invisible, and at the covering position. In addition, there is known a gaming machine that is formed so as to be displaceable between a retreat position that reduces a region that covers the second member in an invisible manner (for example, Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 2015-029849). According to this gaming machine, the second member is exposed by disposing the first member at the cover position and displacing the first member to the retracted position from the state in which the second member is not visible to the player. It is possible to produce an effect that the player can visually recognize.

  However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, since the second member is formed to be displaceable, when the first member is displaced to the retracted position and the second member is exposed, the second member is displaced. There is a risk. For this reason, there is a problem in that the player cannot visually recognize the second member in an appropriate state, and the effect of production is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine G1, the first member is formed so as to be able to regulate the displacement of the second member in a state where the first member is displaced to the retracted position, so that the player can keep the second member in an appropriate state. Can be visually recognized, and a production effect can be secured. That is, when performing the effect of displacing the first member to the retracted position and exposing the second member, the displacement of the first member to the retracted position, which must be performed for the effect, This is used as a means for regulating displacement. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide or control a mechanism for restricting the displacement of the second member, and the structure can be simplified correspondingly.

  In the gaming machine G1, the second member is formed so as to be rotatable, and the center of gravity is eccentric from the center of rotation.

  According to the gaming machine G2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine G1, the second member is formed to be rotatable and its center of gravity is offset from the center of rotation, so the degree of freedom in designing the second member. Can be increased. That is, the second member does not need to have a shape whose center of gravity is located at the center of rotation, and for example, an asymmetric shape with respect to the rotation axis can be adopted, so that the effect of the second member can be enhanced. . On the other hand, if the position of the center of gravity of the second member is decentered in this way, the second member may be rotated (rotated) around the rotation center by its own weight. Therefore, the configuration in which the first member displaced to the retracted position is formed so as to be able to regulate the displacement of the second member is particularly effective, thereby allowing the player to visually recognize the second member in an appropriate state. It is possible to secure a production effect.

  The gaming machine G1 or G2 includes a displacement member that is displaceably disposed on the second member, and the displacement member is formed to be displaceable in a state where at least the first member is displaced to the retracted position. A gaming machine G3 characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine G3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine G1 or G2, the second member includes a displacement member that is displaceably disposed, and at least the first member is displaced to the retracted position. Since the first member is displaced to the retracted position and the second member is exposed, the displacement effect is further increased by displacing the displacement member. Can do. On the other hand, if the displacement member is displaced when the second member is exposed, the position of the center of gravity moves along with the displacement, and the second member may be rotated (spinned). Therefore, the configuration in which the first member displaced to the retracted position is formed so as to be able to regulate the displacement of the second member is particularly effective, thereby allowing the player to visually recognize the second member in an appropriate state. It is possible to secure a production effect.

  In the gaming machine G3, the outer peripheral surface of the second member is disposed so as to be visible to a player, and the one side of the displacement member is rotatably supported on the outer peripheral surface of the second member. The gaming machine G4 is characterized in that the other side opposite to the gaming machine is formed so as to be able to project into the gaming area.

  According to the gaming machine G4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine G3, the second member is arranged so that its outer peripheral surface is visible to the player, and the displacement member is rotatable on one side to the outer peripheral surface of the second member Since the other side opposite to the one side is formed so as to project to the game area, the game ball flowing down the game area can be received on the upper surface of the displacement member. Thus, for example, when a game ball inflow port is formed in the second member, the game ball flowing down the game area can be easily introduced into the inflow port using the displacement member. . In this case, if the game ball flowing down the game area is received by the displacement member, the second member may be rotated by the load acting at that time or the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member. Therefore, the configuration in which the first member displaced to the retracted position is formed so as to be able to regulate the displacement of the second member is particularly effective, and thus the displacement member is projected to a predetermined position in the game area. Can be easily maintained.

  In the gaming machine G4, the first member is disposed in the gaming area while facing the outer peripheral surface of the second member in the covering position, and is outside the gaming area in the retracted position. A gaming machine G5 that is arranged.

  According to the gaming machine G5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine G4, the first member is arranged in the gaming area while facing the outer peripheral surface of the second member in the covering position, so that the game flowing down the gaming area It can suppress that a ball collides with the 2nd member and this 2nd member rotates. In particular, when the rotation position of the second member is a rotation position in which the displacement member is directed toward the game area, a game ball flowing down the game area collides with the displacement member, and the displacement member is released (tensioning). Can be suppressed.

  In addition, since the first member is disposed outside the game area in the retracted position, a space for the displacement member to protrude into the game area can be secured by the displacement of the first member to the retracted position. . Accordingly, the outer peripheral surface of the second member can be brought closer to the game area side (player side), and the player can easily make the displacement member visible.

  In the gaming machine G5, the first member is formed to be rotatable around a rotation axis substantially parallel to the rotation axis of the second member, and is formed in a plate shape that curves along the outer peripheral surface of the second member. A gaming machine G6 that is characterized by being played.

  According to the gaming machine G6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine G5, the first member is formed to be rotatable around a rotation axis substantially parallel to the rotation axis of the second member, and the outer peripheral surface of the second member. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a space necessary for displacement between the covering position and the retracted position. Therefore, a space for disposing other members can be ensured accordingly. In addition, since the first member is formed to be curved in this way, the game ball flowing down the game area is restrained from being stopped on the first member arranged at the covering position, and smoothly. Can flow down.

  In any of the gaming machines G3 to G6, the gaming machine G7 includes a driving unit that generates a driving force and a transmission unit that transmits the driving force of the driving unit to the second member and the displacement member. .

  Here, in order to form the second member to be rotatable and displace the displacement member to the second member, a driving means is required for each of the second member and the displacement member. Bulky. Moreover, when the driving means for displacing the displacement member is mounted on the second member, the weight of the second member increases, and it becomes difficult to smoothly start or stop the rotation of the second member.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine G7, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines G3 to G6, the driving means for generating the driving force and the driving force of the driving means to the second member and the displacement member Since the transmission means for transmitting is provided, the second member can be rotated and the displacement member can be displaced by also using one drive means. Therefore, the product cost can be reduced. Moreover, since it is not necessary to mount the drive means for displacing the displacement member on the second member, the weight of the second member can be reduced, and the rotation of the second member can be started or stopped smoothly.

  In the gaming machine G7, the gaming machine G8 is provided with connecting means for connecting the first member and the displacement member and interlocking the displacement of the first member with the displacement of the displacement member.

  According to the gaming machine G8, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine G7, the first member and the displacement member are connected, and the connecting member that links the displacement of the first member to the displacement of the displacement member is provided. The driving means for causing the first displacement member to function as the driving means for displacing the first displacement member. In this case, when the displacement member and the first member are displaced by the driving force of the separate drive means, if the control failure occurs, the displacement member and the first member may interfere with each other. Since one member can be mechanically connected and their displacements can be synchronized, it is possible to reliably suppress interference between the displacement member and the first member.

<Concept of Invention with Rotating Unit 700 as an Example>
In a gaming machine comprising: a driving means for generating a driving force; a displacement member that is displaced by the driving force of the driving means; and a transmission means that transmits the driving force of the driving means to the displacement member. A first member, a second member positioned closer to the displacement member in the driving force transmission path than the first member, and an engagement member disposed between the first member and the second member When the first member is displaced in one direction with respect to the second member, the engagement member engages with the first member and the second member, and the driving force is transmitted. In addition, in a predetermined section of the displacement section of the displacement member, the second member is displaced in advance in the one direction with respect to the first member.

  Here, there is known a gaming machine including a driving unit that generates a driving force, a displacement member that is displaced by the driving force of the driving unit, and a transmission unit that transmits the driving force of the driving unit to the displacement member. (For example, JP-A-2015-029849). However, in the conventional gaming machine described above, since the transmission state of the driving force by the transmission means from the driving means to the displacement member is always constant, when the driving means is driven at a constant driving speed, the displacement member is also constant. It is displaced at a displacement speed, and a change cannot be given to the displacement mode of the displacement member. For this reason, there is a problem in that the effect of the effect accompanying the displacement of the displacement member is insufficient.

  Although the displacement speed of the displacement member can be changed by increasing / decreasing the drive speed of the drive means, the displacement speed in the predetermined section of the displacement section of the displacement member is different from the displacement speed in the other sections. In order to achieve speed, it is necessary to arrange a sensor device that detects the position of the displacement member, and to increase or decrease the output of the driving means in accordance with the detection result of the sensor device, resulting in an increase in product cost and control cost. . In addition, the structure and control become complicated, leading to a decrease in reliability.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine H1, the transmission means includes the first member, the second member positioned on the displacement member side in the transmission path of the driving force relative to the first member, the first member, and the second member. An engaging member disposed between the members, and when the first member is displaced in one direction with respect to the second member, the engaging member engages with the first member and the second member. Thus, the driving force is transmitted and the transmission of the driving force is interrupted, and in a predetermined section of the displacement section of the displacement member, the second member is displaced in advance in one direction with respect to the first member. Therefore, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section can be made faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in the other sections regardless of the drive state of the drive means. Therefore, a change can be given to the displacement mode of a displacement member, and the presentation effect of the production accompanying the displacement of the displacement member can be heightened.

  Moreover, according to the gaming machine H1, the second member can be advanced in one direction with respect to the first member regardless of the driving state of the driving means. For example, in all the sections in the displacement section of the displacement member, The drive means can be driven at a constant drive speed, and there is no need to increase or decrease the drive speed of the drive means during the displacement section of the displacement member (that is, depending on whether it is a predetermined section or another section). As a result, the control can be simplified, the control cost can be reduced, and the operation reliability can be improved. Alternatively, driving of the driving means can be stopped in a predetermined section, and in this case, energy consumption can be suppressed.

  Further, according to the gaming machine H1, in the driving state in which the first member is displaced in the other direction with respect to the two members, the engagement of the engaging member is released and the transmission of the driving force is cut off. The displacement member can be in a stopped state (non-driving state), and the driving force of the driving means in such a driving state can be used as a driving force for driving other members. That is, by switching the drive direction of the drive means, the two members, the displacement member and the other member, can be displaced respectively.

  The transmission means is formed such that when the first member is displaced in the other direction with respect to the two members, the engagement of the engagement member is released and the transmission of the driving force is interrupted. It may be.

  In the gaming machine H1, the displacement member is formed to be rotatable, and its gravity center position is decentered from the rotation center. In the predetermined section, the weight of the displacement member moves the second member in the one direction. A gaming machine H2 which is formed so as to be operable in a direction of displacement.

  According to the gaming machine H2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine H1, the displacement member is formed to be rotatable and its center of gravity is decentered from the rotation center. Since the two members are formed so as to be able to act in a direction in which the two members are displaced in one direction, the second member can be displaced in one direction with respect to the first member by utilizing the weight of the displacement member. . That is, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section can be made faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in the other section. As a result, it is possible to give a change to the displacement mode of the displacement member, and to enhance the effect of staging that accompanies the displacement of the displacement member.

  For example, when the displacement member is formed so as to be able to repeat the rotation of 360 degrees about its rotation axis, the displacement speed (rotation speed) of the displacement member in a predetermined section is A mode in which the rotational speed is made faster than the displacement speed (rotational speed), that is, a rotational mode in which the rotational speed is increased or decreased during one rotation can be repeatedly performed.

  In the gaming machine H2, the transmission means includes a main body portion that is rotationally driven by the second member, a crank member that protrudes from the main body portion and has a pin portion that is eccentric from the rotation center of the main body portion; A sliding groove through which a pin portion of the crank member is slidably inserted is formed on one end side, and an intermediate portion is rotatably supported on the other end side of the arm member. A gaming machine H3 that is connected to a member.

  According to the gaming machine H3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine H2, the transmission means is provided to project from the main body that is rotationally driven by the second member and the main body, and is eccentric from the center of rotation of the main body. Since it includes a crank member having a pin portion and an arm member in which a sliding groove through which the pin portion of the crank member is slidably inserted is formed on one end side and an intermediate portion is rotatably supported. The other end side of the arm member can be reciprocated by rotating the crank member with the second member and sliding the pin member along the sliding groove. In this case, since the other end side of the arm member is connected to the displacement member, the displacement member can be reciprocated between the first position and the second position in accordance with the reciprocation of the other end side of the arm member. . That is, the displacement direction of the displacement member can be switched without switching the drive direction of the drive means.

  In the gaming machine H3, the displacement member is reciprocated between the first position and the second position in accordance with the reciprocation of the other end side of the arm member, and is displaced from the first position to the second position. And in the middle of the displacement from the second position to the first position, the direction in which the weight of the displacement member acts on the second member is different from the second member. The gaming machine H4 is converted from a direction of displacement in a direction to a direction of displacement of the second member in the one direction.

  According to the gaming machine H4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine H3, the displacement member is reciprocated between the first position and the second position in accordance with the reciprocating operation on the other end side of the arm member, and the first position During the displacement from the second position to the second position and during the displacement from the second position to the first position, the direction in which the weight of the displacement member acts on the second member Since the second member is changed from the direction of displacement in the other direction to the direction of displacement of the second member in one direction, when the displacement member is reciprocated, the displacement member can be moved in any direction from the middle of the displacement. The displacement speed of the displacement member can be increased. As a result, it is possible to give a change to the displacement mode of the displacement member, and to enhance the effect of staging that accompanies the displacement of the displacement member.

  For example, the displacement member is reciprocated between an extended position (first position) where the displacement member is visibly extended from the player and a retracted position (second position) where the extended position is retracted. When operating, when the displacement member is extended from the retracted position to the extended position, the displacement member is displaced at a constant displacement speed halfway while increasing the displacement member's displacement speed to increase the displacement member vigorously. In addition to being able to project to the overhanging position, when retracting the displacement member from the overhanging position to the overhanging position, the displacement member is displaced at a constant displacement speed up to the middle, while the displacement member speed increases from the middle. Thus, the displacement member can be immediately retracted to the retracted position.

  In the gaming machine H1, the displacement member is formed so as to be slidable, and in the predetermined section, the displacement member is inclined downward in the direction of the slide displacement, so that the weight of the displacement member deviates from the second member. The gaming machine H5 is formed so as to be capable of acting in a direction to be displaced in the one direction.

  According to the gaming machine H5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine H1, the displacement member is formed to be slidable, and in a predetermined section, the displacement member is inclined downward in the direction of the slide displacement. Is formed so as to be able to act in a direction in which the second member is displaced in one direction, so that the second member is displaced in one direction with respect to the first member by utilizing the weight of the displacement member. be able to. That is, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section can be made faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in the other section. As a result, it is possible to give a change to the displacement mode of the displacement member, and to enhance the effect of staging that accompanies the displacement of the displacement member.

  In any of the gaming machines H2 to H5, the displacement member is formed so as to be able to hold a gaming ball at least in the predetermined section.

  According to the gaming machine H6, in addition to the effect exerted by any of the gaming machines H2 to H5, the displacement member is formed so as to be able to hold the game ball at least in a predetermined section, so that the displacement member holds the game ball. In the state, the weight of the entire displacement member is increased by the weight of the game ball, and the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section can be further increased. Further, the weight of the entire displacement member is varied depending on whether the game ball is held on the displacement member and the case where the game ball is not held, or depending on the number of game balls held. be able to. Thereby, in each case, the displacement speed of a displacement member can be changed. As a result, it is possible to give a change to the displacement mode of the displacement member, and to enhance the effect of staging that accompanies the displacement of the displacement member.

  In any one of the gaming machines H2 to H6, the displacement member includes a receiving portion that receives a game ball flowing down the game area, and at least in the predetermined section, when the receiving portion receives the game ball, the gaming ball The gaming machine H7 is configured so that a force applied to the displacement member can be applied in a direction in which the second member is displaced in the one direction.

  According to the gaming machine H7, in any of the gaming machines H2 to H6, the displacement member includes a receiving portion that receives the game ball flowing down the gaming area, and at least in a predetermined section, when the receiving portion receives the game ball Since the force applied to the displacement member from the game ball is formed so as to be able to act in a direction to displace the second member in one direction, the kinetic energy of the game ball when the receiving portion receives the game ball Can be used to increase the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section. Also, the force applied to the displacement member varies depending on whether the receiving portion receives the game ball, whether it receives the game ball, or depending on the flow velocity (the magnitude of the kinetic energy) of the game ball at the time of receiving. be able to. Thereby, in each case, the displacement speed of a displacement member can be changed. As a result, it is possible to give a change to the displacement mode of the displacement member, and to enhance the effect of staging that accompanies the displacement of the displacement member.

  Note that the game ball flowing down the game area is not limited to a game ball that moves along the direction of gravity on the front surface of the game board, but also includes a game ball that moves in a direction different from the direction of gravity. As a game ball that moves in a direction different from the direction of gravity, for example, a game ball that moves in a direction different from the direction of gravity by colliding with a nail, a tulip, an accessory, etc. Thus, a game ball that moves in a direction different from the direction of gravity is exemplified.

  In the gaming machine H6 or H7, the transmission means includes a gear train that forms part or all of the transmission path of the driving force, and a load gear that meshes with one gear of the gear train. A gaming machine H8 characterized by

  According to the gaming machine H8, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine H6 or H7, the transmission means meshes with a gear train that forms part or all of the driving force transmission path and one gear of the gear train. In the predetermined section, when the game ball is held by the displacement member or received by the receiving portion, the weight or kinetic energy of the game ball is used. The second member is displaced in advance in one direction with respect to the first member (that is, the displacement speed of the displacement member in a predetermined section is made faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in another section), If the game ball is not held by the displacement member, or if the game ball is not received by the receiving portion, the second member is applied to the first member by utilizing a load (resistance) when the load gear is rotated. Displaced in advance in one direction ( Chi, displacement speed of the displacement member in a predetermined interval is faster) it can be suppressed.

  That is, when the game ball is not held by the displacement member or the receiving part does not receive the game ball, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section becomes faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in the other sections. Only when the game ball is held by the displacement member or when the receiving part receives the game ball, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section is made higher than the displacement speed of the displacement member in the other sections. A mode of increasing the speed can be easily formed.

  One of the gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B8, C1 to C14, D1 to D8, E1 to E12, F1 to F10, G1 to G8, and H1 to H8, the gaming machine is a slot machine, A gaming machine K1. Above all, the basic configuration of the slot machine is “equipped with variable display means for confirming and displaying the identification information after dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information, and for operating the starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). As a result, the dynamic display of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined time has elapsed. The game machine is provided with special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on the condition that the confirmed identification information is specific identification information. In this case, examples of the game media include coins and medals.

  One of the gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B8, C1 to C14, D1 to D8, E1 to E12, F1 to F10, G1 to G8, and H1 to H8, the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine A gaming machine K2. Above all, the basic configuration of a pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, and a ball is launched into a predetermined game area according to the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is placed in an operation port disposed at a predetermined position in the game area. As a necessary condition for winning (or passing through the operating port), the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is determined and stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when a special gaming state occurs, a variable winning device (specific winning opening) disposed at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner so that a ball can be won, and a value corresponding to the number of winnings is obtained. Examples include those to which values (including data written on magnetic cards as well as premium balls) are given.

  In any of the gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B8, C1 to C14, D1 to D8, E1 to E12, F1 to F10, G1 to G8, and H1 to H8, the gaming machine has a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. A gaming machine K3 characterized by being fused. Among them, the basic configuration of the merged gaming machine includes “a variable display means for confirming and displaying the identification information after dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information, and a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). Due to the operation of the identification information, the change of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, the stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. Special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on the condition that the fixed identification information at the time of stoppage is specific identification information, and using a ball as a game medium, and the identification information The game machine is configured such that a predetermined number of balls are required at the start of the dynamic display, and a large number of balls are paid out when the special gaming state occurs.

10 Pachinko machine 410 Base member 411f Collection port (collection member)
422 Cam member (part of support structure)
430 Link member (part of support structure)
4441g Engagement wall (insertion member)
460 Transmission mechanism 2464 Movable rack (reverse member)
465 Transmission gear (pinion gear)
466 rack (rack member)
467 Ball receiving part (displacement member)
3468 First link member (reverse member)
470 Base member (base member)
471a Standing wall (wall)
481b1 Concave portion 492 Displacement member (regulating means)
520 Base plate (second base member)
525 Rolling part (passage member)
525b Protrusion (resistance means)
540 Sorting member (regulating means, sorting means, integral member)
540a Leg (projection)
541 Restriction plate (first in / out part, sorting means)
542 Reservation plate (second haunting part, flow state changing means)
7710 Displacement member 7713 Ball receiving member (receiving portion)
7720 Transmission member (transmission means)
7721 Rotating member (main body)
7722 Drive pin (pin part)
7723 Arm member 7723a Driven groove (sliding groove)
730 Left transmission member (rotation side transmission means, second member)
731 Transmission mechanism (one-way clutch mechanism)
731a Transmission gear (part of gear train)
731b Transmission gear (part of gear train)
731c Transmission gear (part of gear train)
731d Transmission gear (part of gear train)
731e, 7730 Load gear (load gear)
740 Right transmission member (displacement side transmission means, first member)
741 Rotating member (Crank member)
741a Protrusion (pin part)
742 Arm member 742b First sliding groove (sliding groove)
760 Box member (lid member)
770 Lid member (displacement member, first member)
780 Rotation restricting member (displacement restricting means)
800 Rotating body (rotating member, second member)
810 Base plate (fixing member)
811b Communication port (opening)
812b Communication port (second communication port)
820 LED base (light emitting means)
831 opening (first communication port)
870 Opening and closing member (displacement member)
871 Protrusion (part of displacement setting means, part of connecting means)
892 Sliding groove (part of displacement setting means, part of connecting means)
KR1 first pitching path (flowing path)
KR2 second pitching path (second branch passage)
KR3 third pitching path (first branch passage)
SP4 Biasing spring (Biasing means)
KM4 drive motor (drive means)
OW1 One-way clutch (engagement means)

Claims (3)

A displacement member formed so as to be displaceable in a first direction from a reference position and formed so as to be able to move the game ball in accordance with the displacement in the first direction, and that the game ball is sent to a track region of the displacement member In a gaming machine equipped with a regulating means to regulate,
The gaming machine, wherein the displacement member is formed to be displaceable from the reference position in a second direction opposite to the first direction.   2. A passage member formed as a passage through which a game ball can pass and having a downstream communicating with a track region of the displacement member, wherein the restricting means restricts passage of the game ball in the passage member. The gaming machine according to 1.   The displacement member is formed so as to be able to receive and hold a specified number of game balls sent from the passage member at the reference position, and is displaced from the reference position by a distance exceeding at least the diameter of the game ball in the second direction. The gaming machine according to claim 2, wherein the gaming machine is formed to be possible.

Images